Top Banner
THE NATURE OF THE GRAPHIC DESIGN PROCESS WITHIN THE COMMERCIAL ENVIRONMENT WITH PARTICULAR REGARD TO THE ROLE OF DRAWING Pamela Margaret Schenk A thesis suhnitted to CNAA in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY Institute of Advanced Studies MANCHESTER OLYTECHNIC September 1989 No portion of the work referred to in this thesis has been submitted in support of an application for any other degree or qualification at this or any other institute of learning
320

Thesis Schenk

Jan 08, 2016

Download

Documents

Thesis Schenk
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 1/320

THE

NATURE

OF

THE GRAPHIC DESIGN PROCESS

WITHIN

THE

COMMERCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

WITH

PARTICULAR

REGARD

TO

THE

ROLE OF

DRAWING

Pamela Margaret Schenk

A

thesis

suhnitted

to CNAA

in

partial

fulfilment

of

the

requirements

for

the

degree

of

DOCTOR

OF

PHILOSOPHY

Institute

of

Advanced

Studies

MANCHESTEROLYTECHNIC

September 1989

No portion of the work referred to

in

this thesis

has

been

submitted

in

support

of

an

application

for

any other

degree

or

qualification

at

this

or any

other

institute

of

learning

Page 2: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 2/320

ABSTRACT

THE

14MRE

OF

THE (PAPHIC I)ESIGff

PSS WITHIN

THE

COMMERCIAL

MMUMM,, WITH PA riaxm R TO THE RUM OF 1I AWIN

Pamela

Margaret Schenk

This thesis describes

a study

of

the

role of

drawing

in

the

graphic

design

process

within

the

comnercial environment.

Drawing

usage

is

characterised

and

the

drawing

abilities

that

graphic

designers

need

to

acquire

in

order

to

be

able

to

use

drawing

more appropriately

are

examined.

The

conclusions

are set

out

in the

foam

of

a

taxonomy.

While

this

constitutes

the

major part

of

the

study,

consideration

is

also given to a review of current provision for drawing tuition on BA

Graphic

Design

courses and

the

place

of

drawing

in

the

curriculum

is

discussed.

A

sample

of

50

senior,

practising graphic

designers

broadly

representing

all

the

major

types

of work

and

levels

of

seniority

in

the

profession

was selected

for interview.

Observation

was made of

managerial

and

executive

procedures

and

designer s

drawings

were

analysed.

The

views

of

junior

designers,

design

educators

and

students

were

also canvassed, primarily

through

a postal

questionnaire

and

a short

prograrrrne of

interviews.

Conclusions

include:

1)

Many

of

the

essential

tasks

by

which

the

graphic

design

process

is

progressed

are

assisted

by

or

performed

through

the

utilisation

of

drawing.

2)

In

addition

to the

development

of

design

solutions,

drawing

is

used

by designers

to

perform

managerial

tasks

and

to

help

them improve

their

design

skills.

3) The use of drawing is affected by a complex range of

factors

including

the

nature

of

both

the

job

and

of

the

organisation

in

which

designers

work,

their

role

in the

design

team

and

their

individual

predilections.

4)

In

order

to

maximise

their

effective

utilisation

of

drawing,

designers

need

to

develop

both

a

wide

range

of

cognitive

and practical

drawing

abilities

and

appropriate

evaluative

criteria

for

drawings

and

drawing

usage.

5)

Designers

themselves

can

fail

to

realise

the

extent

to

which

they

depend

on

drawing,

dismissing

their

drawing

activities

as

not

being real

drawing.

Page 3: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 3/320

Aclarowle

g Its

I

would

like

to

record my particular

thanks to

Dr

John

Langrish

for

his

unfailing

help

and encouragement

throughout

the

research

programme,

and

to

Michael Yecmans

who

has

given

both

sympathetic

and

expert

guidance.

I

am

also

especially

indebted

to

all

those

designers,

educators

and

students

who

have

helped

me

in

the

collection

of

data

and

visual

material

for

this

study, and

to those

whose

advice

has

helped in

the

organisation

and

conduct

of

the

research, particularly

to

the

advisors

for

the

study,

Dr Mantz York,

who

has

contributed

to

the

development

of

the

methodology,

to

Tony Clayden

for

giving

the

benefit

of

his

considerable

experience of

degree

level

graphic

design

education,

and

to

Richard

Tilley

without whose experience and support much of

the

detailed

verification

of

the

data

would

not

have

been

possible.

Valuable

assistance

has been

received

at

various

times

during

the

conduct of

the

research and

the

preparation of

the

thesis

fron

several

members

of

the

academic

staff

of

Manchester

Polytechnic,

including

Derek

Schofield,

Ken Pearson

and,

in

particular,

Nigel

Barron

without

whose

very

positive assistance

and

support

it

would

not

have been

possible

to

conclude

the

study.

The

professional

and considerate

help

given

by

the

staff of

the

library

of

Manchester

Polytechnic

has

also

been

much

appreciated, as

has been

the

assistance

of

Terry

Waddington

in

photographing the original

drawings.

I

am very

grateful

to

those

who

have

allowed

their

drawings

to

act

as

illustrations

in

the thesis

and

particular

thanks

must

go

to

David

Crow,

Stephen

Raw, Geoffrey Winston

and

to

all

the

staff

of

the

CYB

Design

Consultancy.

Gina

Francis

and

Jane Preston

have

the thesis

but

also with many

organisation

and

presentation.

helped

not

only

with

the

typing

of

of

the

problematic

details

of

Finally my sincere thanks go to my husband Victor and my son Daniel,

who each,

in

his

own way,

helped

me

to

canplete

this

study.

Page 4: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 4/320

List

of

Conb

nts

Page

No.

List

of

Tahles

(Vii)

List

of

Figurm

UX)

T-i

St

Of

A

rx

iOeS

(x;

ii

Intucti

an

1

C1Q JER 1-

The

Baclýgxvýmd

and

Outline

of

the

Study

4

1.1

Introduction

4

1.2

Prelude

to the

study

4

1.3

Evolution

and

outline

of

the

study

6

1.4

The

context

of

the

study

8

1.5

Definition of the terms used in the study 9

U31M 2-

The Context

of

the

Study

12

2.1

Introduction

12

2.2

Graphic

design

and

the

role of

the

practitioner

12

2.3

The functional

aspects

of

drawing

20

2.4 The role of drawing in creative processes 27

2.5

The

use

of

drawing

in design

processes

33

2.6

The

historical

background

to

graphic

design

education

40

and

the

role

of

drawing

tuition

QJ

M3-

Methodology

51

3.1

Introduction

51

3.2

The

pilot

study

52

3.3

The

conduct

of

the

research

into

graphic

designers'

57

use

of

drawing

3.4

The

conduct

of

the

research

into drawing

tuition

69

Page 5: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 5/320

3.5

Consultation

and corroboration

73

QR4-

Graphic Designers Use of Drawing

74

4.1

Introduction

74

4.2

The

preparatory

phase

including

the

procedures

of

77

briefing

and collecting

reference

material

4.3

The

use

of

drawing

in

the

main

creative

phase

of

92

the

graphic

design

process

4.4

The

use

of

drawing

in

the

production

phase ,

153

including

the procedures of cam issioning and

preparing

for

production

4.5

Factors

that

modify

the

use

of

drawing in

the

graphic

166

design

process

4.6

Changes

in

the

use

of

drawing

187

CHU3JER

5-

The

Required

Drawing Abilities

and

the

189

Developmmt

of a

Taxczuny

on

the

Use

of

Drawing

5.1

Introduction

189

5.2

The

required

drawing

abilities of

graphic

designers

189

5.3

Evaluative

criteria

200

5.4

The

develognent

of a

taxonomy

on

the

use of

drawing

204

CHM3

Z6-

The

Oýanisati

on

and

Content

of

Drawing

223

MlitiCn in BA Level Graphic Design Hclucatian

6.1

Introduction

223

6.2

The

drawing

abilities

of

graphic

design

students

and

224

graduates

6.3

The

provision

of

drawing

tuition

on

BA

Graphic Design

227

Courses

6.4

Discussion

of

issues

raised

246

CHAPTM 7-

Discussion,

Qonclusicns

and

Six

stirns

for 251

Ftrtur

e

Work

7.1

Introduction

251

Page 6: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 6/320

7.2

The

nature

of

the

graphic

design

process

251

7.3

The

role

of

drawing

in

the

graphic

design

process

255

7.4

The

range and

develognent

of the required

drawing

260

abilities

7.5

Reccmnendations

for

curriculum

planning with

regard

263

to

drawing

tuition

7.6

Suggestions

for

future

work

267

1

fers

ices

270

following

page

278

Page 7: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 7/320

List

of

Tables

Table

Page

No.

No.

1

Use

of

drawing

while

accepting

briefing

80

2

Respondents'

methods

of

collecting reference

85

material

3

Methods described

for

the

development

of

visual

87

literacy

4

The

use

of

drawing

in

analysis

and

idea

generation

96

5

The

use of specific techniques in the procedures of

97

the

main

creative

phase

6

The

use

of specific media

in

the

procedures

of

the

98

main

creative phase

7

Specific

uses

of

drawing in

the

procedures

of

111

synthesis

and

development

8

The

re-use

and

use

of

drawings

for

the

purpose

of

125

evaluation

9

The

uses

of

drawing

in

the

procedures

of

130

presentation

10

The

uses of

drawing

in

the

procedures

of

production

161

11

Respondents'

use

of

drawing in

design

procedures

174

according

to

level

of seniority

12(a)

Rating

of

the

importance

of

drawing

ability

and

of

190

the importance

of

having

a

broad

appreciation

of

drawing to practising graphic designers

12(b)

Volunteered

descriptions

of

drawing

abilities

192

required

for

the

graphic

design

process

13

Responses

to the

question

Do

you

think

it

is

193

important

a graphic

designer has the

following

drawing

abilities?

14

Responses

to the

question

Do

you

think

it

is

194

important

a

graphic

designer has the

following

drawing

skills?

15

The

required

drawing

abilities

of graphic

designers

197

16

Problems

caused

by

a

lack

of

drawing

ability

199

17

Taxonomy

of

the

uses

drawing,

types

of

drawing

206

Page 8: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 8/320

produced

and

the

drawing

abilities

required

for

the

graphic

design

process

18

Drawing

activities

and

types

of

drawing

produced

216

19

Succinct

terms

employed

to

describe drawing

221

ability

in

the taxonany

20

The

drawing

abilities

of students

and new

graduates

225

21

The drawing

ability

designers

found difficult

to

226

acquire

22

Rating

of

the

importance

of

drawing

ability

to

229

practising

graphic

designers

23

Rating

of

the importance

of

drawing

ability

in

231

students

selected

onto

BA

graphic

design

courses

24

Yes

responses

to

the

need

for

breadth

in

aspects

231

of

drawing

ability

and

tuition

for

students

25

Purpose for drawing

tuition

ranked

first

232

26

Tuition for

subject

ranked most

important

233

27

Students views on the development of their

drawing

234

ability

and

the

need

for

further

drawing

tuition

28

Those

responsible

for

the

planning and

conduct

of

236

drawing

tuition

29

Scheduling

of

drawing

tuition in

1st,

2nd

and

3rd 237

years

of courses

30

Yes

response

given

when

questioned

on

what

238

methods

of

teaching

and

learning

about

drawing

are or should be used

31

Yes

response

to the

question

is

or

should

help

be

240

given

in developing

understanding

of

drawings

32

Yes

response

given

when asked

the

question

are or

241

should

students

be

encouraged

to

acquire

the

ability

to judge drawings

33

Yes

response

given

when

questioned

whether

242

tuition

is

or

should

be

given

to

develop

specific

skills/abilities

34

Yes

response

when

questioned on

how drawing

243

tuition

should

be

arranged

35

Yes

response

when

questioned

whether

specific

244

classes

are

or

should

be

organised

Page 9: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 9/320

List

Of

Figures

Figure

Page

No.

No.

la

Drawings

from

An

Introduction

to

Graphic

Design

21

(Bridgewater,

1987),

reproduced

same

size

lb

Drawings fron

Over

My

Shoulder

(Games

1960,22

p61),

reproduced

same size

2

Drawings

used

to

record

information

during

82

briefing (CYB

1989),

pencil,

reproduced

same size

3

Drawings produced to check understanding of the 83

brief

with

the

client

(CYB

1989), ink,

reproduced

same

size

4

Drawing

produced

to

pass

on

the

briefing

to

the 84

design

team

(CYB

1989),

pencil,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

5

Drawings

used

to

collect

visual

reference

material

88

(CYB

1984-88),

pencil,

reproduced with

50%

reduction

6

Analysis

of

visual

reference

material

(CYB

1984- 89

88), ink

and

pencil, reproduced with

50%

reduction

7a

-

7b

Drawings

used

to

record visual

information

90/1

(Stephen

Raw

1988-89),

pencil,

reproduced

same

size

8

Worksheet

showing

development

of

ideas

(CYB

1989), 100

ink,

reproduced

with

75%

reduction

9a Ideas drawn on a C6 envelope (Geoffrey Winston 101

1984),

ink

9b

Ideas

drawn

in

notebook

(CYB

1984-88),

pencil,

102

reproduced

same

size

10

Early

idea

sheet

(CYB

1984-88),

pencil and

spirit

103

marker,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

11

Double

spread

from

notebook

(David

Craw

1988),

104

ink,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

12

Adaptations

and

revisions

to

drawings

(David

Crow

105

1988),

coloured

ink

and

marker,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

13

Records

of

ideas

for future

reference

(Stephen 106

Raw 1989),

pencil,

reproduced

size

1

Page 10: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 10/320

14

Use

of

small

scale

drawings

for

early

ideas

(CYB

107

1989),

ink,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

15

Develorcnents

in

canposition and

form

(CYB

1984- 10888),

pencil

and

coloured

marker,

reproduced with

50

reduction

16

Drawing from

photostats

for

magazine

design

(A

la

114

carte,

1984),

ink,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

17a

-

17c

The

development

stages

of a magazine

spread

115/7

(Which?

1985),

17a

in

ink,

17b

in

pencil,

17c in

ink,

reproduced

with

a

50

reduction

18

Examples

of

the

means

by

which

the

x

height

is

118indicated

on

page

designs

(CYB

1984-88),

coloured

marker,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

19a

Indications

of

text typography

(CYB

1989),

marker

119

(

reversed)

,

reproduced

same

size

19b

Indications

of

display

typography

(CYB

1984-88),

120

coloured

ink, label

Tan

x

9an

20

Resolving letterform

through

the

use of many

121

drawings (David

Crow

1988),

ink,

reproduced same

size

21

Modifications

to

established

letterform

(CYB

1984-

122

88),

pencil,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

22a

-

22b

Freely

drawn

letterfonn (CYB

1984-88),

coloured

123/4

ink,

labels

7cm

x

Tan

23a

-

23b

progressive

refinement

in

presentation

drawings

135/6

(CYB

1984-88),

coloured

marker

and gouache

24

Client

presentation

drawings

with

revisions

(CYB,

137

1984-88),

coloured

marker

and gouache, reproduced

with

50

reduction

25a

-

25b

Sheets

of

drawings

produced

by

the

designer

138/9

evaluating

his

design

solutions,

ink,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

26

Drawing

produced

to

present

a

design

solution

to

a

140

magazine

editor

(Which?

1985),

coloured

pencil,

reproduced with 50 reduction.

27

The

final

design

solution

(Which?

1985), 141

photograph,

reproduced

with

50

reduction.

Page 11: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 11/320

28

Drawings

produced

for

in-house

presentations

(CYB

1984-88),

colour

ink

and

marker,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

29a

Drawing

used

for

client

presentation

early

in

the

progression

of

a

design

solution

(CYB

1984-88),

pencil

and

coloured

marker,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

29b

Drawing

used

for

client

presentation

at

a

later

stage

of

a

design

solution

(CYB

1984-88),

coloured

ink

and

gouache,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

30a

-

30b

Designers'

drawings

imitating

various

illustrative

styles

(CYB

1984-88),

coloured

marker

and

gouache,

10an

x

28cm

31a

-

31b

Drawings for

client

presentation

(CYB

1984-88),

coloured

ink,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

32

Drawings for

client presentation

(CYB

1984-88),

coloured

marker,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

33a

-

33b

Drawing

for

client

presentation

showing

the

implementation

of a

design

solution

(CYB

1984-88),

coloured

ink

and

marker,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

34

Drawing

for

client presentation

(Stephen

Raw

1988),

marker,

reproduced

same

size

35

Drawing

produced

to

cannission

illustrator

with

visual

reference

material

attached

(CYB

1989),

ink,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

36

Specification drawing

(Stephen

Raw

1988),

pencil

and

coloured

marker, reproduced

with

50

reduction

37a

Sheet

of

letterforms

from

which artwork

has

been

cut

(Stephen

Raw

1987), ink,

reproduced

same size

37b

Artwork

(Stephen

Raw

1987),

ink,

reproduced

same

size

37c

Printed design

(Stephen

Raw

1987),

print,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

37d

Artwork

(Stephen

Raw

1987),

ink

and

gouache,

reproduced same size

38a

-

38b

Examples

of

spatial

conventions

that

graphic

designers

employ,

ink

and

coloured marker,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

142

143

144

145/6

147/8

149

150/1

152

157

158

162

163

164

165

179/80

Page 12: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 12/320

39

Initial ideas for

the

design

of a

logo

type

(David

181

Crow 1988),

ink,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

40a

Drawings

produced

for

client presentation

to

182

demonstrate

the

implementation

of a

corporate

identity

progranine

(CYB

1984-88), ink

and

coloured

marker,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

40b

Drawings

produced

for

client presentation

to 183

demonstrate

the

implementation

of

a

corporate

identity

programme

(CYB

1984-88), ink

and

coloured

marker,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

41a

-

41c

Part

of

a range

of

drawings

produced

in

184/6

conjunction with an academic

(Open

University

1984-86),

41a

in

pencil,

41b in

ink,

41c

in

coloured

marker

and photostats,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

42

Graphic

designers

use

of

drawing in the

257

procedures of

the

graphic

design

process

[Note

:

sane

of

the

drawings

have

had

to

be

rotated

in

order

to

retain

as

much

of

the

quality

and

to

show

as

much

of

the

original

as

possible.

]

Page 13: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 13/320

LIST OF

APPENDICES

Appendix

I:

Interviews

and

Questiannaizm

a)

Interview

Structure

for

Use

with

Practising

Graphic

Designers

b)

Questionnaire

into

the

Attitudes to

and

the

provision

of

drawing

tuition

on

Graphic

Design

courses

c)

Questionnaire

for

Graphic

Design

Students about

the

provision

of

drawing

tuition

on

Graphic Design

courses

d)

Questionnaire

for

Graphic

Design Students

to

be

Conducted

with

Final

Version

of

Folder

Appendix

II

:

Main

i I.

Groups

a)

Practising

Graphic

Designers

b)

Educators

c)

Students

Appendix

III:

Individmls

Interviewed

or

moulted

Appendix

IV:

Venues

for

Case

Study

and

Visits

a)

Design

Consultancy

b)

Educational

Establishments

Page 14: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 14/320

This

study

is

essentially

about

designerly

practice

but in

addition

it

also

looks

at

aspects

of educational

preparation

for this

practice.

The

main

emphasis

of

the

work

is

an

investigation

of

the

ways

in

which

practising

graphic

designers

use

drawing

in

all

the

phases

of

the

design

process.

However

consideration

has

also

been

given

to

the

role

of

drawing

tuition

on

BA

Graphic

Design

courses

such

curriculum

implications

being

the

ultimate

object

of

this

analysis.

The main intention of the study has been to form a basis on which the

use

of

drawing

can

be

characterised

and

the

required

drawing

abilities

of

graphic

designers

may

be

established

by

undertaking

a

detailed

investigation

of

the

role

of

drawing

in

a

wide range

of graphic

design

activities.

However the

study also

raises

issues

about

the

development

of

these

abilities

on

graphic

design

courses

and

begins

to

develop

a

theoretical

approach

from

which educational

practice

may

be

considered.

The

intention

has

at no

point

been

to

provide

either

a

fonmla

for

a

core

curriculum

or

to

recaffnend a slavish

emulation

of

camnercial

values

as

a

basis

of educational practice;

rather

to

indicate

that

not

only

is

the

use of

drawing

intrinsic

to the

graphic

design

process

but

also

that

it

has

a

hitherto largely

unrecognised

specificity

and

complexity

in

the

professional

work

of

graphic

designers

and

that

an

appraisal

and categorisation

of

these

particularities

would

improve

the

intellectual

grounding

on

which

educational

practice

must

be

based.

Therefore

the

main

aims

of

the

study

can

be

summarised

as

follows:

-

1.

To

study

the

ways

in

which professional

graphic

designers

use

drawing

2.

To

identify

and

characterise

the different

kinds

of

drawing that

are

used

in

the

various

activities

of

the

graphic

design

process

Page 15: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 15/320

3.

To

identify

the

range

of

drawing

abilities

required

by

graphic

designers

to

enable

them

to

engage

in

all

the

activities

of

the

graphic

design

process

Given

that

the

ultimate

goal of

the

study

is

to

provide

a

basis for

the

re-evaluation

of

the

provision

of

drawing

tuition

in

degree

level

graphic

design

education,

the

following

aims

have

also

influenced

the

study:

-

4.

To

consider

if

there

are any ways

in

which

UK

degree level

graphic design education may not be providing adequate tuition

for

the

develognent

of

the

various

drawing

abilities

identified

under

3

5.

To

make

suggestions

for improvements

in

curriculum

planning with

respect

to

drawing

tuition

for

graphic

design

students

based

on

the

results

of

the

study

The

study

has

therefore

been,

of necessity,

broad in

scope and

essentially

qualitative, rather

than

quantitative,

raising

issues

about

both

professional

practice and educational

practice.

Every

effort

has

been

made

to

investigate

all

the

major

orientations

and

working

practices

within

the

graphic

design

profession.

The

use

of

drawing

has

been

observed

in

a wide range of

designerly

activity

over

a

four

year

period.

Over

two

hundred

drawings

have

been

collected

and

analysed,

and

many

more

have

been

seen.

Canpleted

postal

questionnaires

have

been

obtained

from

over

50

of

the

degree level

graphic

design

courses

in

the UK,

and

a

short

series

of

formal

interviews

with

design

educators and

questionnaires

with

students

has

been

supplemented

with many

useful

discussions

with

colleagues

and

students

over

the

period

of

the

research.

A

conscious

decision

was

made

to

limit

the

scope

of

the

study

to

graphic

designers

with

broadly-based

experience.

That

is to

say,

the

sample

has

not

included

certain

specialists

who

could,

taking

the

broadest

definition

of

graphic

design,

be included

in

the

profession,

Page 16: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 16/320

workers

have

not

been

included

as

such

in

the

sample,

although

designers

whose

work

extends

in

these

directions have.

The

study

has

concentrated

on

those

practitioners

who are responsible

for

the

management

and

conduct of

design

solutions

and

who

are

involved in

all

the

phases

of

the

graphic

design

process,

although

because

of

their

position

in

the

organisation

or

the

particular

orientation

of

their

work,

their involvement

may not

be

equally

spread

throughout

these

phases.

The

educational aspects

of

the

study

were

similarly

aimed at

investigating

areas of

educational

provision

aimed

at

generalists

(graphic

design

students) rather

than

specialists

(advertising,

typography, illustration students, etc. )

At

an

early

stage

in

the

research

programme

it

was apparent

that

the

drawing

abilities

of graphic

designers

included

the

capacity

to

appreciate

and understand

drawings

and

the

capacity

to

conceptualise

and

commission

drawn

images.

Therefore,

the

need

for,

and

the

development

of,

such

cognitive as

well

as

practical

drawing

abilities

has

also

been

considered.

The thesis

describes

the

development

of

a

research

project

that

was

conducted

over a

four

year period.

Chapter

1

explains

in

more

detail

why

the

study was undertaken

and

outlines

its

evolution

and conduct.

In

Chapter 2

the

study

is

placed

in the

context

of

relevant

established

knowledge,

and

the

methodology

of

the

research

is

explained

in

Chapter

3.

The

findings

made

on

the

use

of

drawing in

all

the

aspects

of

the

graphic

design

process

are

presented

in

chapter

4,

and

the

various

factors

that

influence

a

graphic

designer s

use

of

drawing

identified.

In Chapter

5

findings

about

the

required

drawing

abilities

of

graphic

designers,

together

with

the

evaluative

criteria

they

employ

for

their

use

of

drawing,

are

described,

together

with

the

construction

of a

taxonomy

that

sets

out

the

conclusions

of

the

study

into

graphic

designers

use

of

drawing.

Current

educational

provision

for

drawing

tuition

on

BA

graphic

design

courses

is

considered

in

Chapter

6.

Chapter

7

presents

the

conclusions

of

the

study,

discusses

the

main

issues

raised

and

presents

sane

ideas

for future

work.

Page 17: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 17/320

CHAPTER

1

The Backgroýmd

and

outLfne

of

the

Study

1.1

Introduction

In

this

chapter

the

background

to

and

motives

for the

study are

described,

and

the

link between

professional practice

and

educational

provision

is

clarified.

The

evolution of

the

research

program

e,

,

the

methodology

employed, and

the

broad

context

in

which

the

study

is

set

are all outlined.

1.2

Prelude to the

study

In

order

to

appreciate

the

underlying

structure

of

this

study

it is

important

to

note

that,

although

there

has been

same

shift

of

emphasis

in

the

focus

of observation,

the

original

motivation

for

the

study

has

continued to exert an influence. That

is to

say, while a concern

for

the

development

of

drawing

tuition

in

BA

level

graphic

design

education

originally

prompted

the

study,

at

an

early

stage

in

the

research

programme

it

became

apparent

that

it

was

essential

to

characterise

the

drawing

activity

of practising

graphic

designers

before

a

basis for

educational

practice

could

be

considered.

Nevertheless,

the

initial

objective,

namely

to

try

to

improve

drawing

provision

in

the

light

of

the

demands

of professional

practice,

has

continued

to

exert

a considerable

influence,

and

the

system

developed

to

categorise

graphic

designers

drawing

activity,

which

is

fully

described

in

Chapter

5,

has been devised

with

the

ultimate

intention

of providing

a

basis

from

which

suggestions

for

the

planning

of

drawing

tuition

may

be

considered.

Over

a period

of several years,

the

author s

experience

in teaching

both drawing

and

design

to

BA

graphic

design

students

led

to

a growing

concern

about

the

role and

nature

of

drawing

tuition.

Frequently,

it

was

found

that

apparent

improvements

in drawing

ability

during

drawing

classes

were

not

consistently

matched

with

the

students

use

of

Page 18: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 18/320

colleagues

in

other

institutions

tended to

confirm

that,

although

there

remained

a

firm

belief

in

the importance

of

drawing

in

the

curriculum

of

BA

courses,

there

was

no

general consensus

as

to the

nature

and

role

of

drawing tuition. Nor

was

there

any

agreement

on

the

way

drawing

abilities

should

be

developed in

preparation

for

professional

practice.

In

fact, it

became

clear

that

the

planning and

conduct

of

drawing

tuition

was

often an area of

conflict

and

disagreement.

Drawing

was

found

to

be

a

topic

on which

many

academics

expressed

strong

opinions

but

on

which

no

underlying

principles

could

be

agreed.

Discussions

with

ex-students and students returning

fron industrial

placement

provided

further

examples of confusion and

dissatisfaction.

Many

expressed

a

lack

of confidence

in

their

drawing

abilities

when

faced

with

working

in

a ccn nercial

environment.

They

had

found

that

they

were

not quick enough, nor accurate

enough.

Moreover,

they

found

it

very

difficult

to

carmunicate

their

ideas.

Camnents

fran

employers

of

graduates

also

directly

or

indirectly

referred

to

the

effects of

deficiencies

in

drawing

ability along similar

lines.

Therefore,

before formally

embarking

on

this

study,

various

specific

areas

of

concern

had

already

been

identified. The

conflicting

requirements

of other subjects were

seen

to

present

a challenge

to the

place

of

drawing

on

the

curriculum.

It

was

difficult

to

reach

agreement

about

the

content of

drawing

progranms,

or

on

the

required

drawing

ability

of

applicants and

when

students

work

was

impaired

because

of

a

lack

of

drawing

ability

it

was

difficult to

decide

on

the

best

ways

to

help

them.

These

areas

of concern may

be

sunnarised as

follows:

-

a)

Concern

about

the

place of

drawing

tuition

in

overall

curriculum

planning

b)

Confusion

about

the

content

and

range

of specific

syllabus

in

drawing

tuition

Page 19: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 19/320

c

Unresolved

establishment

of

criteria

for

recruitment

with regard

to drawing

ability

d

Uncertainty

about

how

to

direct

remedial

tuition

for inadequate

draughtsmanship

Therefore

,

there

was

a

gradual

realisation

that

conventional

approaches

to

drawing

tuition

on

BA

Graphic Design

courses

were

not

entirely

adequate

for

fostering

appropriate uses

of

drawing in

the

practice

of

graphic

design

disciplines

and

a

decision

was

made

to

undertake a formal research programme.

1.3

Evoluti

cn and

outline

of

the

study

Thus,

based

on

this initial

hypothesis

that

drawing

tuition

on

BA

graphic

design

courses

was

inadequate in

that

it did

not

entirely

meet

the

requirements

of professional

practice,

the

initial

aims of

the

study were mainly concerned with investigating the range of

drawing

abilities

that

graphic

design

students

will

require

for

professional

practice

and

exploring

other

possible approaches

to

drawing

tuition

for

degree

level

graphic

design

courses.

11

A

pilot

study was undertaken,

and

through the

preliminary

findings

gained

in

a

series

of

trial interviews

conducted

with

practitioners,

educators

and

students,

it became

evident

that

an enquiry

of a more

fundamental

nature

was required.

Fran

the

results

of

an

extensive

literature

search,

it

also

became

apparent

that the

way graphic

designers

use

drawing

in

practice

has

hitherto

not

been

sufficiently

well

explored

or articulated

to

allow

for the

construction

of a

theoretical

and

intellectual

framework

commensurate

with

the

needs of

degree

level

students.

Hence,

the

main

focus

of

attention

of

the

study was changed

to

an

investigation

and

exploration

of

the

ways

in

which practising

graphic

designers

use

drawing.

The

main

objective

became

to

characterise

fully

their

use

of

drawing

and

the

drawing

activities

that

they

Page 20: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 20/320

the

research,

consideration

has

also

been

given

to the

curriculum

implications

of

the

findings.

The

revised aims of

the

study are

described

in

the

Introduction.

Thus,

as

stated

above,

early

in

the

pilot

study

stage

(which

is

described

in

more

detail

in

Chapter

3,

Section

3.2.

),

the

need

for

a

major

change

of

emphasis was

identified.

Other

important

developments

also

stem

fron

this

period,

when

a number

of methods

of collecting

information

were

evaluated

and

many consultations with

key individuals

took

place.

A

decision

was made

to

conduct

a

two-part

research

prograrme to consider both the professional and educational aspects of

the

study.

The

variables

that

can

influence

a

professional

graphic

designer s

use

of

drawing

were

identified,

as were

various

key

issues

that

later

served

as a

basis

for

both

structured

and

focused

interview

programmes

and

for

co-ordinating

sane of

the

findings.

The two

investigations

were

conducted

together

over

a

four

year

period. A series of 50 structured interviews was conducted with

practising

designers

representing all

the

major

orientations

and

levels

of

seniority

in

the

profession,

and

representing

in

their

mode

or

place

of

employment

a wide cross-section

of

design

organisations.

In

addition,

a series of

20

more

informal

but

focused interviews

was

conducted

with

junior

designers,

and

3

with

marketing

personnel.

A

number

of

these

interviews

were

conducted

with a cross-section

of

personnel

in

one organisation

selected as

the

major

case

study.

This

organisation

was revisited

regularly

so

that

the

long-term

progress of

particular

jobs

and

the

effects of

the

gradual

evolution

of

the

organisation

itself

could

be

studied.

Part

of

the

case study

involved

observation

of work

in

progress,

attendance

at client

and

in-house

meetings,

and

the

analysis

of

job

bags

(folders

of

designers

drawings

relating

to the

progression

of

individual

jobs

or projects).

The

investigation

of

educational

practice was

based

mainly

on

a postal

questionnaire

but

also

included

several

visits

to

BA

graphic

design

courses

and

a short

programme

of

interviews

and

questionnaires

conducted

with

educators

and

students.

Page 21: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 21/320

1.4

The

context

of

the

study

With

the

growing appreciation

of

the

potential

for

wealth creation

through design,

increasingly

greater

emphasis

is

being

placed on

exploring

means

for

the

development

of

professional

and

business

skills

in

student

designers.

Exploration

of

the

central

role

of

drawing

in

the

graphic

designer's

professional

life,

including

not

only

the

activities

involved directly

in

design

and

innovation

but

also

those involved

in

design

management,

is

therefore

of

vital

importance

in

terms

of

the

student

designer

achieving

a

realistic

professional approach to the use of drawing. It is also becaning more

apparent

that

the

ability

to

use and

commission

drawings

must

be

considered

as part of

the

range of

business

skills

a

professional

catty

nication

designer

requires.

How, therefore,

may

a study

of

these

practical

and cognitive abilities

fit

into

the

broad

context

of

art

and

design

studies?

In

general, it is true to say that the consideration of

functional

aspects

is

well established

as an

approach

to

the

study

of

drawing

and

drawing

systems.

However,

the

part played

by

the

drawing

activities

of

graphic

designers in

the

varied

activities

that

they

perform

has

not

hitherto

been

fully

clarified.

The

role

of

drawing

in

the

developnent

of an

individual's

capacity

to

work

creatively

also

requires

due

consideration

in

any

study of

design

practice

and

an

investigation

of

its

part

in

the

development

of

visual

literacy

is

particularly

relevant

for

graphic

designers.

The

growing

appreciation

of

the

ways

of working

and

achieving

understanding

that

are

specifically

designerly,

and

the

function

of

drawing

as

a visual

'code'

or

'problem-solving

language',

equivalent

to

the

numerical

or

verbal

'codes'

of

other

problem

solving

disciplines

must

also

to

be

taken

into

account.

Moreover,

consideration

of

the

historical

develogTent

of

the

provision

for

drawing

tuition

on

graphic

design

courses

is

relevant

in

that it

aids

understanding

of

current

educational

practice.

All

these

issues have

been

addressed

in

this

present

study,

particularly

in

the

review

of

relevant

previous

work

in

Chapter

2.

Page 22: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 22/320

1.5

Definition

of

the

terns

used

in

the

study

Semantic

issues

have

caused

some

difficulties

and,

in

part,

have

influenced

the

approach

to

the

research.

Neither

the

representatives

of

the

academic

nor

of

the

commercial

environments

consulted

were

found

to

employ

broadly

agreed

terminology,

even

within

their

cn

respective

spheres.

Indeed,

part

of

the

field

work

within

the

commercial

environment

was

devoted

to the

identification

and

classification

of

ter inology

in

carmon use among graphic

designers.

This

is discussed

fully

in

Chapter

5.

The

problem

has

been further

compounded

by the

vocabulary

in

the

literature

which

tends to be

specific

to

particular

paradigms

or

disciplines,

or even

to

individual

authors.

Hence,

only

limited

use

could

be

made

of

research

methodologies

that

would

not

allow

for

a

checking

of

understanding

in

respondents.

Thus,

although

a postal

questionnaire

was

used as

an

efficient

way

of collecting

data from

respondents

in

widely spread

geographical

locations,

its

efficacy

was consequently

limited

and

the

scope of questions had to be restricted.

During

the

pilot study much

thought

was

given

to

whether

the

use

of

the

terns

drawing

was

most

appropriate

as

a general

term

for

the

activities

being

investigated.

Consideration

was also

given

to the

use

of

terms

like

rough

or

visual

known

to

be in

use

in

the

profession,

but

in

that these

terms

have

rather

specific

connotations

they were rejected for this purpose. Eventually the decision was made

to

use

the

generic

terns

drawing

because

it

was

the

only

one

that

encanpassed

the

full

range

of

activities under

consideration,

and

because

it

was

likely

to

have

a

broadly

equivalent

meaning

to

all

potential

respondents.

In the

event

it

proved

not

only

an effective

but

a useful

choice,

the

initial

reaction of

respondents

frequently

providing

an

early

insight

into

key

attitudes.

Care

has

been

taken in

presenting

the findings

to

distinguish,

where

appropriate,

between

the

act

of

drawing

itself

and

the

products

of

drawing.

The term

drawing

activity

has

been

used

as

a

general

term

to

refer

to

the

act

of

drawing

and

the

term

drawing

produced

(along

Page 23: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 23/320

products

of

drawing

activity.

The

term

graphic

designer

has

been

employed

in the

slightly

restricted

sense

described

in

the

Introduction,

to

refer

to

those

practitioners

who

are

involved

in

all

the

phases of

the

graphic

design

process,

but

not

to

specialists

like

illustrators

or

typographers.

The

tern

process

is

used

in

the

sense of a series

of

actions

broadly

directed

to

the

achievement

of an appropriate result.

The

graphic

design

process

is

described

as comprising

a

series

of

phases,

rather

than stages, to emphasise that it is linear

only

in very broad terms

and

includes

many

feedback

loops.

Within

these

phases

various

procedures

or courses

of action can

be

identified. The

term

task

is

used

to

denote

a piece

of

work,

a specific

undertaking

to

be

carried

out,

generally

forming

part

of

a

procedure

within

the

design

process.

Generally agreed terminology is available for specific procedures.

Fror

example,

terms

such

as

briefing

,

collection

of

reference

material ,

analysis , synthesis , evaluation ,

presentation ,

carnissioning ,

specification

and

art-work have

been

found

to

have

generally

agreed

meanings.

Designerly

tasks

are categorised

under

the

headings

Managerial ,

Executive

and

Self-Development .

The terns

Managerial is

used

when

tasks have

broadly

organisational

intentions.

Executive

is

used

to

denote

those tasks

that

are

instrumental

in

the

develognent

of

design

solutions.

The

term

Self-Developnent describes those

tasks

that

designers

engage

in

to

bring

about

improvements

in their

an

individual

abilities.

The terns

orientation

has

been

used

to

describe

the

particular

type

of

job in

which

the

designer

is

engaged,

that

is

whether

it

is,

for

example,

packaging

or

magazine

design,

etc.

The

term

job

has been

used

in

the

way

generally

accepted

in

the

profession

to

mean

a

specific

design

problem.

Page 24: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 24/320

The

terms

cognitive

and

practical

are

used

to

denote

different

types

of

drawing

ability.

The

teen

cognitive

is

used

to

denote

conceptual

and

intellectual

abilities

and

the

awareness

of

the

appropriate

use

of

drawing

in

the

design

process.

Cognitive

ability

also

includes

the

ability

to

appreciate

and

judge

the

quality

of

drawn

imagery,

whereas

the

term

practical

is

used

for

the

more

evident

abilities

like

manipulative

skills,

fluidity

and

media

handling,

and

technical

canpetence

in

the

use

of specific

equipment,

etc.

I

Page 25: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 25/320

(I P1

ER

2

'Ibe OQltext of the study

2.1

Introduction

As

explained

in

Chapter

1,

this

study

is

concerned with a number

of

related

topics,

namely

the

use

of

drawing

in

the

graphic

design

process,

the

drawing

abilities

graphic

designers

require

to

use

drawing

effectively,

and

the

means of

developing

these

abilities

within

BA

level

graphic

design

education.

In the

present

chapter

consideration

is

given

to

the

background

issues

on which

the

investigation

is based

and

areas of

established

knowledge

relevant

to

these

topics

are

examined.

Initially,

in

Section

2.2,

the

wide-ranging

responsibilities

of

graphic

designers

are

discussed

and various

accounts of

the

use

of

drawing

in

the

graphic

design

process are

considered.

In Section

2.3

sane

previous

studies

on

the

functional

aspects

of

drawing

are

examined,

and

in

Section 2.4

caranentaries

that

discuss

the

role

of

drawing

in

creative

processes

are

considered.

Section

2.5

deals

with

speculation

about

the

nature

of

design

processes,

together

with

the

'designer

codes'

that

include

drawing

and with

the

use

of

drawing

as a

problem-solving

language.

Finally,

in

Section

2.6, the

historical

background

to

the

development

of

drawing

tuition

on

graphic

design

courses

and

same proposals

for

alternative

approaches

to

current

art

and

design

educational

provision

are

discussed,

insofar

as

they

relate

to

the

present

study.

2.2

Graphic design

and

the

role

of

the

practiti,

aýer

The

difficulty

in defining

the

graphic

design

discipline is

noted

by

one

of

its

significant

theorists

and

practitioners,

Paul

Rand

(1985),

who

has

stated

that

the

'expression

graphic design is

rich

in

meaning

but

difficult

to

pin

down.

'

Nevertheless,

essentially

it is

Page 26: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 26/320

and

fit

this

material

together

-

and

make

it interesting.

'

As Ashwin

(1982)

indicates,

it

is

only

in

the

course

of

the

last

two to three

decades

that

the

teen

graphic

design

has replaced the expression

cannercial

art

but,

in

spite

of

being

in

caption usage,

it

cannot

be

seen

to have

'a

stable or

permanent

meaning.

'

Rawson's (1987)

definition

of

graphic

design

is

of

'the

arrangement

Of

flat

layouts

of

text

and/or

images

.....

and a

host

of

[other]

products

for

printing

processes'

and

Topalian

(1980)

is

similarly

pragmatic

with

his

description

of

two

dimensional design,

design

for

print

or,

more

globally,

communications

design .

Therefore,

the

role

of

the

graphic

designer

may

be

said

to

involve

the

manipulation

of

arrangements

of words

and

imagery

as part of

his

or

her

responsibility

for

the

expression

of

meaning

through

visual

relationships.

In

the

19th

Century

during,

a

'welter

of

invention,

innovation,

adaptation

and

experiment,

there

was

rarely

if

ever

one controlling

hand

or

intellect,

one

graphic

designer

at

the

centre'

(Ashwin,

1983)

and

it

was

only

during

the

early

years

of

this

century

that

the

importance

of

the

individual

designer

in

the

co-ordination

of pieces

of

graphic

cannunication

was

established.

The

range

of

work

with

which

graphic

designers

cane

into

contact

has

continued

to

grow over

recent

years.

In

1973,

Hofuran

(1973)

noted

that:

Whereas

a

few

years

ago

the

activities of

the

graphic

designer

were

mainly

restricted

to

the

creation of

posters,

advertisements,

packaging,

signs,

etc.,

his

work

has

now

expanded

to

embrace virtually

every

field

of

representation

and

design. (p38)

While

Goslett

(1978)

includes:

typography - book, magazine and newspaper, stationery,

annual

reports,

catalogues,

type faces

etc.

Lettering,

calligraphy.

Publicity

material-

advertisements,

booklets,

folders,

posters,

covers,

point

of

sale,

'stamps

etc.

TV

and

film

graphics,

trade

marks,

symbols,

packaging,

photography'

(p42)

Page 27: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 27/320

Therefore,

it

may

be

said

that

the types

of

design

problems

that

graphic

designers

are

required

to tackle

have becane

increasingly

varied, not only

in

terms

of scale and

format but

in

the

nature of

their

ccnnunication.

With

the

evolution

of

the

design

consultancy, and

the

additional

services

they

offer, a

less

piecemeal

approach

to

graphic

problems

has

developed.

As Steers

(1987)

points

out,

The

first

generation

concept

....

the

simple,

linear

problem-solving

model

does

not

hold

up.

It

is

increasingly

recognised

that

design

activity

is

a

complex

blend

of

logical,

pragmatic

and

intuitive

approaches .

The

graphic

designer,

therefore,

is

not

only required

to

provide

solutions

that

work

on

their

own

terms,

that

take into

account

the

technical

requirements

of

production

methods

and consider

costing

requirements,

but

also

that

relate

to less

clearly

quantifiable

visual or

sociological

contexts.

Cross

[N]

(1984),

in

reviewing

the

emergence

of

systematic

approaches

to

disciplines

like

urban,

architectural,

engineering

and

industrial

design,

cites

increasing

complexity

in

the

designer s task

concanitant

with

increasing

technological

change and

the

requirement

to

reduce

designer

error as generally prevailing

influences.

The

graphic

design

discipline

has

similarly

been

subject

to

growing

ccwplexity,

brought

about

not

only

by

developing

technology

(Craig,

1974; Dalley,

1980)

but

also

by

the

demands

of

a society

utilising

increasingly

sophisticated

ccmnunication

systems

and subject

to

an

increasingly

varied

diet

of

visual

imagery.

The

graphic

designer

may

therefore

be

engaged

in

a

set

of

interrelated

tasks

offering

their

clients

a co-

ordinated

service

tailored

to their

needs

(Olivs,

1985).

There

are

also graphic

designers

working

on

problems

with

a

particular

orientation

like in

packaging

or

editorial

design

who are

,

as

a

result,

subject

to

more

specific

sets of

constraints

(Bridgewater,

1987).

The

nature

of

these

specialist

orientations

must

of

course

be

taken into

account

when

considering

the

range

of responsibilities

of

graphic

designers.

Page 28: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 28/320

totally directed

by

others,

'What

he

has

to

say

-

the

content

of

his

work

-

is

usually

thought

up

by

sanebody

else'

(Guyatt, 1977),

or as

Rawson (1987) indicates in areas of specialisation 'such as book

design,

the

graphic

designer's

task

is

to

package

existing

material.

'

Games

(1960)

describes

the

role

as

one

of

a

co-ordinator:

...

let

me

call

the

graphic

designer

the

middle

man

of

communications.

He

informs

the

public on

behalf

of

his

client.....

[The]

three

vital

factors,

patron,

subject

audience,

are all

determined for him

by

the

man

paying

the

bill.

(p3)

and,

as

Black

(1983)

has

concluded, a

'designer

without

a

client

is

as

impotent

as an actor

declaiming

to

an

empty

theatre.

'

However,

for both

Guyatt

(1977)

and

Games

(1960)

the

process of

designing

can redeem a graphic

designer's

work, provided

he

or she

is

motivated

to

interact

with

the

given

material

of

the

job

and

not

just

to

act upon

it.

He

must

feel

able

to

give

it

the

stamp

of

his

own

authority

and

individuality,

creating

sanething

which

without

him

could

never

be.

By

investing

it

with

his

personality

and

outlook

he

can give

it

a

deeper

significance

than

is

possible

otherwise....

Personal

involvement

of

the

designer,

his

belief

in

what

he

is

doing,

is

to

my

mind

of

paramount

importance.

At

this

stage

he

stands

at

the

frontier

between

man and

man.

(Games

op.

cit.

p4)

Black

(1983)

stresses

the

contribution

of

the

individual

designer

to

an even

greater extent,

expressing

a

belief

that

even

those

designers

who

explore

the

solution of

design

problems

in

experimental,

even

irrational

ways, make

important

contributions.

'[They]

celebrate

the

unpredictability

of man'

and

thus,

enrich

the

shared

visual

vocabulary

of

the

profession.

Thus,

a

passive

or partially

felt

response,

a

simplistic

manipulation

of

given

elements

is

not

enough.

'[The]

designer's

task

is

to

restate

the

problem'

(Rand,

1985).

However,

this

restatement

needs

to take

place

in

terms

appropriate

to

the

media.

According

to

Dailey

(1980),

Page 29: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 29/320

reproduction,

and

the

social or

economic

constraints

placed

on

the

designer.

'

Part

of

these

constraints

for

many

designers

who

are

currently

in

practice

canes

from

the

requirement

to

work as part

of a

team,

and as

part

of

their

responsibility within

the team

a

designer

may

be

required

to take

on managerial

responsibilities.

In

reviewing

the

role

of a

designer

with

such responsibilities,

the

meaning

of

the

particular

terms

used

in

the

profession

(C.

N. A. A.,

1984)

and

a general

lack

of

definition

of

these

responsibilities poses problems.

The

teen

'design

management',

first

coined

by

Farr

(1966),

has

now

cane

to

have

rather wide

terms

of reference, although

initially

it

was

used

to

describe

a specific

range

of managerial

activities

within

canpanies.

The

application

of

the

definitions

suggested

by

Braidwood

(1987),

namely

that

'when

a minority

of

a manager's

time

is

spent

cannunicating

with

the

designers

for

whose

work

he is

responsible,

we

call

this

job

function

managing

design ;

when

a

majority

of a

specialist

managers

time

is

spent

supervising

designers

we

use

the

term

design

management ',

disregards

the

managerial

aspects

of a

practising

designer's

role.

In

spite

of

their

acceptance

that

'design

projects

involve

the

control

of

the

design

process

as well

as

the

production

of

designs'

(Topalian,

1984),

some

theorists

do

not

regard

designers

as

being

necessarily

the

best

choice

for

design

managers.

Indeed,

they

are

described

as

being

exceptional

among

the

professions

in

being

generally

unprepared

'to

abandon

their

profession

for

leadership

roles'

and

are

not

trained to

have

an

easy relationship

with

management

(Gorb,

1986).

Similarly,

Olins

(1985)

car

lairs

that

although

'some

designers

make good

design

managers

because

they

understand

what

design

can

do.

Most,

however,

don't.

The

disciplines

in

which

they

have been

educated

infrequently

bring

out

management

skills.

'

However,

Black

(1983)

discusses

the

need

to

establish

'a

basis

for

understanding

and

co-operation so

that

business

executives

Page 30: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 30/320

Clearly

practising

designers

are

required

to

function

in

managerial

roles

but

the

nature

of

these

roles

and

specifically,

for

the

purpose

of this study, the role of drawing in the performance of managerial

tasks

is

not

addressed

by

the theorists;

nor

are

more

appropriate

approaches

to its

tuition

as

part of

a

discipline

that

would

bring

out

management

skills.

How

then

may

the

day-to-day

working

practices

of

the

graphic

designer

be

assessed

within

the

context

of

the

complexity

and

variety

that

can

be

found

to

exist within the graphic design profession? Certainly

he

or

she

should

not

be

thought

of merely

as

a

go-between,

carrying a

message

fron

a

client

to

a customer

or

a

juggler,

demonstrating

his

skills

by

manipulating

various

ingredients

in

a

given

space

(Bridgewater,

1987).

The

role

of

the

graphic

designer

can

be

seen

to

be

varied

and

canplex.

Graphic design

problems

are wide-ranging, requiring

the

manipulation

of

words

and

images

in

two

or

three

dimensions, in

unitary

or

sequential

formats,

or

in

time-based

media.

Frequently

the

solution

of

these

problems

needs

to

be

considered

in

the

wider

context

of a

client s

business

and cannunication

requirements.

A

designer

may need

to

develop

a

specialist range

of

skills

for

particular

orientations

of

work,

or

conversely,

may

have

to

be

able

to

co-ordinate

a set

of

design

solutions

across a

range of

formats

or

media,

developing

the

requisite

specialised

or

broadly-based

technical

understanding

to

design

and

specify

for

the

relevant

production methods.

In

sate cases

their

responsibilities

may also

extend

beyond

the

executive

aspects of

their

role

to

take

in

managerial

responsibilities.

Essentially,

the

graphic

designer s

responsibility

may

be

seen

to

include

the

requirement

to

bring

his

or

her

own

individual

capacity

to

bear

on

the

development

of

design

solutions,

yet

to

do

this

within

the

relevant

constraints.

Let

us

now

consider

the

use

of

drawing

in this

canplex

role.

Guyatt

(1977)

indicates

that

central

to this

role

is the

designer s

capacity

Page 31: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 31/320

Clearly

a

designer....

helps

the

wheels

of

industry

go

round.

But

what

is

more significant

and particular

is that

he

is

able

to

do

this

through

his

response and

sensitivity

to

the

world

around

him......

This

in

a

designer,

can

trigger

off

the in¢naterial level

of

ideas

and

understanding,

enriching

him

and

his

work.

This

is

his hall-mark

and

his

peculiar

talent, that

the

look

of

things

turn him

on ,

be

they

man-made

or natural,

and

this

enables

him

to talk

their

language

and

understand

them.

(p8)

Unfortunately,

when

one starts

to

look for

examples

of

the

way

in

which

drawing

is

used

to

support

the

designer in this

'talking

the

language

of visual things' they are very

difficult

to

find.

Examples

of

graphic

design

in

production

are widely available

through

the

many

books

and

journals

that

deal

with

the

subject,

but

examples

of

the

preparatory

stages of

these

solutions are

very rarely

seen.

Although

the

complexity

of

design

procedures

and problem solving

is

generally

clearly

discussed

and

illustrated,

even

specialist

manuals

do

not,

for

the

most

part,

try

to

present an

analysis of

the

use

of

drawing

in

all

the

activities

in

which

graphic

designers

engage.

Games

(1960)

writes;

For

many years

I

have

made

a practice

of

keeping

all

progressive

sketches which go

to the

making

of

a

final

design.

Occasionally they

leave

their

portfolio

for

an

airing

at

lectures, but

mostly

remain

hidden fron

view

like

the

bulk

of an

iceberg,

while

the

final

design,

like

the

peak,

is displayed for

all

to

see.

(p8)

It

is

the

purpose

of

this

study

to

explore

the

bulk

of

this

'iceberg'

of

designerly

activity.

Descriptions

of

graphic

design

activity

are

often

found to

define

the

operations

of graphic

designers by

a

linear

model

of

the

graphic

design

process.

For

example,

Garland

(1966),

provides

a

map of

a

'Typical

sequence

in

production

of printed

matter'

which,

although

arranged

to indicate

stages

or

phases

of

developnent,

consists

essentially

of

descriptions

of

procedures,

eg

'specifying'

and

'ccmnissioning'.

In

a

few

sources

descriptions

of

the

graphic

design

Page 32: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 32/320

sketch ,

roughs ,

and

comprehensives

(Barker,

1959). Cabibi

(1973)

uses

descriptions

of

thumbnail

sketches ,

the

rough

or

visual ,

the

comprehensive and the mechanical or camera-ready copy , and

Ballinger

(1956)

describes

a

designer s

progress

through

the

process

in

terms

of

making

his

cam rough

sketches,

which

may

be

used

in

conferring ,

preparing

more complete

roughs

for

presentation

purposes,

procuring

or

preparing artwork and

preparing

the

final

mechanical

art

required

for

printing.

However,

these

descriptions

of

drawing

activities are rarely

considered

in detail.

It

is

only

in those texts

specifically

dedicated

to teaching

drawing

techniques

that

the

purpose and

utilisation

of

drawing

is

explored.

Even

here,

with

few

exceptions,

for

example

the

depiction

of

the

use

of

drawing for

planning

layouts

(Donahue,

1978),

presentation, specification

and production

techniques

tend

to

be

the

main uses

of

drawing

exemplified

(Lewis,

1978;

Twyford,

1981;

Kemnitzer,

1983;

Bridgewater,

1987;

Mulhern,

1988).

Indeed,

if

the

various

key

reference

books

and manuals

about

graphic

design

are

consulted,

it

soon

becomes

apparent

that

while

in

other

respects

they

provide

balanced

introductions to the

discipline,

they

give

little

information

on

the

specific

use

of

drawing,

if

they

mention

it

at all

(Garland,

1966;

Croy,

1972;

Craig,

1974; Dailey,

1980).

Disciplines that

are

specific

to

graphic

design,

like

typography

and production

methods,

receive

most attention,

thereby

perhaps

implying

that

the

acquisition

of specific

drawing

abilities

is

not

as

important.

Descriptions

of

the

production

of

presentations

roughs

rarely

discuss

in

any

detail

the

prerequisite

drawing

skills

for

their

production.

Dailey

(1980),

for

example,

gives

explicit

instruction

on

techniques

such

as

preparing artwork,

but

does

not

deal

with

the

problems

of visualising

ideas.

Where

attention

is

focused

on

exploring

basic

design

concepts,

the

rough,

free drawing

that

is

invariably

used

for

exploring

initial

concepts

is

neither

illustrated

nor

described (Mulvey,

1969;

Hofuran,

1973).

It

is

generally

only

among

descriptions

of

drawing

activities

for

the

advertising

Page 33: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 33/320

On

the

rare

occasions

where

descriptions

of

drawing

activity

are

to

be

found

the accanpanying images are clearly specially produced

illustrations

and are not

original

designer s drawings

(see

Fig.

1(a)),

thereby

creating

erroneous

impressions

of

the

ways

in

which

drawing

is

actually

used.

Thus, the

design

process

can

be

artificially

made

to

seem

systematic

and

linear

in

progression.

Games

(1960)

provides

rare examples

of

a graphic

designer s

drawing

activity.

(See

Fig.

1(b).

)

Therefore,

it

may

be

said

that,

although

many of

the

publications

dedicated

to

the

description

of graphic

design

practice

give

clear

indication

of

the

tasks

that

a graphic

designer

performs

in

the

development

of

design

solutions,

they

either

pay cursory

attention

to

the

use

of

drawing,

or

they

stage

a rather

inaccurate

depiction

of

its

use.

An

investigative

approach exploring

practice

fron

the

point

of view

of

the

practitioner

has

not

hitherto been

attempted.

In

addition,

while

there

are

numerous

manuals

supporting

the

development

of

specific

drawing

skills

and

techniques,

these

generally

concentrate

on

the

requirements

of

the

later

phases

of

the

graphic

design

process.

2.3

The

fimctir

7

aspects

of

drawing

One

of

the

important

elements

of

this

study

is

the

consideration

of

the

various

functions

that

drawing

performs

in

the

graphic

design

process

and

the

nature of

the

drawing

techniques

that

have

evolved

for

the

performance

of

these

functions.

Although,

as

stated

above,

specific

reference

to

graphic

designers

use

of

drawing

is

limited,

discussion

of

the

functional

aspects of

drawing

is

well

represented

in

the

literature

devoted

to

the

nature of

drawing

itself.

Caentary

about

the

nature

of

drawing

can

be

found

in

a

wide

variety

of

both

contemporary

and

historical

sources,

Hotter

(1968),

Rawson

(1969),

Ashwin

(1982),

Lambert

(1984)

and

Strauss

and

Felker

(1987)

represent

an

excellent

cross-section

of

different

approaches,

and

Page 34: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 34/320

1

ý =,

,

Ifý-4r

ýN

..

3

4

.

ý`ý

ýý

ý9

ý

/ýýý_ý

ý

\

/,

ýýCyý-

Page 35: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 35/320

S

l

i

i

r;

j

.

19

le,

\'

'.

ýýý r

.

ýf

'

_.

,

",

ýýý

%/

cam:ý'!

"ýL

"

1.

16

9

ý'

LCJJI

"ILL,

r

ja

',

J.

it

'J4i

e"ýP"

"

"'ýý"'.

y*.

i. '

.,,

1

"{.

I"

li.

%+ýd.

sir!,

_"",

".

%

'

ý'

^l"

,

CRY

tt

'

,:

i.

s

.v..

_ 'ý

?

'Yý;

"r=fir"

"+fý'

t,

ANA

-.

"ji

N

fw

I.

__

,

."

1,

ý,,

,

y

".

".

".

I

Figure

1b:

Drawings

fron

"Over

My

Shoulder"

(Games

1960

p61),

reproduced

same

size

-

22

-

Page 36: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 36/320

drawing

is limited

in

canparison

to that

of artists,

the

functional

aspects

of

drawing

both

in

the

development

and production

of

visual

solutions

are well

represented.

For

example,

Strauss

devotes

a chapter

to Function , Rutter one to The Functional Drawing and Lambert one

to

Drawing

for

Utility .

The

link

between

function

or application and

the

development

of

an

appropriate

technique

has

been

adopted

by

some

educationalists,

historians

and

theorists

as an approach

to the

categorisation

of

drawings

in

their

analytical

studies.

Saxton

(1982),

Baynes

and

Pugh

(1981)

and

Lambert

(1984)

provide

examples

of

systems of

categorisation

that

are

based

on

technique

related

to

function.

Rawson

(1969),

Watrous

(1975)

and

Goldstein

(1977)

concentrate

on

technical

aspects, while

it is

the

executive

strategies

of

production

that

specifically

interest

Van Sommers

(1984).

Drawing

manuals,

such

as

those

of

Blake

(1951),

Gettings

(1969),

Nicolaides

(1972),

Hogarth

(1974),

Oliver

(1979),

Raynes

(1982),

Porter

and

Goodman

(1982),

Rawson

(1983)

and

Wright

(1983),

concentrate

on

technique,

generally

confining

discussion

of

function

to

different

treatments

of

subject

matter,

which may,

in

fact,

be

better termed

applications

rather

than

functions

of

drawing.

Sane

drawing

manuals,

eg

Probyn

(1970)

and

Mendelowitz

(1967),

concentrate

on

drawing

procedures

rather

than

on specific

techniques,

but deal

only

with

the

work of

artists

or

illustrators.

However,

some specialised

texts

on

drawing

related

to

specific

disciplines,

particularly

architecture,

eg

those

of

Laseau

(1975),

Ching

(1979),

Laseau

(1980),

Kirby

Lockard

(1982),

and Crowe and Laseau (1984), explore the link between function and

technique

very

effectively.

Therefore,

although

a

concern

with

the

function

of

drawings

and

its

relationship

to

technique

does

not

always

predaninate

in

the

literature,

it is

nevertheless

well

represented,

and although

the

use

of

drawing by

graphic

designers

has

not

been

investigated

in

detail,

that

made

by

architects

has

been

subject

to

thorough

evaluation.

Descriptions

of

the

historical

developaent

of

drawing

techniques

in

relation

to

particular

functions

emphasise

the

important

role

that

drawing

can

play.

Baynes

(1984 [a])

describes

how

the

18th Century

-

23

-

Page 37: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 37/320

saw

the

development

of a wide range

of objective

drawing techniques

as

part

of

the

attempts

to

catalogue,

quantify

and

thus

understand

the

natural

and

the

man-made world.

He

also

indicates

the

profound

effects of the use of drawing when, in the development of

industrialisation,

'Drawings

became

one of

the

ways

in

which

the

change

could

be

brought

about.

They

were

the

portable

concepts ,

the

easily

transmitted instructions,

through

which

designers

and

managers

controlled

the

production process.

'

Booker

(1979)

and

Baynes

and

Pugh

(1981)

provide

detailed,

historical

accounts

of

the

origin and

developments

of engineering

drawing.

Gaspard

Monge's

'Geometrie

descriptive'

in 1795

provides,

in

Booker's

terms,

'one

of

the

most

intriguing books

in

the

history

of

technical

drawing'. By

bringing

together

a variety

of

'ad

hoc'

techniques

which

had

been

in

use among

masons

and

woodworkers,

and applying

his

principles

of

descriptive

geanetry,

many

rote

techniques

were

replaced

with

generalised

methods.

Baynes

and

Pugh

(1981)

also provide

a systematic

characterisation

of

the

categories

of engineering

drawing

according

to

use,

namely

Designer's

Drawings,

Project

Drawings,

Production

Drawings,

Presentation

and

Maintenance

Drawings

and

Technical

Illustrations

(pp14-15),

each

type

of

drawing

having developed

a

particular

range of

production

techniques to

suit

its

particular

purpose.

In

his

review

of current

practice

in

computer aided

vehicle

styling,

Tovey

(1989)

describes

the

interrelationship

and relative

merits

of

sketching

and

CAD

systems

and

the

different

types

of

drawing

produced

through

each

method.

To some degree or other all artistic and designerly activity is

associated

with

the

production of

drawings.

'Drawing

is

one

of

the

fundamentals

perhaps even

the

basis

-

of

all

creative

work.

It

is the

direct

way

to

make a conceived

form,

a

vision

visible.

A

thought

takes

a material

form,

an

idea

becanes

ca

iunicable.

'

(Wirth

1976).

However,

for

the

purpose

of

this

study,

it

is

important

to

consider

to

what

extent

there

are

fundamental

differences

in

the

ways

in

which

artists

and

designers

use

drawing

and

in

the

range of

techniques

that

they

both

employ.

Blake

(1951),

in

the

preface

of

his

influential

book

'The

art

and

-

24

-

Page 38: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 38/320

craft

of

drawing',

is

at pains

to

call attention

to

what

he

believes

is

'the

fundamental

homogeneity

of

artistic

expression'

through

the

act

of

drawing.

Again,

in

what

she

terms

'the

false

dichotany'

between the fine

and applied

arts,

Dondis (1973) discusses the

relationship

of

aesthetic and

functional

criteria.

applied

art should

be functional

and

fine

art

without

utility.

This

snobbish attitude

influences

many

artists

on

both

sides of

the

fence

and creates

an

atmosphere

of

alienation

and confusion.

(p6)

In

cannon

with

designers,

artists

have

specific

tasks

to

conduct

through drawing.

Simpson

(1987)

recognises

this

specificity

in

stating

that

drawing

'for

my

purpose

....

is

translating,

directly

from

observation,

three-dimensional

information

into

marks

on a

two

dimensional

surface.

'

For Raynes

(1982)

'[looking]

is

the

most

important

thing

.....

The

first

requirement

is to

be

able

to

put

down

on

paper,

from

observation,

the

observed shapes.

'

Berger

(1979)

claims

that

for

'artists

drawing

is

discovery....

It

is

the actual act of drawing that forces the artist to look at the object

in

front

of

him,

to

dissect

it

in his

mind's

eye

and

to

put

it

together

again;

or

if

he

is

drawing

fran

memory,

that

forces

him

to

dredge

his

own

mind,

to

discover

the

content

of

his

cam

store

of

past

observations.

'

For Bailey

(1982)

'the

draftsman

is

a

phenanenologist.

He

seeks

routes

for

the

interrogation

of

how

things

are.

'

Drawing

is

seen

as

'a

direct

means

of actualising

visual

experience.

',

or as

Berger

believes

'drawings

are

an autobiographical

record

of one's

discovery

of

an event

-

seen,

remembered

or

imagined.

'

Drawing

must,

therefore,

be

seen

to

have

more

than

a

problem-solving

capacity,

or a

representational

function,

if,

for

the

artist

it

beccmes

an

embodiment

of experience;

'it

casts

'reality'

...

into

a

form

that

we

came

to

recognise

as

drawing....

Drawing

is

therefore

not only

a

means

to the

articulation

of experience;

...

it

beccmes

experience.

'

(Bailey, 1982).

Many camnentators, take the view that the

disciplines

of

Design

and

Fine Art

require a very

different

use

of

drawing

from

each

other.

Lloyd Jones

(1984)

makes

the

distinction

between

using

drawing

for

depiction

and

for

designing,

pointing out

that

when

artists

like

-

25

-

Page 39: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 39/320

Leonardo,

Raphael

and

Michelangelo

started

to

design they

instantly

fell

into

another

convention

of

depiction

different

from

picture

making.

As

Arnheim

(1970)

concludes

of

Leonardo

he

saw

every

part

of

the human body as a contraption designed by

a

fellow inventor... and

represented

it

as a

tool.

Crowe

and

Laseau

(1984) describe

Corbusier s

travel

notes

as

drawings

that

are

not

in themselves

beautiful.

They

are

notes,

not

intended

to

impress

or

entertain .

According

to

Washburn

(1983),

artist s

drawings

do

not exhibit

the

same

adherence

to

a system

of

generalised

methods

as

those

of

designers

because

they

have been

subject

to

different

systems and

cultural

influences.

Kirby

Lockard

(1982)

describes

the

function

of

designerly

drawing

thus;

Design

drawings

represent

successive attempts

at

drawing

a

congruence

between

the

design

problem

and

its

solution.

The

drawings

themselves

are not

the

congruence,

but

are

simply

representative

transparencies

through

which

the

real

congruence

can

be

judged.

The

importance

of

the

transparency

of

design

drawings

cannot

be

overemphasised.

(p30)

However,

Lambert

(1984)

quotes

the

artist

Henry Moore

in

making an

equally

pragmatic

definition.

Drawing

is

a

means of

finding

your way

about

things,

and a way

of

experiencing

....

certain

tryouts

and

attempts ,

and

Ashwin

(1982)

describes

the

various

ways

in

which

painters

make use

of

drawing

from

gathering

information,

to

working

drawings

and

squaring

up

(pp158-163).

Therefore,

it

must

be

recognised

that

drawing has

a range

of

functions,

for

artists

as

well

as

for

designers

and

,

as

Rutter

(1968)

indicates,

Attempts

have

frequently

been

made

to

break down

drawings

into

clearly

defined

categories,

but

any such

attempt

is

bound

to

be

somewhat

arbitrary.

The

frontiers

are

almost

always

blurred

and

the

outward appearance

of

a

drawing

is

often

no clear

guide

to its

original

purpose.

(p30)

However, it

must equally

be

realised that this range of

functions

is

different

for

the two

types

of

practitioners

and,

therefore,

the

range

of

techniques

that

designers

need

to

develop

will,

by

the

same

token,

also

be

different.

The

adaptability

of

drawing

activity

to

4b

26

Page 40: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 40/320

circumstance

is

a vital

aspect of

its

usefulness.

Laseau

(1980)

describes

drawings

in

Leonardo

da

Vinci s

note

book

as

a

marvellous

example

of

a

mind

in

ferment,

using

drawings

as a

means

of

discovery

rather than a way to impress

other

people .

Thus,

it

can

be

seen

that

the

concept

of

function

linked

to

technique

is

relevant

to

the

drawing

activity of

both

artists and

designer s,

but

that

their

use of

drawing differs,

and

therefore,

the

range

of

techniques

and

drawing

abilities

that

they

must

develop

will

be

different.

It

is

not

the

intention

of

this

study

to

look

at

drawings

fron

the

point

of view of

their

expressive,

commmicative,

interpretive

even

inventive

qualities,

other

than

that

these

qualities

affect

function.

Further

there

is

no

intention to

judge

drawings

from

the

point

of view of

their

aesthetic quality

or

skilfulness

in

rendition,

other

than

that these

qualities

also

affect

function.

However,

the

study will

investigate

closely

the

link

between

the

various

functions

that

drawing

is

found

to

perform

in the

graphic

design

process

and

the

developnent

of

those

drawing

techniques

and

abilities

that

are required

for

these

functions.

2.4

The

role

of

drawing

in

creative

pmcesses

The

link

between

the

use

of

drawing

and

the

fostering

of

creativity

is

well-established

and

forms

an

important

part

of

the

background

to this

.

study.

In

his

review of

the

literature

on

structured

aids

to

creative

behaviour

Rickards

(1980)

expresses

the

view

that

creativity

is

part

of the design process and design is part of the creative process .

Certainly

difficulties

arise

in

any

attempt

to

separate

and

distinguish

design

and creative

processes

in

action.

Similarly,

in

the

literature, confusion

arises

because

of

the

different

viewpoints

of

interest

groups

(Rickards,

1985),

which

includes

those

of

psychologists

and educationalists

as

well as

professional

managers

and

designers.

Although,

as

Rogers

(1970)

points

out,

there

are

cannon

features

to

creative activity

wherever

it

occurs.

It

is

worth,

at

this

point,

reviewing

theories

on

the

nature

of

the

creative

process

insofar

as

they

are

relevant

to

the

graphic

design

-

27

-

Page 41: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 41/320

process.

It

is

also

important

to

consider

the

broader

issues

of

the

relationship

between

drawing

activity

and

the

fostering

and

maintenance

of

creative

behaviour

in designers,

both

at

an

individual

and

a

group

level,

and

the

contribution

of

drawing to the development

of

a creative

climate

in

which

they

may work.

As

Kneller

(1965)

indicates,

since

Wallas

analysis

of

the

ideas

of

Helmholtz,

it

has been

widely

held

that

the

creative

process

has

four

recognisable

phases,

generally

known

as

preparation,

incubation,

illumination,

and verification ,

to

which

Kneller

adds

first

insight

-

the

apprehension

of an

idea

to

be

realised

or

a

problem

to

be

solved.

However,

as

Kneller

acknowledges,

even

though

the

creative

cycle

can

with

rough

justice be

sliced

into

these

phases......

Whether

it

should

be

so sliced

is

another matter , and

he

cites

Harrison

and

Gough to

present

the

argument

that

the

various

processes

involved

in

creation

are

so

complex

and so

interfused

that

it is

unrealistic

to

freeze

them into

a single

sequence.

In

support

of

the

view

that

creativity

should

be

seen

holistically ,

Rickards

(1985)

cites

MacKinnon:

It

is

misleading

to

refer

to the

creative

process

as

though

it

were

a single unitary

process.

The

terns

should

be

thought

of as no more

than

a convenient

summary

label

for

a

complex

set of cognitive

and motivational

processes,

and

emotional

processes

too,

that

are

involved

in

perceiving,

remembering,

imagining,

appreciating,

thinking,

planning,

deciding,

and

the

like.

(p36)

What

are

termed

the

Whole

Brain

theories

of creative

activity

are

also

relevant

to this

present

study.

it

has been

}mown

for

many

years

that....

the

right

side

of

the

brain

has

control

over

visualisation

....

spatial

and

conceptual relationships,

and

assists

in

intuitive

problem

solving.

(Rickards

1985).

Edwards,

(1982)

has

developed

what

she calls

a

cognitive

shift

model

of

teaching

drawing

by

enabling

individuals

to

develop

the

ability

to

shift

to

a

different-fran-ordinary

way

of processing

visual

information

....

by

tapping the special functions of the right hemisphere . However,

although

the

methods

she

describes

may

be

relevant

to

learner

drawers,

especially

when working

from

visual

reference,

they

do

not appear

to

be

appropriate

to

graphic

designers

who

need

to

maintain

an

awareness

28

Page 42: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 42/320

of

a wide

range

of

non-visual

criteria.

Rickards

(1985)

cites

Torrence,

Taggart

and

Taggart to

describe

the

importance

of

both

right

and

left

modes

of

information

processing

for

creative

behaviour,

indicating that;

[creativity]

is

traditionally

associated

with

right

hemisphere

behaviour.

This

is

a

limited

view.

Accomplishing

work

requires

non-confoEning

individuals

inventing

something

new

combined

with

conforming people

with

an

eye

towards improving

something.

Indeed

there

is

a

left

dominant

mode

of creativity

as

well as a right

duninant

mode.

The

person

who

has

developed

a

flexible

processing

style

exhibits

the

characteristics

of

what

have

been

referred

to

as

innovators (right

daninant)

and

adapters

(left daninant). (p43)

Creativity,

therefore,

particularly

the

creativity

of graphic

designers

who

operate

within

the

commercial envirormnent,

where

it is

required

that

a

design

not

only

be

innovative

but

also

appropriate and

relevant,

must

incorporate

both

right

and

left

brain

contributions

and

so,

in

terms

of

the

current

discussion,

the

creativity

of graphic

designers

would

appear

to

be

a

whole

brain

activity.

Indeed,

the

holistic

nature

of

the

creative

process

and

of creative

behaviour

needs

to

be

considered

as

a

background

to

their

work

when

the

role

of

drawing

in

the

stimulation

and maintenance of

creativity

is

investigated.

Everybody

has

ideas.

Essentially

the

designer s job

is

about

generating

bright

ideas

and

then

implementing these

in

some

form

of

physical

manifestation

acceptable

to

others.

(Davies

and

Talbot 1987).

Equally

relevant

theoretical definitions

of

the

creative

process

for

designers

working

in

visual

terms

are

those

concerned

with

the

use of

analogy

and

synthesis.

For Broadbent

(1973)

the

central

mechanism....

in

translating

analysis

to

synthesis.

..

Undoubtedly

is

analogy.

He

cites

Koestler

to

describe

the

bisociation

between

two

matrices

or

frames

of

reference.

Rickards

(1985) describes

the

theories

of

the

Associationism

school

of

thought, that

believed

that

productive

thinking

was

related

to

an

ability

to

make

connections

or

associative

bonds

between

clusters

of

memory

traces.

Rawlinson

(1981)

also

defines

creative

thinking

as

the

relating

of

things

or

ideas

which

were

previously

unrelated....

creative

thinking

uses

Page 43: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 43/320

things

or

ideas

which

are already

in

existence,

that

is

in

the

minds

of

those

taking

part

in

the

creative

session.

'

In

his

description

of

the

creative

process

Samuels

(1975)

writes;

The

word

imagination

contains within

it

the

word

image,

image

meaning a mental

picture.

Most

current

theories

of

creative

imagination hold

that

images

exist and

are

stored

in

the

unconscious

mind, and

that the

conscious

mind

can

became

aware of

them.

It

is

believed

that

within

the

unconscious

images

can

become

associated

to

fonu

streams

of

images,

that they

can

juxtapose

to

form

combination

images,

or

coalesce

and

recombine

to

form

entirely

new

images......

New

images

cane

to

awareness

as

novel

ideas,

illuminations

or

flashes

in

ordinary

consciousness.

(p240)

The

importance

of

the

use

of

drawing

is

recognised

for

both

the

establishment

of

this

fund

of memory

or

'stored

analogy',

and

also

as

an

aid

in

processing

the

synthesis of

new concepts

(Broadbent

1973,

McKim

1980).

The

stimulation

of creative

behaviour

is

generally

held

to

be

associated

with

fostering

the

appropriate

climate

of

relaxed

attention

to

encourage

this

'juxtaposition'

and

'coalescence'

of

existing

images,

concepts

or

'memory

traces' to

produce

new

ideas

or

images.

Broadbent

(1973)

claims

that

'if

the

design

process

contained

a

vigorous

evaluation

stage,

then

one can

be

wild and

free,

indeed

ought

to

be

as wild

and

free

as possible

at

the

mannt

of

synthesis.

'

and so

it is

worth

considering

the

relationship of

drawing

activity

to the

fostering

of

a

creative

climate

within which

the

'innovator'

or

'adapter' can operate effectively or indeed be 'wild and free'.

Rickards

(1985,

p35-36)

when

listing

several

definitions

indicating

the

variety

of approaches

to

the

analysis

of creative

behaviour,

describes

creativity as

being

'

far

more

than

problem

solving;

there

is

no

warmth

in

problem

solving',

thereby

acknowledging

the

emotional

implications

attendant

on creative

activity

and

its

unpredictable

and

fugitive

nature.

The

concern,

therefore,

of

many

theorists

to

devise

ways

of

'bringing

about

in

a

structured

way,

creative

behaviour,

'

and

the

'purposive

attempts

for

enhancing

the

creative

process'

(Rickards

1985)

is

based

not

simply

on

the

carplexity

of

design

problems,

but

on

the

nature

of creativity

itself.

Page 44: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 44/320

Through

an

analysis of

key

texts

fron

the

major schools

of

thought

on

creative

problem

solving,

Rickards

(1980)

identifies

the

four

major

families

of

techniques

as;

brainstorming,

synectics,

morphological

analysis

and

lateral

thinking.

Broadbent

(1973)

describes

brainstorming

and synectics

as

being

the

most

effective

techniques

to

prarote

the

generation of analogies,

and

detailed

descriptions

of

these

techniques

are given

in

Osborn

(1963)

and

De

Bono

(1973).

Rawlinson

(1981)

defines brainstorming

as

a

'means

of

getting

a

large

number

of

ideas from

a group of people

in

a short

time'

and

Broadbent

(1973)

writes

that

'[brainstorming]

particularly

depends

on

the

rapid

firing

of

ideas',

and

describes

it

as

'in

practice....

simply a

technique for

generating

check-lists.

'

Jones

(1980) describes

the

aim

of

brainstorming

as

to

'stimulate

a

group

of

people

to

produce many

ideas

quickly.

'

and

stresses

the

importance

of

'[enforcing] the

rule

that

no

idea

is

to

be

criticised and make

it

clear

that

wild

ideas

are

welcome,

quantity

is

wanted

and

that

participants

should

try to

combine, or to improve upon, the ideas suggested by others. ' Jones

(1979)

also

describes brainstorming

as a

technique

for deliberate,

rational,

stimulation of

the

irrational, the

seemingly

crazy,

the

source

of

insight

and originality.

It

is the

rationale

for

using

the

irrational.

'

While

there is

no

suggestion

as

such

in the

literature

that

graphic

designers

systematically

employ

such

techniques,

sane

of

their

drawing

activity,

particularly

the

early

idea

'doodles'

they

produce,

may

be

seen as a

type

of

check-listing

of

ideas,

with

drawing

being

used

in

a

playful

way

to

aid

the

overcaning

of

'blocks'

to

creativity

and as a means

of

fostering

a

'sympathetic

environment'.

Adams

(1980)

outlines

the

emotional,

cultural,

environmental,

intellectual

and

expressive

blocks

that

can

be

found to

inhibit

creative

behaviour

in

camnercial

environments.

He

describes

'lack

of

challenge'

and

'excessive

zeal'

as

'opposite

villains',

creative

thinking requiring the ability to 'incorporate criticism' in a

positive

way, while

the

designer

must

also

be

able

to

'tolerate

chaos'

and so

free

the

mind

to

'think

intuitively'

and not

be

impeded

by

'mind

set'.

In

his

view

the

pressure

of

deadlines

prompts

creative

solutions

only

if,

after

a

period

of

preparation

or

'charging

up

of

Page 45: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 45/320

the

unconscious

has been

canpleted, sufficient

time

has

been

allowed

for

a period

of

incubation

to

allow

the

unconscious

to

struggle

with

problems .

Adams

also

describes

the

choice of

an appropriate

problem

solving

language

as an

important

aspect of selecting

a

mental

strategy

to

work

on a problem and overcome

blocks

to

creativity.

However,

this

must

be

a

language

in

which

the thinker

is

ccnpetent.

McKim

(1980)

indicates

that

if

visual problem-solvers

suffer

fron the

frustrations

of

being

visual

illiterates

their

creativity

is

impeded.

McKim

describes

the

widespread

use

of

what

he

terms

graphic

languages .

Many

professions

currently

use

graphic

languages:

physicists

draw

diagrams

and graphs,

executives

draw

organisational charts,

and physiologists

draw

cross-

sections.

Indeed

you will

find

graphic

language

expressions

on

the

black boards

of

almost

every

department

of a

university.

(p130)

Davies

and

Talbot

(1987)

in

their

study

of

the

experience

of

designers

when

generating

ideas,

refer

to

designer s

descriptions

of

a

facility

in

using

mental

imagery, for

example

as

a

multi-sensory

and

dynamic,

mental

sketch pad:

using mental

rotation and

scanning

images .

Franck

(1973)

describes

a

non-creative

environment

as

one

that

constantly

bccnbards

us,....

overloads

our

switchboard

with

noise,

yet

busy design

organisations

may

well

be

stressful,

noisy

envirormments,

why

is

it

that

designers

manage

to

be

creative

within

them?

Rickards

(1985) distinguishes between the internal (psychological) climate,

[and]

the

external climate

or

enviroment .

As

part

of

the

developnent

of

the

internal

climate,

Rogers

(1970)

advocates

being

open

to

experience as

a

fundamental

condition

of

creativity,

with

the

source or

locus

of evaluative

judgement

being

internal,

and

describes

the

ability

to

toy

with

elements and

concepts

as

being

important

in

a

description

that

evokes

the

activity

of

drawing;

Associated with the openness and lack of rigidity.... is

the

ability

to

play

spontaneously

with

ideas,

colors,

shapes, relationships...

it

is fran

this

spontaneous

toying

and

exploration

that

there

arises

the

hunch,

the

creative

seeing

of

life

in

a

new

and

significant

way.

(p144)

Page 46: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 46/320

In

order

to

foster

the

external

climate,

Rogers

stresses

the

need

to

accept

the

individual

as

of

unconditional

worth,

with

their

ideas

being

understood

empathically .

Drawing

as an

important

means

of

canmmication for the design team may be seen to play a part in

pranoting

this

empathy .

2.5

The

use

of

drawing

in

design

Processes

In

investigating

the

nature

of

the

design

process

itself

certain

characteristics

have been

identified

by

a number of

theorists

that

are

applicable

across all

the

design disciplines.

Lawson

(1983),

who

is

himself

an

architect,

believes he

is

qualified

to

write

about

design

problems,

and

how

to

understand

them,

and

about

design

processes and

how

to

learn,

develop

and

practise

them

in

a way

that

has

general

relevance

to

designers

and

design

students.

Therefore,

by

studying

caRnentary

on

the

nature

of

design

processes

in

general

and

on

the

use

of

drawing

in

other

types

of

design

processes,

it

has

been

possible

to

acquire

information

relevant

to

this

study

of

the

graphic

design

process.

Jones

(1979)

describes

the

evolution of

design

processes

fron

the

activities

of

craftsmen

responding

to

the trials

and

errors

of

practical

necessity

to

design

by

drawing ,

a

develognent

which

permitted

a

jump

in

scale

in

the

work

produced

and

led

to

the

division

of

labour

where

more

than

one

operative

could

be involved

in

the

manufacture

of

large

canplex

items through

instructions

supplied

in drawings.

A

new

class

of

designers

was

thereby found to

emerge, responsible

for

this

organisation

of

the

works

of

operatives

and

leading

to the

conscious

changing of

the

design

as

a

whole

by

using

a

symbolic

gec etric

model,

the

drawing,

to

permit

experiment

that

is

not

possible

when

changes

are

limited to the

product

itself.

(op.

cit.

).

The

professional

specialised

designer

producing

drawings

from

which

others

build

has

cane

to be

such

a stable

and

familiar

image that we now regard this process as the traditional form of

design.

(Lawson

1983).

Lawson

goes

on

to

indicate

that

a

major

weakness

in

this traditional

system

of

design

by

drawing

was

that

problems

not visually

apparent

tended

not

to

cane

to

the

designer s

Page 47: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 47/320

attention,

and,

therefore,

in

the

early

1960s,

the

systematic

analysis

of

design

processes,

intended

to

bring

about

improvements

in

design

methods,

was

introduced.

Cross

[N]

(1984)

summarises

the

broad

chronological

development

of

the

'design

methods

movement',

as moving

fron

'the development

of

systematic

procedures

for

the

overall

management

of

the

design

process,

and of systematic

techniques

to

be

used

within

such

a

process',

to

the

attempt

to

understand

the

apparent

car

lexity

and

'ill-structuredness

of

design

problems'

through

investigations

of

designer

behaviour

by,

as

Darke

(1979)

describes it,

'asking designers

to

recall

their

own processes'.

As

Cross

[N] (1984)

indicates

during

the

late

1970s

and

early

1980s

various

thinkers,

for

example

Hillier,

Musgrove

and

O'Sullivan,

March, Broadbent

and

Daley,

offered

profound

re-statements

about

the

nature of

design

and

the

role

of

design

research

or

'meta-design',

and encouraged a

freeing

of

design

methodology

from

its

adherence

to the

ideology

of

science.

In

an

explanation

of

how his

thoughts

about

design

methods

have

changed,

Jones

(1977)

indicates his belief that generally 'design seems to

be

becaning

a social art

and

to

do

this

properly

it

seems

we need

to

learn

fron

experimental artists

whose

happenings

and

other

events

are

making

art

a way

of

living'.

The

early

models

devised

to

represent

the

design

process

'contain

three

essential

stages

of

analysis, synthesis

and evaluation.

These

can

be

described

more

simply

as

breaking

the

problem

into

pieces ,

putting the

pieces

together in

a new

way

and

testing to discover

the

consequences

of putting

the

new arrangement

into

practice '

(Jones

1980),

or as

Lawson

(1983)

defines

the

process;

Analysis involves

the

exploration

of

relationships,

looking

for

patterns

in

the information

available,

and

the

classification

of

problem.

Essentially

analysis

is the

ordering

and structuring

of

the

problem.

Synthesis

on

the

other

hand

is

characterised

by

an attempt

to

move

forward

and

create a

response

to the

problem.

Essentially,

synthesis

is the

generating

of solutions.

Appraisal

involves

the

critical

evaluation

of

suggested

solutions

against

the

objectives

identified

in

the

analysis

phases.

(p27)

Page 48: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 48/320

However,

Lawson

(1979)

and

Darke

(1979)

found

that

both

in

controlled

experiments,

and

from

research

based

on

interviews

with

architects,

the tendency

was

that

designers

structured

design

problems

by

exploring aspects of possible solutions, rather than by deferring

creative

interaction

until

analysis

had

been

systematically

canpleted.

As

thinking

about

the

design

process

developed,

researchers,

recognising

its

complexity,

realised

that

the

development

of a

new

model

for

the

design

process

was required.

Hillier

et al

(1972)

provided

the

paradigmatic

shift

of

approach

that

supplied a model

for

the

re-definition

of

design

processes,

replacing

the

analysis

-

synthesis

model

with

one

of

conjecture

-

analysis.

This

model

better

recognised

the

designerly

approach

of

prestructuring

problems either

by

a

knowledge

of

solution

types

or

by

a

knowledge

of

the

latencies

of

the

instrumental

set

in

relation

to

solution

types. By

instrLmental

set

Hillier

et

al

refer

to

both

the

technology

and

to

the

potential

forms

of

design

solutions

available

to the

designer

within

his

or

her

discipline.

The

linking

of

this knowledge about their discipline with the experience

that

permits

the

foreshadowing

of viable

design

solutions,

is

seen

as

the

means

by

which

design

problems

are

initially

made

tractable,

and

are

then

approached

through

a process

of

proposing

and

then

analysing

possible

solutions.

As

Hillier

et al

point out,

a

vast

variety

of

design

decisions

cannot

be

taken.....

before

the

solution

in

principle

is

known....

conjecture

and problem

specification

thus

proceed

side-by-

side

rather

than

in

sequence.

Darke

(1979)

supports

the

use

of

this

model

of

conjecture

-

analysis

and suggests

an

elaboration

to

include

the

notion

of

the

primary

generator

describing

a

particular

stage

in

the

design

process

that

precedes

a

conjecture,

a

way

into the

problem,

ie

a

designer imposed

constraint

that

forms

in

response

to

particular

aspects

of

the

problem,

and

prompts

the

specific

conjectures

for

possible solutions.

How then is the use of drawing thought to support the sort of

design

processes

described

above?

Cross

[N]

(1982)

states

that

the

designerly

mode

of enquiry

-

analogous

to

the

scientific

mode

of

enquiry

-

depends

on modelling

and

simulation

as

equivalents

to

Page 49: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 49/320

analysis

and

experiment

-

as

powerful as scientific

enquiry

but

different.

The

language

of modelling

that

is

at

the

core of

design,

corresponds

to

numeracy,

the

language

of

the

sciences, and

literacy the language of the humanities. The designer learns to

think

in

a sketch-like

form,

in

which

the

abstract

patterns

of user

requirements

are

turned into

the

concrete patterns

of

an actual

object.

While

the

codes

and

languages

used may

differ

in

detail

fron

one

design

discipline

to

another;

they

facilitate

the

constructive, solution-focused

thinking

of

the

designer,

in

the

same way

that

other

(eg

verbal

and

numeric)

codes

facilitate

analytic,

problem

focused

thinking;

they are probably the most effective means of

tackling

the

characteristically

ill-defined

problems

of

planning,

designing

and

inventing

new

things.

(p225)

Archer

(1979)

describes

the

establishment

of

a

theoretical

basis

for

treating

design

as a coherent

discipline

of study

and

the

existence

of

a

designerly

way

of

thinking

and carrnunicating

,

central

to

which

is

the

use

of visual

codes.

He

further

describes

(Archer 1980)

the

role

of

these

visual

codes

as

a

fundamental

capacity

of

mind, equal

in importance

to

the

language

capacity,

that

is

particularly

exploited

by

designers

but is

part

of

everyday

life.

I

call

this

the

capacity

for imaging.

Designers

can

conjure

up

in

the

mind s

eye

an

image

of

sane

thing

or

system,

can

rotate

and

transform

it,

and

make shrewd

judgements

about

its

construction,

practicability

and worth.

(p9)

This

designer s

use

of models

and

codes

relies

heavily

on

graphic

images, ie the drawings, diagrams

and

sketches

that

are

aids to

internal

thinking

as well

as

aides

to

caYmunicating

ideas

and

instructions

to

others

(Cross

N,

1982).

Cross

[A]

(1986)

when

describing

the

use

of codes

and

language

systems

in

design

activity,

writes

that

increasingly

formal

research

has indicated

that

design

canpetence

is

associated

with

the

acquisition

and

manipulation

of

non-

verbal

codes ,

and

advocates

an examination

of

the

relationships

between

designerly

thought and appropriate

language

systems as a way

of

increasing

our understanding

of

learning

in

design. The

c cmplex

camunicational

aspects

of

these

codes

is

widely

discussed

in

the

literature

fron

differing

perspectives.

For

example,

Goodman

(1976,

Page 50: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 50/320

p5)

defines

the

symbolic nature of visual codes

and

their

role

in

denotation 'independent

of resemblence'.

Garland

(1979)

describes

some

of

the

characteristics of

visual

symbol

systems,

Brawn

(1979

p123) the basic value systems that underlie the use of visual codes,

and

Arnheim

(1970

p296)

the

role

of

the

artist

in

'visualizing

complexity'

and

'conceiving

of phenomena and

problems

in

visual

terms.

'

It

is

the

graphic

designer's

capacity

to

produce

and

manipulate

these

codes

through the

use

of

drawing

and

the

role

that

this

use

of

drawn

'language'

has

in

the

graphic

design

process

that

is

the

focus

of

this

present study.

In

his

theory

of

'multiple

intelligences',

Gardner

(1985)

argues

that

'there

is

persuasive

evidence

for

the

existence

of

several

relatively

autonomous

human

intellectual

canpetencies......

that

these

are

relatively

independent

of

one another,

and

that they

can

be

fashioned

and combined

in

a

multiplicity of adaptive

ways

by individuals

and

cultures'.

In

identifying

the

nature of

these

'

canpetencies'

Gardner

defines

six

types

of

intelligence,

of which,

what

he

teens

'spatial

intelligence', 'emerges as an amalgam of abilities' including;

the

capacities

to

perceive

the

world accurately,

to

perform

transformations

and

modifications

upon one's

initial

perceptions,

and

to

be

able

to

re-create

aspects

of

one's

visual

experience, even

in

the

absence

of relevant

visual

stimuli.

(p173)

Gardner's

description

of

the

use

of

this

'spatial

intelligence',

particularly

the

strategic

planning of

chess

games

(p193) has

interesting

implications for

the

strategic planning

of

the

content

and

form

of visual

images

that

are

related

to

other

images,

both

spatially

and sequentially,

as are,

for

example, page

layouts

or

time-based

sequences.

Drawing

strategies

as such

are explored

in

the

work of

Beittel

(1972)

and

Van

Sa

mers

(1984).

Beittel

describes

criteria

or

'strategy

signs' for defining 'Spontaneous' and 'Divergent' drawing strategies

in

student

artists

working

from life (pp67-87)

that,

to

sane

extent,

have

a relevance

to

the drawing

strategies

of graphic

designers

working

in

a

different

context.

Van

Sciraners,

by

assessing

the

results

Page 51: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 51/320

of a

series

of experiments

to

determine

the

specific

effects

of

the

various

factors

that

influence

the

production

of

drawings,

provides an

account

of

the

canplex

factors

influencing

the

way

in

which

drawing

skills are developed. Drawing competence is seen as the ability both

to

use

'learned

drawing

strategies'

effectively

and,

by

the

use

of

the

'reflective'

component within

what

he

terms

'graphic

intelligence',

to

develop

new

strategies when necessary.

Cross

[A]

(1984)

describes

Balchin

and

Coleman's

concept

of

'Graphicy'

as a

basic

human

capacity

to

use visual

codes

to

express

information,

citing

Silver's

many

examples of children's

drawing

to

'show

that the

medium

is instrumental in

gaining

conceptual

understanding'.

Cross

[A]

(1986)

also contends

that

the

act of

drawing

makes

meanings accessible

to

conscious

attention

and

focusing.....

The

manipulation

of

graphic

marks

therefore involves

a

particular

type

of

thinking,

which

may

be

inhibited

by,

and

in

conflict

with, rational

verbal

conceptualisation.

(p18)

She also claims that clarification of the nature of

design

carpetence

must

be

concerned as much with what

people

do

as

with

what

they

]naw ',

designerly

thought

being

'engaged,

externalised,

and

progressed

by

'modelling'

language

systems.

Introducing

the

concept

of

'a

graphic

language',

Laseau

(1980)

raises

the

important

point

that

designers

use

several

different

types

of

drawing

and

that

to

'be

effective,

each

designer

must

be

comfortable

with

his

own

method

of

thinking'.

(p169)

Rawson

(1969)

describes

the

visual

arts

as

a

form

of

language;

one

of

the

important

meanings of

art

is

a

class

teen

resembling

language

and

actually

covering

a

very

broad

field,

embracing

a

wide

variety

of activities,

as

language

does.

All

of

these

activities

share

the

cannon

factor

of

being

conducted

in

verbal

symbols.

....

Language

can

be

used

to

discuss

an

enormous

variety of

topics

in

all

sorts

of

ways,....

All

of

these

activities

support,

articulate,

and enhance our awareness of the world we live in, and its

meanings.

In the

same

way

anything

made

by

the

hands

of

men

conveys

to the

eye

a

similar

but

visual

awareness

of

the

world

we

live

in.

(pp2-3)

Page 52: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 52/320

Boughton

(1986)

reviews

the

literature discussing

important

differences

in

artistic

and

written

language

and points

out

that

the

visual

and

the

verbal

are

fundamentally different in the

qualitative

meanings it is possible to encode within each. (p131). Farther, Van

Sammers

(1984),

while

describing

the

parallels

between the

syntagmatic

and

paradigmatic

structures

of spoken

language

and

drawing

activity,

also warns

against

being

over

literal

in

the

linguist/graphic

analogy

(p260).

Laseau s

(1980)

approach

is

to

canpare

the

syntagmatic

dimension

of spoken

language

with

the

sequence

of

production

of

drawings, [graphic]

language

is

simultaneous,

all

symbols

and

their

relationships

are considered

at

the

same

time,

and

it

is

precisely

this

simultaneity

and

canplex

interrelationship

of

reality

[that]

accounts

for

the

special

strength of

graphic

language

in

addressing

ccxnplex

problems.

This

need

to

see

design

as a

holistic

process

is

also

stressed

by

Morgan

and

Welton

(1987)

who

state

that;

we

need

to

emphasise

those

media

[like

drawing]

that

encourage parallel processing. Problem-solving is rarely

successful

when

approached

in

a purely

serial,

piecemeal

fashion:

solutions

are

more often

the

product of

an

ability

to

hold

in

the

mind

simultaneously

several

dimensions

of

a

question.

(p112)

They then

describe

the

use

of a

wide

range

of

visual

codes

in

this

process.

McKim

(1980)

gives

a

lucid

account

of

both

the

nature

and

form

of

a

wide

range

of

graphic

languages

(pp129-166)

demonstrating

the role of abstract graphic languages in encoding abstract ideas and

in

fostering

fluent

ideation ,

and

the

role of

concrete

graphic

languages,

like

for

example

orthographic and

isometric

projections

in

representing

ideas.

Booker

(1979)

describes

the

historical

developnent

of

the

engineering

drawing

language

claiming

that;

languages....

play

an

inherent

part

in

our

very

thinking,

for

we

tend

to think

in

terms

of

the

languages

we

know.......

he

who

can

draw

can

think

of

,

and

deal

with,

many

things

and

problems which another man cannot. Between thinking and

carrnuniration,

in

the

form

of geometry,

drawing

has

another

function;

it

allows

us

to

predetermine

the

shapes

we require

and

is

therefore

a

primary

tool

of

design.

(pXV)

Page 53: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 53/320

Therefore,

while

drawing

can

be

said

to

act

in

many

respects

as

a

flexible

problem-solving

language,

appropriate

for

block

busting

and

fostering

of creative

thought

for designers,

the

analogy

to

language

should not be allowed to obscure its particular characteristics, for

example

its

capacity

to

support parallel processing,

its

use as

an

aid

in

predetermining

shapes

and

formats

and

its

capacity

for

encoding

imagined

images.

2.6

The

historical II

, -auxd

to

graphic

design

edw

ticn

and

the

role

of

drawing

tuition

In

historical

terms, the

place of

drawing

tuition

on

the

curriculum

of

design

courses and

the

teaching

methods employed

may

be

seen

to

reflect

the

educational

theories

and philosophies

current

at any

particular

time.

Frcm

the

inception

of

design

education

in

the

mid

nineteenth

century

the

role

of

drawing

tuition

has been the

subject of

controversy.

The

conflict

between

William

Dyce

and

Benjamin

Haydon

concerning

the

curriculum

of

the Design Schools

centred

on

the

extent

to

which

life

drawing

could be seen as a

basis for the

training

of

Design

School

pupils.

Dyce,

who

believed

that

the

study

of

drawing

must

in

every

instance

be

conducted

with

reference

to

the

use

to

which

it

is

to

be

applied

(Bell,

1963)

raised

objections

to

the

bias

towards

life drawing

preferred

by

John

Bell

at

the Manchester

School

of

Design,

on

the

grounds

that

it

was

producing

good

draughtsmen

in

the

artistic

sense, whereas

the

copy of patterns

was

more

appropriate

to

the

needs

of artisans

(Macdonald

1970). Ashwin

(1984)

gives

an

account

of

this latter type

of

drawing tuition

as

it

was

more

generally

encouraged

in

the

Design

Schools.

Most

of

the

drawing

which

took

place

in

the

context

of

nineteenth-century

design

education consisted

of

the

pains-

taking imitation

of

approved models,

such

as

casts

of

the

antique

and prints

of

ornamental motifs.

It

was

widely

believed

that

prolonged

and

arduous exposure

to

the

best

models

of

historical

design

would ensure

their

gradual

assimilation

to

the

student s

creative

identity.

(p85)

In

the

subsequent

developient

of

design

education

the

role of

drawing

tuition

has

remained

an

issue,

with

the

emphasis

varying

between

an

artistic

approach and

a very

pragmatic,

practical

one.

Page 54: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 54/320

Northcote

when

defending

the

concentration on

drawing

in

the

curriculum

of

the

Government School

of

Design

in

1849,

expressed

the

belief that 'it is obvious when you begin to educate, the first thing

you

must

have

is

good

drawing'

(Ashwin,

1975).

However,

other

attitudes

gradually came

to

predominate

as

is

clear

from

the

ccnment

in

the

Ministry

of

Education Pamphlet

No.

6,

published

in

1946,

that

an

'easel

and

drawing board

training'

was

inadequate

for

the

designer

for

manufacture

and

that

'the

proof

of

the

success

of

a

design

lay

in

the

making.

'

In the 1950s

and

1960s

belief

in

the

importance

of

a

broad,

fine

art

based

education was

again

predominant and

became

associated

with

an

emphasis

on

drawing

in

the

curricula of

design

courses.

Hudson

(19&7)

reviews

the

new

developnents

in

the 1950s that

led to

changes of

approach

in

art education, particularly

the

establishment

of

the

Coldstream

Committee

to

review

post-secondary

art

education,

and

to

examine

proposals

for

reorganisation and

the

setting

up

of

a new

form

of

basic

course. Then, within a short space of

time,

the

Surn

rson

Committee

was appointed

to

implement

a

completely

new

structure.

During

the

1960s

the

role of

drawing

in

design

courses

was

increasingly

allied

to

the

inclusion

of

fine

art

in

design

course

curricula,

(Ashwin

1975).

As Attfield

(1984)

notes

'In keeping

with

the

liberal

education

considered

appropriate

in

the

1960s,

when

the

Coldstream

report

was

making

its

reccmriendations,

the

link

with

fine

art was

seen

to

give

design

courses prestige

and

respectability

emphasising

the

new philosophy of

broad

context '.

Strand

(1987)

defends

the

recarcrbendation

in

the

report

that

all

students

should

receive

some

fine

art

training

as

a means

of ensuring

they

study

drawing

and

'the

attributes

of

colour,

shape,

texture

and

elementary

semiotics',

or as

the

report

states

the

fundamental

skills

and

disciplines

which

underlie

and

sustain any form of specialisation in art or design and

which

should

be learned

and

practised

by

all

students

throughout

the

course

as an extension

of

the

work

already

done

in

the

pre-diplana

course....

the

fine

art

teaching...

can

serve as we

believe

it

should,

as

a

focal

point

of

Page 55: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 55/320

strength

and

inspiration

for

the

whole

school.

(First

Coldstream Report,

1960,

pars

12)

The

Sunmerson Report

(1964)

was

primarily

concerned

with

the

results

of

a systematic

review of course proposals submitted

by

colleges and

schools

of art

for

the

newly

instituted

Diplama

in

Art

and

Design.

The

only

guide

for

these

institutions

in

the

design

of

their

submissions

was

the

first

Coldstream

Report,

with

whose

general

spirit

and principles

they

were required

to

conform,

and as

indicated

above a

principle

much

emphasised

in

the

Coldstream

Report

was

that Fine Art

should

play

its

part

in

all areas

of

study.

Swmnerson s

findings

includes

the

view

that

any

system which

tended to

restrict

the

influence

of

the

Fine

Art

department from

circulating

freely

throughout

the

college was

to

be

deplored.

Furthernwre,

however the

system

was

arranged,

we

felt

it

to

be

essential

that

the

Fine

Art

department

itself

should on

all

occasions

be

the

effective

source

of

method and

direction.

(para

40)

Of

particular

interest

for

this

current study

are

Sum

erson s

cacments

about graphic design courses.

There

was also

very

often a

failure

to

make

the

Fine

Art

disciplines

effective

in

this

area,

insufficient

time

being

allocated

to

drawing,

and

the

gran= of

design

and

too

much

to the

practice

of ephemeral

techniques.

(para

42)

The

second

report of

the

National Council

for

Diplana

in

Art

and

Design

in

1970

also

expressed

the

concern

that

in

graphic

design

courses

Objective

drawing

... seems

to

be

on

the

decline. Its

pursuance

and study

by

students

in the form

best

adapted

to

individual

propensities

is

regarded

as a

necessity.

However,

in

the

Joint

Ccnmittee

Report

of

the

same year a

break

from

the

previous

emphasis

on

the

importance

of

fine

art

studies was

signalled.

The

First

Report

envisaged

that

students

in

Diplana

courses

would

all continue

to

have

sane

kind

of

fine

art

training....

In

the

meantime

we

believe that

art

and

design

education

has

evolved

in

such a way as

to

make

the

concept

not

universally

appropriate.

We

would

not

noW

regard

the

study

of

fine

art

as

necessarily

central

to

all

studies

in

the

design

field.

(para

42)

Page 56: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 56/320

Strand

(1984)

claims

that this

was

a recognition

of

a

view

long

held

by

designers:

that

fine

art

and

design

are

quite

different

in

attitude,

intention

and

application.

Design

has

a

dynamic

and a

discipline of its own . Gray (1973) describes the beginning of a

growing sense of

difference between

the

disciplines.

A

differentiation

seems

to

have

taken

place

which

may

make

it

necessary

to

consider

Art

and

Design

as

two

irreconcilable

processes

which

may

happen

to

have

had

a

colrrnon origin,

but

which

now need

distinctly

different

types

of provision

within

the

educational

system.

(p101)

Ashwin

(1984)

further

explores

the

fundamental

differences

between

the

disciplines

that

led

to

a

repudiation

by design

courses

of the

principles

and

practice of

the Coldstream

reforms,

and

Peaker

(1984)

claims

the

relationship

between

fine

art

and

design

in the

colleges

has

not

been

resolved,

and

has

been

a

feature

of

much

debate

and

occasioned

student

unrest

over

twenty

years.

Gawans

(1971)

articulates some

of

the

fundamental

concerns

that

underlie

these

differences between

the

disciplines. These

are

based,

to

some

extent, on

changes

in

the

place of

fine

art

in

society

and

the

assumptions made

by

artists,

or

those

connected

with

what

he

terms

the

Fine Art

industry

of

our

time ,

that

the

low,

popular,

commercial or

mass

arts

used

in

everyday

life

are

inferior

to

the Fine

Art

produced

by

serious artists

for

exhibition

....

and

always

dependent

on

it

for

inspiration,

direction

and

character .

This

premise,

he

claims,

cannot

be

proved.

He

also

condemns

the

negative

effects

in that Fine Art dogma demands that all mimetic forms be

condemned , claiming

that

dogma has

torn

what

they

call

Art

out

of

living

history,

and condemns

the

growth of

the

idea

of

Fine

Art

as

a

self

justifying

activity

(p93).

These

views

are

echoed

to

some

extent

by

Arnheim

(1970), Perhaps

the

arts

have

been

prevented

in

our

time

from

fulfilling

their

most

important

function

by

being

honoured

too

much.

Macdonald

(1973)

describes

his

views

that

after

Coldstream

there

was

a

Page 57: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 57/320

swing

away

from

vocational,

useful,

and

specialised

design

education,....

towards

a

liberal

type

of

art

education

dominated

by high

art

and

tall

talk

....

the

non-analytical,

non-intellectual,

non-teaching

approach

has

always

been

uppermost

in

British

fine

art

departments.

(p96)

He

describes

the

belief

cainon

in

art masters

in

the

early

design

schools

'that

fine

art

led design,

'

as

an

'absurd

theory

still

believed

in, incredibly,

by

many

art

educationalists.

'

This

conflict

in

the

development

of

art and

design

education,

can

be

seen

to

be

particularly

relevant

to

this

study

in

that

the

association

of

drawing

with

fine

art practices

was

stressed

by

both

Coldstream

and

Surmerson.

This

association

may well

have

been

instrumental

in

impeding

the

development

of an understanding

of

the

nature of

designerly

use

of

drawing

and

designerly

drawing

practices.

The

approaches

to

drawing

promulgated,

particularly

through

the

influence

of

the

'basic

design'

movement,

were

not

in

many

respects appropriate

for

the

requirements

of

designers

and yet

in

many

institutions

the

planning

and

conduct of

drawing

tuition

for

design

students

has

remained

the

province

of

the

fine

artists.

Hudson

(1987)

indicates

that it

was

the

development

of

the

theories

which

led

to

new

forms

of

foundation,

or

'basic

courses',

that

also

paved

the

way

for

Coldstream.

The

new

form

of

these

courses

was

stimulated

by

reaction

to the

broader

themes

of educational

theory

that

had

been

current

in both

Europe

and

America,

represented

particularly

in

the

influence

of

the

Bauhaus

and

spread

specifically

through its

basic

design

course.

Cross

[A] (1983) discusses

the

educational

theories

indicative

of

the

'more

general

innovatory

movement

inherent

in

the intellectual

climate'

within

Germany.

She

indicates

that

the

intention

to

unite

theoretical

and

practical

educational

experience

was

central

to

the

activities

of

the Bauhaus,

and

that

the

'educational

scheme

was

of an

evolutionary

nature

rather

than

being

wholly

pre-planned

or

designed',

thus

reflecting

the

influence

of

the

educational

ideas

current

at

the

time.

However,

Cross claims, 'many design schools still operate similar basic design

courses,

without understanding the

educational

theories

and

philosophies

on which

the

original

Bauhaus Course

was

built'.

Page 58: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 58/320

Therefore

,

the

belief

that the

various

approaches

that

developed

through

the

basic

design

movement

provide

an appropriate

basis

for

design

education,

although

influential,

must

be

subject

to

question.

De Sausmarez (1964) outlines what he calls five factors of change

indicative

of

the

basic

design

movement

which

must

inevitably

affect

ideas

of

training .

These

factors

emphasised

rejecting

conventions

in favour

of personal

experience

and

preference

and

claimed

literary

or other

associations are

essentially

ancillary ,

thereby defining

criteria

that

are not

truly

supportive

of

designerly

activity.

Yet

these

theories

had

increasing influence

in

the

50s

and

60s, being

put

into

operation

in

various

centres

in

the

U.

K.

(Carlin

1975,

p268-9),

and

still continue

to

have

currency

in

some

educational

establishments,

particularly

the

foundation

courses

where

many

graphic

design

students

begin

their

specialist

education.

The theories

of

the

basic

design

movement can

be

seen

to

have had

specific

influences

on approaches

to the teaching

of

drawing

that

are

camnon

on many

foundation

courses.

Rawson

(1983)

exemplifies

this

approach,

with

his

emphasis on

initiating

learning by

the

exploration

of

abstract

principles

through

exercises

concentrating

on

single

aspects

of visual cognition,

and on

reference

to

artistic

models

for

emulation.

The

approaches

that

design

students

learn

on

these

courses,

particularly with

respect

to the

use

and critical

appraisal

of

drawing,

must continue

to

exert an

influence,

for

as

Ashwin

(1982)

claims

the

way

in

which

we

draw

and

the

way

in

which

we

perceive

drawings

depends,

to

a great

extent, upon

what we

have

been

educated

to

expect

fron

drawing

as

a

means

of

recording

and

carmunicating

information, feelings

and

opinions.

(p7)

Lloyd

Jones

(1984)

claims

that

it

is

now

necessary

to

devise

a

new

foundation

course

in

basic

design,

this

time

not

based

on

the

antique

theories

of

expressionist

painters,

but

put

together

with

today s

intellectual resources .

Moreover,

it

is

not

only

on

foundation

courses

that these

influences

persist.

In

sane

respects,

as

Attfield

(1984)

points out,

Page 59: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 59/320

Our

design

colleges still retain

the

art

school

ethos

which

sees

artists

as

highly

original

individuals

seeking

to

express

themselves through

their

art.

Designers,

however

must

learn

to

mediate,

to

work

in

a

team

and

interpret

the

client's ideas in terms of production and budget

constraints.

Ashwin

(1984)

also claims

that, in

some

respects,

the

'cxcrpetitive

individualism'

encouraged

by

the

art

college system

system

'militates

against

team-work

and

collaboration....

[which

is]

strangely

out of

keeping

with

the

realities of professional

practice.

'

Criticism of existing educational practices has led to suggestions for

a

fundamental

revision

of

the

current

framework

for

design

education.

Baynes

(1984 [b])

indicates

that the

formation

of

connections

with

courses

other

than

fine

art

would

be

feasible if those

changes

were

motivated

by

the

intention

to

provide

'adequate

treatment

of

professional

practice'.

He

advocates

links

'for

example

between

design

and

business

studies,

design

and engineering

or

design

and

information

technology.

'

However, Kennaway

(1988)

describes the

incompatibility

of

'cultures' between designers

and

scientists

as

one

of

the

'formidable

obstacles'

to

such ventures.

A

systematic

approach

to

design

education

'structuring

it

into

three

overlapping

and

interacting

areas

of

......

planning practices,

communication

practices,

and

manufacturing

practices'

has

been

advocated

by

Mergert

(1984),

if

designers

are

going

to

respond

to

the

challenges

of

the

new

aspects

of visual communication

design

stimulated

by

developments

in

technology.

However, it

must

be

said

that

the

retention

of

the

traditional

integration

of

the

art

and

design

disciplines has

also

received

strong

advocacy.

Hudson

(1987)

condemns

the

dichotany

created

when

support

is

only

forthcoming

for

'market-orientated

education',

cannenting

that

'[such]

attitudes...

show

a

failure

to

ccrnprehend

the

interdependence

....

of

the

disciplines

within

art

and

design'. Macdonald

(1984)

puts

the

argument

that

art

and

design

should

be

taught

in

a

related

way,

and

that

'Divisive

policies

for

art

and

design

education

are

harmful

and retrograde',

while

Yeomans

(1984)

makes

the

case

for

Page 60: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 60/320

maintaining

the

balance

of art and

design

education

because

of

their

interrelatedness

particularly

through

'the

use

of

drawing

as part

of

the

visual

thinking

activity'.

Velarde

(1983)

also

expresses

a

desire

to maintain a multi-disciplinary art and design education but within

the

framework

of

a

more structured

theoretical

basis.

In

recent

years

there

has been

considerable

discussion

on

the

best

means

to

move away

fron

an emphasis

on self-expression,

towards the

development

of more systematic methods

for

teaching

specific

abilities

in

art

and

design

education

at

both

higher

and secondary

school

level.

Ashwin

(1979)

and

Goldsmith

(1980)

advocate more systematic

approaches

to the teaching

and specification

of

illustration. Tancik (1982)

suggests

more academic,

university-run

courses

to

encourage

a greater

emphasis

on analytical

and abstract

thought,

with,

for

some

design

students,

a move away

fron drawing

board

skill orientation.

A

more

integrated

role

for historical

studies

is

argued

for

by

Smith

(1979)

and

Collins

(1987).

Morgan

and

Welton

(1987)

believe

'there

is

a

case

for

replacing

the traditional

expressive

function

of

art

education

[in

schools]

with

one

in

which

the

language

of

the

visual

world

is

taught'

and

Proctor

(1984)

describes

the

fundamental

importance

of

the

acquisition

of

'graphicacy'

and

its

development through

art

in

schools

curriculum.

In

response

to

proposed

changes

in

secondary

education,

Taylor

(1987)

describes

the

need

to

define

art

and

design

disciplines

more

precisely

for

an

educational

environment

that

believes

'that

art and

art practice

are

there

to

be

learnt'. He

suggests

that

historical

and

analytical

studies

have

an

important

role

to play in the move towards systematic

approaches.

If,

therefore,

systematic

approaches

are

being

considered

in the

future

development

of

art

and

design

education

in

general,

can

they

be

effectively

applied

to

the

conduct

of

drawing tuition?

Historic

models

for

drawing

tuition

provide examples

of

systematic

methods

that

have been

devised

in

the

past.

Ashwin

(1981

[a])

has

provided

a

chronological

account of

the

teaching

of

drawing in

the

context

of

general

education

in

Germany between

1800

and

1900.

The

analytical

and systematic approaches

developed

in

some

of

the

methods

he

describes

can

still

be

seen

to

have

influences

on certain

schools

of

Page 61: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 61/320

thought.

The

systematic

approach

described by

Maier

(1977),

as used

in

the

School

of

Design

in

easel,

reflects

much

of

the

disciplined

methodology,

orderly progression,

and

the

acceptance

of

a

framework

of

theoretical principles characterised by the work of Pestalozzi, Buss

and

Schmid

(Ashwin,

1981

[b]).

The teaching

of

Object

Drawing

through

the

free-hand

drawing

of

geometric

forms

and

Memory

Drawing

demonstrate

a

theoretical franeýmrk

that

perpetuate certain

aspects

of

long-standing

tradition.

In

the introduction

to

his

influential

book,

Drawing from

Memory

and

Mind

Picturing ,

Catterson-Smith

(1922,

p1) questions

whether

the

method

of

teaching drawing by

means

of

the direct imitation

of objects

and examples

is

the

best

means

of

developing

the

faculties that

are

necessary

to

graphic

expression and

the

training

of

imaginative

designers.

His

advocacy

of

developing

images

from

mental

conceptions

by

means

of observation,

memory,

and experiment

rather

than

through

the

direct

copying

of objects, was

influential

for

a

time

particularly

in

the

Birmingham

School

of

Art. Swift

(1988)

has

given

a

detailed

account

of

memory

drawing

in

use at

Birmingham School

of

Art,

and

has

considered

the

arguments

for

introducing

similar

procedures

(Swift,

1983).

Camp

(1981)

has

pioneered

the

reassessment of

the

ways

of

learning to

draw

by

the

age old method

of copying ,

a

method

recently

re-evaluated

by

artists

(Drew

and

Harrison,

1988)

that

has

yet

to

be fully

considered

for

the

special

needs of

graphic

design

students.

The

link

between the practice of drawing and the acquisition of visual literacy

is

stressed

by

several

authorities.

Crowe

and

Laseau

(1984)

claim

that

visual

literacy

includes

two

skills:

visual acuity

and

visual

expression.

Bro

(1978)

describes

a

system

of

analytical

tracing

and

responsive

analysis

of

drawings

as

a means

of

developing

critical

visual

faculties.

For

Simpson

(1987),

drawing

is

basic

to the whole understanding of

the

cam=ication

of

visual

information ,

and

Thistlewood

(1982)

makes

a strong

case

for

the

use

of

exploratory

drawing

activities

to

aid

the

understanding

of

form

in

a

way

that

is

applicable

to

designers.

No

Page 62: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 62/320

matter

how

well structured systematic methods

of

learning

about

drawing

become,

as

Beittel

(1970)

points out,

the

capacity

to

use

drawing

can only

be developed

through

practice.

For

as

that

well

known teacher of drawing, Nicolaides (1972) claims, the rules of

drawing

are

to

be learned,

not

as

rules,

but

as

actualities

in

the

natural

way ,

through

drawing.

The

outcome

of

the

debate

on

notions

of

visual

literacy

(Boughton,

1986)

and

their

relevance

to

art

education

in

general

will

surely

have

its

effect

on

the

future development

of

design

courses

by

affecting

the

range

of abilities

that

students

develop

before

beginning

higher

education.

Indeed,

changes

in

the

balance

and content

of

school

art

curricula, with

the

development

of analytical and

critical

elements

in

the

domain

structure

(Allinson,

1982)

linked

to

a

move

towards

a

criterion-referencing

system of assessment

(Stevenson,

1983),

may

have

a

profound

effect.

Potential

students

may

become

more

verbally

literate

about

visual matters,

but

may not

have

had

the

opportunity

to

develop

the

level

of

drawing

skills

that

is

currently

expected

from

applicants to

design

courses. Should this

happen

the

development

of

effective

methods of

teaching

drawing

will

becane

even

more

imperative.

Sless

(1979)

argues

that

in

general

terms

there

has

been

little

scientific

study of

design

behaviour

from

which

design

educators

can

establish

educational criteria.

Cross

[N]

(1982)

is

also

critical

of

this

lack

of systematic

analysis,

claiming

that

what

designers

know

about

their

own

problem-solving

processes

remains

largely tacit

knowledge,

with neither

designers,

nor

design

educators

being

fully

articulate

about

the

processes of

designerly

activity,

with

teachers

being

practising

designers

who

pass

on

their

knowledge,

skill

and

values

through

a

process

of

apprenticeship .

It

may

be

satisfactory,

or

at

least

understandable,

for

practising

designers

to

be inarticulate

about

their

skills,

but

teachers

of

design

have

a

responsibility

to

be

as

articulate

as

they

possibly

can

about

what

they

are

trying

to

teach,

or

else

they

have

no

basis

for

choosing

the

content

and methods

of

their

teaching.

(p224)

Page 63: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 63/320

Darke

(1979)

is

also

sceptical

about

the

effectiveness

of

typical

teaching

methods

on

design

courses.

When

describing

the typical

staff-student

relationship,

she

states

that

the

main

difference

between a practitioner and a student is that the fornrer has the

experience

of solution

types

required

for

a realistic

conjecture .

Cross

[A]

(1986)

quotes

Schon s

description

of a

simultaneous

use

of

two

codes

or

language

systems where

drawing

and

talking

are

parallel

ways

of

designing

in

the

apprentice-like

education

of

design

students,

while

Lloyd Jones

(1984)

claims

that,

on

design

courses

Teaching

for decades has

been

reactive, without

realising

the

importance

of

the

development

and

teaching

of a system

of

rules

that

could

actually

be

used

generatively

to

create novelty .

Within

this

context

of a generally-perceived

need

for

greater

consideration

to

be

given

to the

development

of

structured

approaches

to

art

and

design

education,

this

present

study seeks

to

re-appraise

the

nature

of

drawing

tuition

from

a

basis

of research

into

the

nature

of professional

practice

in

the

ccomercial environment.

Therefore,

a

fundamental

reappraisal of what constitutes graphic

designerly

activity

has been

conducted,

with particular emphasis

on

the

role of

drawing.

This

has been

based

on

detailed

observation

of

designerly

practice,

and

on

intensive

consultation with graphic

designers.

By

investigating

the

role

of

drawing,

characterising

it,

and

then

considering

the

drawing

abilities needed

to

use

drawing

appropriately

in

all

the

range of uses

thereby

defined,

a

basis for

the

development

of

drawing

tuition

specific

to the

needs

of graphic

designers

is

provided. The research methods employed in this investigation are

described

in

chapter

3.

Page 64: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 64/320

CHAPTER 3

1ýet17QC30kgy

3.1

Intictian

A

description

of

the

background

and

evolution of

the

study, and

the

way

in

which

the

original

aims were

modified

to their

current

form,

is

given

in

Chapter

1.

In

this

chapter

the

methodology

and

conduct of a

two

part

research

programie

are

described.

As explained in Chapter 1, a major change of

emphasis

occurred in the

early

stages

of

the

research,

the

focus

of attention

shifting

fran

a

study

of

educational

practice,

to

one of professional

practice.

As

Darke

1979)

points

out,

any

theoretical

analysis

of

design

procedures

should

involve

investigation

of

the

way

designers

work,

and

it

was

soon

realised

that

this

aspect

of

their

practice,

specifically

the

way

graphic

designers

use

drawing,

has hitherto

not

been

sufficiently

well

explored

or articulated

to

allow

for

the

construction

of

a

theoretical

and

intellectual

framework

from

which

the

role of

drawing

tuition

could

be

considered.

The

contribution

of

the

pilot

study

to

the

developnent

and

setting

up

of

the

research

programne

is

analysed

in

Section

3.2. The

details

of

the

research

progranme,

which

consisted

of

two

distinct

but

related

parts,

is

then

described.

The

main

part

of

the

research,

which

is

discussed in Section 3.3, has been concerned with characterising the

ways

in

which

drawing

is

used

in

the

tasks

that

graphic

designers

perform.

The

second

part

of

the

-research,

described

in

Section

3.4,

has been

concerned

with

investigating

the

educational

context

within

which

BA

level

graphic

design

students

are

taught,

with

particular

reference

to

the

role

of

drawing

tuition. During

the

study

a

series

of consultations

has

been

conducted

with

acknowledged

experts

in

the

field

of

drawing

and

design

studies

to

discuss

the

approach

to

the

work

and

to test

for

omission

see

Section

3.5).

Page 65: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 65/320

3.2

The

pilot study

The

pilot

study was

conducted

over

a

period

of

approximately

six

months and may, in fact, be better termed a pilot study stage in

that

it

involved

a number

of

small-scale

studies

through

which

fundamental

aspects

of

the

topics

under

investigation

were

initially

explored.

Discussions

were

first

conducted

with graphic

design

students,

academic staff

and

practising

graphic

designers

to

elicit a

broad

range

of views

on a

variety

of

related subjects.

Then,

as

identification

and clarification

of

the

key

topics

and

variables

in

the

study

advanced,

interview

and

questionnaire

scripts were

designed, tested

and revised.

Specifically,

discussions

were

conducted with

students

from

first

year

and

third

year

groups and with

3

members of staff

from

the

Department

of

Communication

Arts

and

Design, Manchester Polytechnic.

3

members

of

staff

from

graphic

design departments

elsewhere

in the

country

were

also

consulted

at

this

stage,

including

one of

the

advisors

appointed

for

the

study.

In

addition,

3

Manchester-based

graphic

designers

and

a

London-based

graphic

designer,

the

latter

also

being

one

of

the

advisors

appointed

for

the

study,

were

also

consulted.

Score

of

these

individuals

were

later

included in

the

research

progranine

but

none

of

the

data

collected

during

the

pilot

study

was used.

Those

individuals

with

whom

the

interview

script and questionnaire

were

tested

were

not

included

in

the

research

programme.

Thus,

in

summary,

the

pilot study

stage

involved

6

educators,

4

practising

designers

and

more

than

20

students.

In

addition

to the

change

in

emphasis

already

described,

several

other

important

developments

stem

from

this

pilot

study

stage.

A

new

dimension

was

added

to

the

research

as

a

result

of

the

pilot

study.

Several

of

the

respondents

consulted

during

this

stage

expressed

the

view

that

developing

the

abilities

both

to

understand

and

appreciate

drawn

imagery,

and

to

direct

and control

the

drawing

skills

of

others,

is

equally

as

important

to

practising

graphic

designers

as acquiring

practical

skills.

For

many

final design

solutions

an

image, intended

to

be

used

as

artwork,

will

either

be

adapted

fron

existing

material

Page 66: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 66/320

or

commissioned

from

a specialist.

The

designer

must

be

able

to

envisage

the

sort of

image

he/she

requires and

then

be

able

to

select

an

appropriate

image,

or accurately

commission a

specialist.

Finally,

they

must be able to assess the quality or appropriateness of the

submitted

work.

The

capacity

to

commission

images

requires

a complex

range

of

decision

making

(Ashwin,

1979),

so should

be included

in

curriculum

planning

for

graphic

design

students

and

may

well

be

usefully

considered

as an aspect

of

drawing

tuition

(Htdson,

1987).

It

was

established,

therefore,

that

information

about

designers

drawing

abilities should

be

sought

in

two

broad

categories,

and

include

cognitive abilities,

ie

abilities

pertaining

to

the

understanding of the nature, quality and use of drawn images, in

addition

to

practical

abilities,

ie

the

designer s

own

put

down

skills.

It

was

also

became

clear

that

since graphic

designers

make

important

uses

of

drawing

during

the

briefing

and collection

of

reference

material

for

a

design

job,

and similarly

in

preparing

a

design

solution

for

production,

respondents

views should

also

be

elicited

about

their

drawing

activities

during

these

procedures.

The

identification

of

the

variables

in

the

study,

ie the

factors

that

influence

the

use

of

drawing,

was

also a

very

important

development.

It

led

to the

identification

of

the target

population

for the

research

frcm

which

the

respondents were

selected,

the

design

of

interviews

and questionnaires, and

the

planning

of

the

approach

to

the

case study. These variables are given in Section 3.3.

It

was

realised

during

the

pilot

study

that

a

range

of

data

collection

techniques

would

need

to

be

employed.

Various

methods

of

collecting

and eliciting

information

were

explored

and

the

most

effective

selected.

Both the

interview

and

questionnaire

structure

for

use

in

the two

parts of

the

research

were

formulated,

then

tested

by

a

short

series

of

trial

interviews

and

revised

until

a

form.

was

developed that

ensured

coverage of

every

identified

variable.

As

stipulated

by

Tuc]nan

(1972),

data

collected

during

the

pilot

study

was

not

included

in

the

final

analysis

of

the

research

findings,

and

respondents

were

53

Page 67: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 67/320

not

included

in

the

samples employed

in

either

part

of

the

research

Prolram

ie

.

The need to develop mechanisms for cross-referencing between the

various

aspects of

the two

parts

of

the

research

Programme

was

established

during

the

pilot study

and

an

identification

of common

points

of

reference,

or

key

themes

was

made.

This

ensured

that

both

in

the

structured

and

focused

interview

progranmes

respondents

views

were

elicited

on

these

pre-determined

themes,

which

were

also

borne

in

mind

during

the

field

work

for

the

case

study,

and

again

were carried

through into

the

second part of

the

research programme.

These

key

themes linking the

various

aspects

of

the

research

can

be

summarised

as

follows:

1.

Attitudes

to the

importance

of

both drawing

and

drawing

ability

in

their different

forms

to the

work of graphic

designers

2.

Identification

of

the

ways

in

which

drawing is

used

in the

work

of

graphic

designers

3.

Views

on

the

drawing

abilities

required

by

graphic

designers

in

order

to

use

drawing

in

the

ways

identified in 2.

4.

Views

on

the

means

by

which

graphic

designers

should

be

taught

to

draw.

The pilot study also showed that the choice and use of terminology

would

be

problematic.

From

the

data

elicited

from the

interview

respondents,

it

was

apparent

that

neither

the

representatives

of

the

academic

nor of

the

the

camercial

environments

to

be

studied

made

use

of any

broadly

agreed

terminology

for

the

drawing

activities

that

were

being

investigated.

In

fact,

the terminology

used was

only

found to

be

agreed within

specific

environments.

The

terminology

employed

in

the

literature

was also

found

to

be

specific to particular paradigms

or

disciplines,

or even

to individual

authors.

This

realisation

lead

to

a

decision

to

limit the

use of research

Page 68: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 68/320

methods

that

do

not allow

for

a

checking

of

understanding

in

respondents.

Although

the

use

of

a postal

questionnaire

was

the

only

feasible

way

of collecting

data

fron

respondents

in

widely spread

geographical locations, and was used, for example, to collect data

from

academic

staff

from

BA

courses

around

the

country,

the

scope and

nature

of

question

design

was

inevitably

restricted

in

comparison

to

the

degree

of

openness possible

in

the

interviews

Tuckman

1972).

During

the

pilot study,

discussions

and

trial

interviews

were

held

with

members

of

all

three

potential

respondent

groups,

namely

practising

designers,

graphic

design

educators

and

graphic

design

students, in order to identify the most effective ways of approaching

each

group.

It

was

discovered

that,

within

the

particular

framework

of

the

research,

ie

the

exploration of

the

use of

drawing,

a marked

difference

in

their

capacity

to take

up a position

of

detachment

was

evident

in

each

of

these three

respondent groups.

Magee

1987)

discusses

the

particular problem of

knowledge

elicitation

fron

designers

who

have

a

tacit

or

implicit

understanding

of

their

subject

but

who

are not necessarily

articulate

about

explaining

their

actions.

However,

it

was

found

that

the

practising

graphic

designers

were,

in

general,

very

articulate

about

the

use

of

drawing in

practice.

It

was also

found

that

although

junior

designers

who

had

been

employed

for

less

than two

years

in

the

profession

were

relatively

less

articulate

in

their

description

of

the

relationship

between

design

practice

and

the

usage of

drawing, they

were

particularly clear about their own experiences in terms of the

develognent

of

drawing

abilities within

the

educational

context.

Therefore,

in

addition

to

the

main

respondent

group

of

experienced

designers

the

structured

interviews),

a

short

programme

of

focused

interviews

with

junior

designers

was

included

in

the

main

research

program

e.

Trial

interviews

with

both

the

respondent

groups

from

the

educational

environment

indicated

some

difficulties

in

canvassing

unbiased

information

and opinion.

Graphic

design

educators

demonstrated

a

position

of

detachment

when

talking

about

the

use

and

importance

of

Page 69: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 69/320

drawing

but

this

was not

consistently

sustained

when

talking

about

the

way

in

which

drawing

should

be

taught. It

was

found

that the

student

groups

were very

difficult

to

canvass

in that

they

showed

very

little

sustained position detachment on any of the

issues

under

discussion.

It

was

however

possible

to

elicit

their

views

on

the

difficulties

they

encountered when

their

drawing

ability

was

insufficient

to

the

expression

of

their

ideas

and

on

the

specific

provision

of

drawing

tuition they

felt

would

be

beneficial

to

them.

Hence

a

short

interview

and questionnaire

progratcme

was

included in

the

research

programe

to

investigate

these

issues.

Some

reluctance

to

be

subject

to

investigation

was

also perceived

in

several

BA

centres and it became clear that there would be better scope for

access

as

well

as

for

the

elicitation of

detached

opinion

in

the

professional

rather

than

the

educational

environment.

Therefore

alongside

the

decision

to

switch

the

focus

of attention

in

the

study

to

designers

in

practice

it

was also

decided

not

to

attempt

to

quantify

the

current

state

of

the

provision of

drawing tuition

in

BA

graphic

design

education and

instead to

canvas

wide-ranging

opinion

and

thereby

raise

broad

general

issues

about

this

aspect

of

educational

provision.

Consideration

was

also

given

during

the

pilot

study

to

means

for

classifying

and categorising

design

organisations

and

educational

establishments

to

enable environments

to

be

chosen

for

detailed

study.

Criteria

for

the

choice of

such

organisations

were

defined

and are

given

in

Sections

3.3

and

3.4.

It

was

also

clear

that

there

would

be

considerable difficulties in conducting ccanplex and detailed research

programmes

within

the

short

time

span

possible

for

visits

to

colleges

and

that

the

local

Faculty

of

Art

environment

provided

a rich

source

of

expertise

in

terms

of

teaching

both

drawing

and

design. Therefore

it

was

decided

to

capitalise

on

this

resource.

Visits

were

planned

to

other courses

that

were

in

most

respects

typical

of

BA

level

graphic

design

provision

but

where

at

the

same

time

particular

topics

for

study could

be

identified

in

advance

to

ensure

that

important

variables

in

tuition

were

included

in

the

research.

These

aspects

are

discussed

in

Section

3.4.

56

Page 70: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 70/320

The

main

results and

effects of

the

pilot

study

may,

therefore,

be

summarised

as

follows;

1.

A

change

of

focus

in

the

research

fron

the

educational

to

the

cctinercial environment

2.

An

extension

of

the

area of

investigation

to

include

cognitive

or

non-practical

drawing

abilities

3.

An

extension

of

the

area

of

investigation

to

include

the

use

of

drawing

in

procedures

involved in

preparation

and

production

4.

An

identification

of

the

major

factors

or variables

that

affect

graphic

designers

use of

drawing

5.

An

exploration

and

identification

of

appropriate

research

methodologies

6.

An

identification

of

key

themes,

forming

a

mechanism

for

cross-

referencing

data

fran

each

respondent group

7.

An

identification

of problems

in

the

use of

terminology

8.

An

identification

of

the

response

characteristics

of

the

population

for

the

study

9.

Definition

of

the

factors

by

which

a choice

of

the

design

organisations and BA courses to be investigated could be made

3.3

The

conduct

of

the

research

into

graphic

desk

hers

use

of

drawing

This

section

describes

the

rationale

and

the

methods

employed

to

conduct

the

main part

of

the

research

programme

concerned

with

the

professional practice

of

graphic

designers,

with particular

regard

to

their

use

of

drawing.

Data

was

collected

in

a number

of ways.

50

structured

interviews

were

conducted

with

designers

representing

a

wide

range of

experience

and

expertise.

Less

formal

but,

nevertheless,

focused interviews

were

also

carried

out

with

20

more

junior designers.

The

specific

findings

of

both

these

sets of

interviews

were

validated

and

supplemented

by

a

series of non-participant observations of designers at work. Several

design

organisations were

visited

to

monitor

jobs

in

progress,

to

talk

to

designers

and

to

watch

them

at

work.

A

number

of

meetings

were

also observed,

and

the

contents

of

back

files

and

job

bags

were

57

Page 71: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 71/320

scrutinised

when possible.

A

case

study was

conducted

in

the

design

studio

environment

of a

representative design organisation. All the senior and junior staff

of

this

organisation were

interviewed,

and

they

are

included

in

either

the

structured

or

focused

interview

programs es

.

Focused

interviews

were

also

conducted

with

marketing

staff

(these

were

not

included in

the

sample).

Several

visits were made

to the

organisation

over

the

entire

research period

when non-participant observations

of studio

practice

and meetings

took

place.

A collection

of

drawn material was

also made

fron a number of sources,

including

the

case study

organisation.

This

has

provided

material

for

more

detailed

study and analysis, and

samples

have

been

used

to

illustrate

various points

in

this

thesis.

Therefore,

to

summarise,

this

first

part

of

the

research

programme

included:

1. A prograncne of structured interviews with 50 experienced designers

2.

A

series

of

focused interviews

with

20

more

junior

designers

3.

Observations

of

designerly

practice

4.

Analysis

of

designers'

drawings

The

data

collected

in

this

way

was also

supplemented

by:

5.

A

detailed

case study of one

design

organisation

During the

pilot study

it became

apparent

that,

although

the

major

factor

influencing

a

graphic

designer's

use of

drawing

was

the

requirements

of

the

specific procedure

(ie

briefing,

analysis,

presentation,

etc)

in

the

graphic

design

process

on

which

a graphic

designer

was engaged, a

number of

other

variables

influencing

individual graphic designer's use of drawing can also be identified.

It

was

found

that the

designer's

role

in the

design

team,

the type

of

job

and general orientation

of

work

on which

they

were

engaged,

and

the

nature and even

location

of

the

organisation

in

which

they

were

Page 72: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 72/320

employed,

all

had

an

influence

on

the

use

of

drawing,

and

it

was

clear

that

each

of

these

variables

needed

investigation

during

the

study.

These variables may be sinnnarised as follows :

1.

The

requirements of

the

procedure

in

the

graphic

design

process

2.

The

general orientation

of

the

work,

for

example

magazine or

packaging

design

3.

The

nature

of

the

specific

job,

or specific

aspect

of

the

job

4.

The

designer s

relative

seniority

and

managerial

status,

and

their

role

on

the

design

team

5. The

nature

and and

location

of

their

place of

employment

6.

The

predilections

of

the

individual

designer

3.3.1

Rationale

Various important

considerations

were

kept in

mind

when

planning

and

conducting

this

part

of

the

research.

It

was most

important

to

discover how designers use drawing, how it facilitated their work, and

this

was

not

to

be

confused with any considerations

of

whether

they

draw

well

according

to

any criteria of

judgement

other

than

utility.

Therefore

the

population

fran

which

the

sample

was

selected

was

primarily

one

of successful

designers,

rather

than

successful

draughtsmen

or waren.

A

further

implication

of

the

importance

of

utility,

as

a

criterion

for

judging drawing

activity,

was

that

emphasis

had

to

be

placed

on

eliciting

opinion, experience

and

insight

relating

to

drawing

usage

from

the

user

group ,

as

little

reliance

could

be

placed

on

reconstructing usage

from

simply

looking

at

the

drawings

produced.

As

Darke

(1979)

points

out,

it

seems....

that the

research

material

necessary

to

understand the design process is not a set of sketches but a

knowledge

of

the

mental

process

the

designer

goes

through.

Observation

of sketched

and

written

output

is

a

curious

way

of

obtaining such

material.

Asking

designers

to

recall

Page 73: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 73/320

their

own processes

would

seem

prima

facie

to

get

closer

to

the

truth

about

such

processes,

albeit

in

a

less

verifiable

foam. (p37)

Indeed from

observations

made of

graphic

designers

working

sheets,

it

is

clear

that

there is

a wide

variety

of

types

of

drawing,

exhibiting

varying

degrees

of

finish

and attention

to

detail.

When

an

idea

is

being

worked

through,

careful

renderings

can

be

juxtaposed

with

quick

scribbles,

and

finish

is

no

indication

of

significance.

A

rough

diagrammatic

sketch

may

represent

a significant progression

in

the

development

of an

idea,

whereas

a

beautifully-executed

image

may

be

the

result

of

time

wasted

on an

inappropriate

solution.

in

short,

it

is

not

possible

to

judge

the

role

of

drawing

in

progressing

the

development

of

design

solutions

from

observation of

drawings

alone.

However,

by

talking

to

designers

about

the

value

they

see

in

the

use

of

drawing

and

the

benefits

they

derive from

its

appropriate

application,

and

then

backing-up

the

understanding

so

gained with

a

more

informed

observation

of working

drawings, it

beccmes

possible

to

separate

appropriate use

from

the

effects of

differing

levels

of

individual

designer's

facility

in image

making.

In

addition,

as

it

was

established

in

the

pilot

study

that

the

range of

graphic

designers

drawing

abilities

under consideration

must also

include

non-practical

skills,

the

role of

these

kinds

of abilities

is

even more

difficult

to

assess

purely

fron

observation.

Hence,

visits

were

arranged

so as

to

be

able

to

discuss the

use

of

drawing. The use of both focused

and

structured

interviews

played

an

important

part

in

the

research,

by

'providing

access

to

what

is

inside

a

person's

head

'.

(Tuckrnan,

1972)

The

research

conducted

through

the

case

study

of one

typical

design

environment

enabled

the findings

produced

through

the

interview

programme

to

be

validated

and

to

be

followed

up

and explored

in

more

detail.

Various

important

aspects of the work of a designer, as

described

in

the

interviews,

for

example

briefing

meetings

and client

meetings,

the

effects

of

teamwork,

and

various

managerial procedures,

could

thereby be

observed

and

the

use

made

of

drawing

to

facilitate

Page 74: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 74/320

these

procedures

confirmed.

In that

the

analysis

of

data

feeds

into

the

process

of research

design

(Hamnersley

and

Atkinson,

1983),

feedback

from

the

interviews

was validated

and

further

explored

during

the case study.

Whereas

the

use

of a

mailed

questionnaire was

the

only

feasible

method

of

eliciting

information fron design

educators

in

widely

dispersed

geographical

locations

(Magee,

1987),

this

method

was

not

considered

appropriate

for

designer

respondents.

Magee

discusses the

advantages

of

research

methods

like

repertory

grid and protocol

analysis

when

eliciting

information

about

the

tacit

understanding,

or

what

he

terms

the implicit understanding that designers have about their own

activity,

and

about

the

value

based

decisions

they

make

that

can

be

difficult

to

describe

in

words .

However,

various

factors

made such

methods

inappropriate.

The

breadth

of

the

study necessitated

by

the

number

of

variables

identified

made

a

time-consuming

method

like

repertory

grid

analysis

inappropriate.

The

sample

of respondents

was,

of necessity,

wide

in

order

to

include

all

the

major

variables

of work

orientation

and

employment.

Moreover,

in that

the

population

consisted

of successful

designers,

their

time

was very

limited.

In

addition,

experimental projects were

tried

with student

designers,

getting

them

to

describe

their

use

of

drawing

either

during

or after

a

test

project.

However,

it

was

found

that

such procedures

were

extremely

time-consuming

and created a

high

degree

of

inhibition

during

the

event or of post-rationalisation

after

the

event.

Hence,

they

were

not

used

in

the

study.

3.3.2

Selection

of

the

sample

-

designs

The

population

of

the

study

was

defined

according

to

two

main

criteria.

It

was

entirely made up

of

graphic

designers

who

were

in

practice.

It

excluded specialists

(see

Section

1.5.

), but included

freelance

designers,

as

a

significant

number

of

graphic

design

graduates

take

up

freelance

practice.

As

already

explained,

the

criterion

of

being

successful

was

also

applied,

that

is

to

say

a

proven capacity

to

produce

viable

curanercial

design

work

was

essential.

All

members

of

the

sample were

therefore

both

successful

61

Page 75: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 75/320

and

practising

graphic

designers.

A

system

of

purposive

sampling

(Cohen

and

Manion

1985)

was

employed

to

build

up a group of respondents satisfactory

to

the

specific needs

of

the

study.

The

variables

affecting

the

use

of

drawing,

determined

in

the

pilot

study

(see

Section

3.3)

required

the

inclusion

of

representatives

from

different

work orientations,

types

of

organisation

or structures, and

levels

of

seniority.

An

initial

selection

of

twenty

respondents

was

made

to take

these

variables

into

account.

As

the

interview

programme progressed,

perceived

omissions

were

corrected

and additional respondents

interviewed.

Ultimately

the

sample included designers representing all the major orientations,

types

of

design

organisation, and

levels

of

seniority

identified

by

the

study.

(See

Appendix

II

for details

of

the

respondent

groups.

)

A

purely

opportunist

or

convenience

sample

(Cohen

and

Manion,

1985,

page

101)

was used

for

a series

of

focused

interviews. These

were

conducted

with more

junior

designers, 10

of which

had

less

than

2

years

experience,

a

group not

represented

in

the

main

interview

programme

which

concentrated

on established

practitioners.

Through the

use

of

the

purposive

sampling system,

respondents

were

chosen

to

reflect

the

broad

nature

of

the

Graphic

Design

Industry

and

to

represent

both

individual

and corporate

approaches.

Where

possible,

more

than

one

designer

from

a

given

organisation

was

interviewed

in

order

to

assess

the

relative

influence

of

personal

views and job requirements.

The

places

of employment of

respondents

were

categorised

according

to

location,

the

nature

of

the

organisation,

the

size

of

the

design

unit,

and

whether

or not

it

was

independent

or

part

of

a

larger

organisation.

More

respondents

were

chosen

fron

cornnercially

funded

design

groups

than

from

the

public

sector

or

from

large

in-house

design

groups.

This

was

because

it became

apparent

early

on

that

these types

of organisation

often sent

work

out

to

the

cxrrrriercial

sector.

62

Page 76: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 76/320

During

an

interview,

where

it

became

clear

that

an

individual

designer

could represent

more

than

one aspect

of

the

industry,

in

either

their

past

or

current practice,

the

opportunity was

taken

to

elicit

information

about this experience. In fact, it proved a valuable

asset

to

the

study

that

same

respondents could give

information

on

more

than

one

aspect and

therefore

would

form

part

of

several

sample

classifications,

for

example

a

designer

whose

recent

work was

concentrated

on

the

design

of corporate

identity

programmes

had

previously

been

responsible

for

the

design

of

a magazine.

Sane

designers

are subject

to

a particular

set

of

technical

constraints, for example those working with computer graphics. Others

achieve

a

high

degree

of

freedcn,

and

verge

on

being

artists.

Both

these

groups,

although

specialists, were

included

in

the

sample

but,

as

already

indicated,

other specialists such

as

illustrators,

were

not.

Individuals

engaged

in

design

co-ordination are

generally

fncn

a

graphic

design

background,

and

so

were also

included

in the

sample

as

they

represent

a

potential

employment

opportunity

for

graphic

design

students.

Interviews

were

also conducted

with marketing

personnel

so

that

those

aspects

of

their

work

that

brought

them

into

contact

with

designers

drawings

could

be

studied, and

furthermore,

so

that

the

work

of

designers

could

be

investigated

fron

different

perspectives

and

according

to

different

requirements.

In same respects the sample was not truly representative of the

population

in

that

a

higher

proportion

of

the

individuals

interviewed

were

in

managerial positions

than

would

be

representative

of

the

industry

as a

whole.

However, it

was

judged

reasonable

to

spend

more

time

with

people

who were

able

to

give

an

experienced

account

and

a

broad

perspective.

In

addition,

the

nature of

the

subject

meant

it

was

important

to

interview

respondents

who were

reasonably

articulate

about

the

topics

being

investigated,

therefore

maturity

was

useful.

63

Page 77: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 77/320

3.3.3

The

structured

interview

p-ag

Hanmersley

et al

(1983)

make

the

distinction between

standardized

and

reflexive

interviews

(p113)

and

the

interview

techniques

used

during

this

present

research

can

be

said

to

incorporate the

advantages

of

both

these

approaches.

A

predetermined

series of

questions

formed

the

basis

of

the

main programme

of

interviews

conducted

in

a

relatively

formal

manner

at

prearranged

meetings,

whereas

the

focused

interviews,

or

structured

conversations

(Harrrnersley

et

al,

p15)

were

conducted,

as

opportunity

arose, often

a

coffee

or

lunch break

providing

the

opportunity,

with

discussion

of a particular

incident

providing

the

trigger for non-directive questions to explore one of the

predetermined

topics

of

the

study.

A

script

of

question content

and

order

was

used

throughout

the

main

interview

programme

to

ensure

coverage

of

all

the

predetermined

topics

and

to

aid

recording

of responses.

The

interviews

were

conducted

by

the

author

throughout,

and

this

allowed

for

a relatively

reflexive

approach

to

question order

and

the

use

of

funnel

and

open

questions,

together

with

supplementary

probing

questions

where

appropriate.

It

was

not uncrnmon

for

respondents

to

discuss

topics

that

were

scheduled

later

in

the

script,

but

again,

in

that the

author

was

the

interviewer

in

every

case

this

situation

could

be

accaru

dated.

In

addition

the

respondent s

understanding

of

the

questions

and of

the

terminology

adopted

for

the

study

could

be

consistently

checked

by

the

author.

Two kinds of data were obtained fron the interview programrie. While

the

interviews

were primarily

intended

as

a means

of

knowledge

elicitation

on

the

use of

drawing in

specific

procedures

fron

expert

designers,

they

were

also

intended

to

probe

attitudes

to

the

importance

of

drawing

in

the

practice

of

graphic

design

and

to

the

acquisition

of

drawing

ability.

The

use

of

open questions

made

it

possible

to

capitalise

on

volunteered

responses,

and

by

structuring

questions

to

be

direct

and

specific,

the

recording

and

analysis

of

responses

was made

manageable.

In

order

to

further

facilitate the

reliability

of analysis,

where

possible

a

fixed

alternative

response

mode was

incorporated

into

the interview

structure.

Use

was made

of

64

Page 78: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 78/320

 fixed

alternative

(ie

yes ,

no ,

don t

know )

response

modes,

or

scaled

responses,

including

attitude

and

rank

ordering

forms.

At

the

beginning

of each

interview,

questions were asked about

education,

professional

experience

and current status.

The

loss

of

anonymity

was not a

matter

of concern

for

respondents

in

that

a

commitment

had been

made

by

the

author

to

seek

permission

before

using

any acknowledged

quotation.

The

interview

format

was

made up

of

four

sections,

each

containing

questions

expanding

on one

of

the

key

issues

identified

in

the

pilot

study. At the beginning of each section a short explanation of the

topic to

be

covered was

given

to

prepare

the

respondent

for

the

change

in

emphasis,

and opportunity was

taken to

elicit

an

unconditioned

response

before

the

more

direct

and specific questioning

could

have

any conditioning

effect.

A

list

of

the

questions

used

is

given

in

Appendix

I(a).

The

first

section

of

the

interview

was

designed to

set

the

scene and

to

stimulate

discussion between

the

interviewer

and

respondent

in

order

to

establish a

broad

basis for

subsequent

discussion

and elicit

the

respondents

views on

the

importance

of

drawing

ability.

It

was

also

important

at

this

stage

to

check agreement

on

the

use and

meaning

of

the

terns

drawing

as specified

for

the

research,

and

to

make

it

clear

that

the type

of

drawing

activity under

discussion

referred

to

that

used

in

the

respondent s

working practice

as a graphic

designer.

The

second

section

was

concerned with

identifying

ways

in

which

graphic

designers

use

drawing,

more

specifically

the

way

the

respondent

used

drawing,

and

contained

questions

about

all

the

phases

of

the

graphic

design

process

together

with questions

about

the

use

of

drawing

in

the

design

of

specific

elements,

for

example

grids

and

logotypes.

Invariably

the

majority

of

time

was

spent

on

this

section.

The

third

section

contained

questions

designed

to

elicit

a more

specific response

about

the

importance

of,

and

the

nature

of,

the

drawing

abilities

and

skills

that

graphic

designers

must

have to

65

Page 79: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 79/320

fulfil

the

requirements of practice.

In

the

questions

a

distinction

was made

between

the

cognitive and practical aspects

of

drawing

ability,

to

allow

for discussion

of

non-practical

abilities

like

assessing and carmissioning imagery.

In

the

fourth

section

respondents

views were elicited

on

how

graphic

design

students

should

be

taught

drawing

and

the

section

ended

with a

checklist

of specific subjects such as

'perspective'

and

'life

classes',

to

explore

respondents attitudes

to

established

forms

of

drawing

tuition.

The

data

collected

fron

this

section

was

later

canpared

with

that

collected

from

educators and students.

When

setting

up

the

interviews,

the

first

approaches

to

respondents

were

generally

conducted over

the telephone,

by

what

TucMnan

(1972)

would

term

a verbal

cover

letter .

When

a

particular

design

organisation

was

selected

for inclusion

in

the

sample,

a senior

designer

would

be

consulted

to

gain

information

on

a suitable

candidate

for

interview.

With

perseverance,

the

majority

of

designers

approached

for

interview

were persuaded

to

participate,

and

in

most

cases

were

found

to

be

not

only

helpful,

but

also

enthusiastic

about

the

study

in

spite

of

the

inevitable

difficulty in

making

time

for

the

interview.

The

general

purpose of

the

research

was

explained

to

respondents

while

setting

up

the

interview.

Notes

of

particular responses

were

made

during

interview

and

recorded

in

the

space

allocated on

the

interview

script.

Further,

unless

specific objections were raised or conditions were not propitious, the

entire

interview

was

also recorded

on

tape. All

the

tapes

were

kept

for

the

checking

of answers and

for

later

reference.

The

notes

were

later

carefully

reviewed

and

expanded

upon,

where

possible,

with

reference

to the tapes

and possible

quotations

were

identified.

It

was

generally

found

that

the

respondents were

only

partially

aware

of

the

scope

of

the

research when

the

interview

began.

This

situation

was

capitalised on

by

the

use

of general

open

questions

at

the

beginning

of

the

interview

to

elicit

and

record

first

thoughts

before

the

respondent's

views

could

be

conditioned

by the

structure

of

the

Page 80: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 80/320

interview.

These

questions proved useful

in

providing

evidence

of

any

prejudices

or

idiosyncrasies

to

be

taken

into

account

during the

rest

of

the interview.

During the

interview

opportunity was

taken to

elicit

the

respondent s

definitions

of

drawing

where

possible,

but

keeping

within

the

clear

framework

that the

day-to-day

working skills

of

practising

graphic

designers

were

the

subjects

of

the

research.

The

balance

was struck

between

a

free

elicitation

of

the

respondent s

views

while

keeping

the

majority

of

the

discussion

to

the

specific

aspects

under

review.

In

many

instances

additional useful caruent was given

by

the

respondent

and notes

were

made

to

record

these.

3.3.4

Observations

of

design

practice

and

the

cmluct

of

the

aise

study

Observations

of

designers

working

practice

were conducted

throughout

the

period

of

the

research whenever

opportunity

allowed.

In

the

case

of thirty (out of fifty) interviews, either during the said interview

or

subsequently,

access

to

drawing

material

was given,

and

in

addition

a

guided

tour

of

eighteen

studio

environments

was

permitted.

One

large

and

two

medium

sized organisations

were

visited

several

times

in

addition

to the

visits

to the

case

study

organisation.

The

case

study was conducted

over

a

four-year

duration

and

consisted

of

a series

of visits

to

interview

senior

staff,

plus

two

periods

of

four

and

three

days

respectively of non-participant

observation

spent

in

the

studio

environment.

During

these

periods

studio

practice

was

observed,

focused

interviews

were conducted

with

junior

staff,

marketing

personnel,

and ancillary

workers

such

as art

workers.

In-

house

and

client

meetings were

attended

and

Backfiles

were

reviewed.

It

was particularly

fortuitous

that

the

case

study

extended

over

such

a

long

period

of

time

because

it

allowed

for

the

observation

of

various changes and developments in the organisation. A change of

address

and

an extension of

studio

facilities,

a considerable

growth

in

client numbers

and

status,

and

a

number

of

staff

changes

took

place

during

the

duration

of

the

case study.

Another

particularly

Page 81: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 81/320

interesting

development

was

the

change

in

this

organisation

fron

a

general

design

and

packaging

group

to

a

design

consultancy.

The organisation was chosen as an enviromnent for the case study for a

number

of

reasons.

The

quality

of

design

work

produced

was

consistently

canpetitive

in

both

creative and carmercial

terms. It

drew

accounts

fran

all over

the

country

and

fron

abroad

having

a

wide

range

of

clients and size

of

jobs

and

accounts

to

deal

with.

The

number

of

designers

employed represented a

broad

range

of

age

groups

and experience

there

was

a stable

managerial

franwork

and

regular

turnover

of staff.

Although

part

of a

larger

canpany

the

design

organisation

had

its

own

managerial

policy and a

high

degree

of managerial

independence.

It

was

large

enough

to

have

separate

in-house

marketing

and

artwork

sections.

The

organisation was

located

in

London

enabling

designers

to

enjoy

the

ambience of

a major

capital city

and

the

opportunity

to

visit

major

art exhibitions

etc.

Other

advantages

of

being

sited

in

the capital included the availability of good production facilities

and

a

large

fund

of specialists

of every sort

including

lettering

artists

photographers

and

illustrators.

Along

with

other

London-

based

design

consultancies

the

organisation

enjoyed

good

contact

with

design

periodicals

and

the

attendant

opportunity

for

publicity.

Another

reason

for

this

choice

of

case study

was

because

of

the

guarantee

of

good

access.

Several

of

the

senior

staff

were

interested

in the

study

progranme

and supportive of

the

research.

In

addition

the

studio

accamtiodation was

sufficiently

extensive

to

allow

for

the

presence

of

a researcher without

disturbing

normal

running.

The

conduct

of

the

case

study

initially

involved

interviews

with all

the

senior staff

and

these

were

included

in

the

interview

programme.

From

these

and other

meetings

with

staff

various

issues

were

identified for further exploration. Issues given special attention

included

the

type

of

drawing

employed

in

relation

to

the

particular

design

procedure

the

effects

on

drawing

of

the

different

media

that

the

designers

used

and

the

effects of

teamwork

and

managerial

duties.

Page 82: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 82/320

Contacts

between

designers

and marketing

staff were

also

observed

to

monitor

the

use

of

drawing

in

such meetings.

Again,

the

use

of

drawing

was

observed

in

in-house

meetings,

briefing

meetings and

meetings with clients. Further, a wide range of work was observed and

the

effects

of

different

job

orientations

eg

packaging

design,

magazine

design,

etc) noted.

Through

a

series of

focused

interviews

and conversations

it

was

possible

to

discuss

various

issues

with

junior

designers.

Their

experience

of

drawing

tuition

while

at college and

the

subsequent

adaptation

and

develop

ent

of

their

drawing

abilities

to

fit in

with

professional

practice

were

the

main subjects

in

these

interviews.

There

were

limited

opportunities

to

attend

interviews

with

clients

because

of

security.

It

was,

however,

possible

to

attend

two

client

meetings

and

in

this

way

validate some of

the

data

obtained

in

the

designer

interviews.

Also

of

considerable

interest

were

the

meetings

held

within

the

organisation

itself.

There

was opportunity

to

attend

meetings where marketing staff were briefing

designers,

senior

designers

were

briefing

junior designers,

and

both junior

and

senior

designers

were

briefing

marketing

personnel.

The

more

casual

day-to-

day

interchanges

were

also

observed,

whereby artwork

personnel

were

briefed

and

senior

designers

checked

the

progress

of

projects

in

the

hands

of

junior designers.

3.4

The

ooc

uct of

the

research

into drawing

tuition

Fran the

pilot

study,

it

was

clear

that

opinion

on

the

role

and nature

of

drawing

tuition

on

graphic

design

courses

should

ideally

be

canvassed

as widely

as possible.

However,

as

described

in

Section

3.2,

the

pilot

study

had

also

shown

that

there

inherent

difficulties

in

terms

of access and

feasibility

in

a

blanket

survey

of graphic

design

courses.

Therefore,

a

decision

was made

to

elicit

a range

of

views as a way of raising issues about this aspect of design education

rather

than

attempt an

in-depth

analysis.

Hence,

the

approach

used

in

this

part

of

the

research

was

primarily

designed

to this

end.

Page 83: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 83/320

A

series

of questions about graphic

design

education

was

included

in

the

interviews

with

graphic

designers

see

Appendix

I a),

Section

IV).

The

use

of a postal questionnaire

directed

at

design

educators

was

necessitated because of the dispersed geographical locations of

colleges.

A

short series of visits

to

a small sample

of

these

courses

was

also made

to

collect

additional

information.

Furthermore,

a short

series

of

interviews

was

conducted with academic

staff

from

other

design

disciplines

who

had

a responsibility

for

conducting

drawing

tuition

and with

other acknowledged

experts

in

relevant

fields.

Questionnaires

were also cxmpleted

by

a

small sample

of

students.

During

the

period

in

which

this

research

was

conducted

additional

background

information

was

collected

fron

a

number

of

sources,

eg

fran

promotional

and course material such as course

prospectuses,

etc.

Therefore,

to

summarise,

this

second part of

the

research

programme

included:

1.

A

postal

questionnaire

directed

at graphic

design

educators

2.

Visits

to

four

BA

centres with

graphic

design

courses

3. A short progranme of focused interviews with design educators and

other

experts

in

relevant

fields

4.

Questionnaires

directed

at students

5.

A

short

progranme of

focused

interviews

with

graphic

design

students

6.

A

review

of

relevant promotional

and

course

material

7.

A

series

of

questions

included in

the

interviews

with

practising

graphic designers

The

target

population

in

this

part of

the

research

can

be

broadly

defined

as

those

having direct

experience

or

knowledge

of

drawing

tuition

on

BA

design

courses,

more

specifically

BA

graphic

design

courses.

However,

within

this

very

large

population

certain

key

groups could

be

distinguished,

namely

educators

having

responsibility

for

the

planning

or

for

the

conduct

of

drawing

tuition

on

graphic

design courses, and practising

graphic

designers and students on

graphic

design

courses who

were

in

a

position

to

carment

as

consumers.

See

Appendix

II

for

details

of

the

main

respondent

groups

and

Appendix III

for details

of

the

individuals

consulted.

)

Page 84: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 84/320

The

problems

noted

in

the

pilot study

in

respect of

terminology

have

been

described

in

Section

1.5.

These

were given close

attention

when

constructing the questionnaire, namely when formulating the questions

and

respondent

modes.

In

the

majority of

instances

questions

requiring

a

dichunetric

response were

followed

by

a

request

to the

respondent

to

explain

their

answer

in

a

little

more

detail. Although

this

mechanism

was

used

to

check

that

the

meaning

of

the

question

was

clear

to

the

respondent,

in

fact

many of

the

cannents

given also

provided

a very

rich source of

information

into

both

attitudes

and

procedures.

The

questionnaire

was

sent

to

all

heads

of

departments

of

BA

graphic

design

courses

with a covering

letter

explaining

the

purpose

of

the

study

and

the

structure of

the

questionnaire,

and

with

a

request

that

they

forward

it to

a member of

staff responsible

for

either

the

planning

or

conduct of

design

tuition.

A

copy

of

the

questionnaire

is

given

in

Appendix

I(b).

The

questionnaire

began

with

a

request

for

information

about

the

respondent,

including

the

number of

years

they

had

been teaching

and

their

contact

with

the

graphic

design

profession,

plus

details

of

their

current

post.

In

general, questions

were

direct

and

specific,

and

dichanetric,

scaled, and

check-list response

modes

were

used

as

appropriate.

Where

necessary,

supplementary

explanation,

particularly

of

terminology,

was

included

with

the

questions.

The

questionnaire

contained

four

sections.

The

first

was

aimed

at

eliciting

responses on

the

importance

of

drawing

ability,

the

relationship

of

drawing

ability

to

graphic

design

practice

and

the

provision

of

drawing

tuition

specific

to

the

particular

needs

of

graphic

designers.

The

second

section

was

directed

at

clarifying

the

organisation

of

drawing

tuition

on

the

respondent s

course,

for

example detennining who was responsible for planning the curriculum

and

for

conducting

drawing

tuition,

and

what

was

the

amount

of

time

allocated

to

drawing

tuition.

The

third

section

was

concerned

with

investigating

approaches

to

drawing

tuition,

for

example

whether

it

Page 85: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 85/320

consisted

primarily

of

formal

classes

or

was

integrated

into

design

projects.

The

fourth

and

final

section elicited

opinion

on

the

new

technology

and

the

consequent needs

for

changes

in

drawing tuition

on

graphic design courses.

A

questionnaire

addressing

the

same

basic

topics

as

that

used

for

graphic

design

educators,

but

with

necessary adaptations,

was

also

used

with

first

year

graphic

design

students

fron

Manchester

Polytechnic

and,

in

addition, a

questionnaire

of

a

much

simpler

construction

was conducted with

third

year

students

by

going

through

their

folder

and asking

them

to

describe

to

what

extent

they

were

satisfied

or

dissatisfied

with

their

use of

drawing in the work

presented.

(See

Appendix

I(c)

and

(d). )

Completed

questionnaires

fron

both

educators

and

students

were

carefully

analysed and

contained a great

deal

of

individualistic

caiinentary

and additional

information.

In

many

cases,

shades

of

opinion were

expressed

in

such way as

to

make

a

highly

categorised

analysis

less

valuable

than

a careful consideration

of

the

individual

points

raised.

Visits

were

made

to

four

BA

graphic

design

courses

chosen

in

consultation

with

the

advisors

for

the

study

and others

(see

Appendix

IV).

Zwo

of

these

courses

were

in

provincial

art

colleges

and

two

were

London-based.

The

courses

were

chosen

to

be

typical

examples

of

graphic

design

courses,

and

yet

at

the

same

time

each

enabled

a

specific sort of provision to be investigated. one course was a

sandwich

course with

particularly

strong

contacts

with

design

professions,

while

another

had

an

established

reputation

for

strong

emphasis

on

the

value of

drawing

tuition.

Again,

another

course

was

well

}mown

for

its illustrative

and

creative

bias,

and

the

fourth

provided

opportunity

to

look

at

a

well-integrated

computer

graphics

progranue

within

the

design

course

curriculum.

In

each of

these

visits

discussion

was

possible

with

both

staff

and

students

and

an

in-depth

interview

was

conducted

with

the

Head

of

Department. Opportunity

was

also

furnished to

observe

either

design

Page 86: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 86/320

or

drawing

classes

in

action.

Carmentary

was

recorded

in

note

form

and written-up

irirnediately

after

the

visit.

In addition a series of discussions and interviews was conducted in

the

Faculty

of

Art

and

Design

Manchester Polytechnic.

In-depth

interviews

were

conducted

with

a

member

of staff

from

each

of

the

departments

of

Three-Dimensional

Design

Textile

Design

Foundation

Studies

and

the History

of

Art

and

Design

and

with

the

member

of staff

whose

responsibility

it

was

to

organise

the

provision

for

life

drawing

for

the

entire

Faculty.

Several

acknowledged

experts

were also

interviewed

and a small series

of

interviews

was

also

conducted

with

graphic

design

students.

3.5

Consultation

and corroboration

Periodically

throughout

the

research programme

various

aspects

of

the

approach

and methodology

employed

were

discussed

with

the

special

advisers

for

the

study

and with

some

of

the

other

ac3maaledged

experts

who

had

been

consulted

about

educational

provision

and

wham

it

was

felt

could

fron

a position

of

detachment

make

useful

recarinendations

about

the

overall

direction

of

the

research

or

could

give

expert

corroboration

on

specific

aspects such as

the

constitution

of

the

samples

used.

Those

individuals

consulted

for

such

purposes

are

identified

in

Appendix

III.

Page 87: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 87/320

QPTM

4

Graphic Designers

Use

of

Drawing

4.1

Intnocýuctian

This

chapter

draws

together

the

findings

made on

the

use of

drawing

in

the

graphic

design

process

from

the

series of

interviews

with

practising

graphic

designers

and

fran

the

detailed

case

study

conducted

in

a

large,

London-based

design

consultancy.

The

findings

have

been

presented

according

to the

following

scheme.

Preparation

Phase

Accepting

and passing

on

briefing

Collecting

reference

material

Main

Creative

Phase

Production

Phase

--[

Analysis/First Ideas

Synthesis/Developnent

Presentation/Evaluation/Revision

Commissioning

art-work

Preparing

for

production

Rather than

discreet

stages,

the

graphic

design

process

is

regarded

as

canprising

phases

(namely

the

preparation

phase,

the

main

creative

phase and the production phase), in that it is linear only in very

broad

terms

and

includes

many

feedback

loops.

Within

these

phases

various

procedures

or courses of

action

can

be identified.

Procedures

are conducted

through the

performance

of

a

series

of

tasks.

For

example,

while

accepting

briefing

a

designer

will

query

the

information

being

given

by

the

client,

will

note

both

the

information

given

and any

ideas

that

form

during

discussion,

and

will

also

ensure

that

the

client s

intentions

have been

fully

understood.

These

individual

pieces

of work ,

or

tasks,

are,

in

the

main, either

conducted

or assisted

through

the

use

of

drawing

and

it

is

this

use

of

drawing

that

is

characterised

in

detail

in

the

chapter.

Page 88: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 88/320

It

has

been

found

that, in

practice,

it

is

very

difficult

to

canpletely

separate

certain

procedures

from

each other.

For

example

the analysis of a design problem is intrinsically linked to the

formulation

of

ideas,

and

the

synthesis

or

bringing

together

of

various

elements

of

a

design

solution

is invariably

accompanied

by

adjustments

to

or

developments

in

the

solution.

Therefore,

these

linked

procedures

have

been

discussed

together.

It

can

be

seen

from

the

scheme

set

out above,

that

in

addition

to

what

have

traditionally

been

categorised

as

the

stages

in

the

design

process,

ie

analysis,

synthesis

and evaluation,

there

has

been

included

procedures

involved

in

the

preparation

for

a

design

job

(ie

those

tasks

involved

in

accepting

briefing

and collecting

reference

material),

and

procedures

involved in

controlling production

(ie

those

tasks

involved

in

cannissioning

art-work and

preparing

for

production).

This

has

proved

extremely valuable.

Not

only was

it

found

that

characteristic

kinds

of

drawing

activities

occurred

uniquely

in

these

additional phases,

there

was also clear evidence

that

the formulation

of

ideas

and

creative

decision-making

was

occurring.

As

described

in

Section

3.3.3

a series

of questions

was

put

to

50

practising

graphic

designers

within

an

interview

format

which

allowed

the

respondents

some

freedom. (The

interview

structure

is

given

in

Appendix

I(a).

)

However,

the

way

that

the

data is

presented

in

this

chapter does not simply reflect the structure in the interview script.

This

is because,

during

the interviews,

it

was

found

that

given

responses

required

a more

complex

interpretation

than that

initially

anticipated.

For

example,

when

asked

whether

they

used

drawing

during

a

briefing

with

a client

or an

art

director,

many

respondents

indicated

that

they

used

it both

when

accepting

information themselves

and

also

for

passing

on

that

information

to

the

design

team,

thereby

identifying

two

quite separate procedures as occurring

during

the

briefing

process.

It

has

also

been

necessary

to

carbine

data fron

two

or

three

questions

in

sane

instances.

For

example,

responses

from

Questions

9,15

and

16

of

Section

II

have

been

combined

in the

Page 89: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 89/320

discussion

on preparing

for

production.

Again,

data

fron

Questions

7

and

8

of

Section II

is

canbined

together

in

the

context

of

in-house

and

client

presentation,

because

it

became

clear

fron

respondents

cannents that ideas as well as finished solutions can be presented

both

to

colleagues and

to

clients.

Although

the

respondents were

selected

to

represent

the

effects

of

the

range

of variables

identified

(see

Section

3.3),

it

is

not

possible

to

give

an

exact

numerical

breakdown

of

the

sample

in

terms

of

these

variables,

because

some

respondents were

found

to

represent

the

effects

of

several

in

their

work.

However,

in

broad terms,

28

respondents

had

predominantly

managerial responsibilities

within

the

design

team,

whereas

22

were

predominantly concerned

with

the

detailed

developnent

of

design

solutions.

At

an

early

stage

in

the

investigation

it

became

apparent

that there

was

a marked

difference in

approach

to

drawing

usage

between design for

packaging

and

design for

publishing.

Therefore

care was

taken to

ensure

that

10

respondents

with

experience

of

working

in

packaging

design

and

10

with

experience

of

design

for

publishing were

included

in

the

sample.

5

respondents

from

Manchester-based

design

organisations

were

included

to

enable

a comparison of provincial and

London-based

practices.

Respondents

were

employed

fron

various sizes

of

organisations,

including

9

from

small organisations with

less

than

3

members

in the

design

team, 15

from

medium-sized organisations

with

between

3

and

15

people,

and

26

from large

organisations with

over

15

members

in

the

design team. 28 were from design consultancies, 19 fron in-house

design

groups

specifically

serving

larger

organisations

(designers

concerned

with

publishing

having

been

included

in

this

latter

category),

and

3

were

free-lance

designers.

A

full

list

of

these

respondents,

along with

their

level

of

seniority

and

place

of

employment

is

given

in

Appendix

II

(a).

The

illustrations

used

in

this

chapter are

taken

fron

a

wide range

of

drawings

recorded

or

collected

during

the

study

and are

selected

to

be

representative

of

the type

or

types

of

drawing

under

discussion. They

are placed at

the

end of

the

sub-section

to

which

they

refer.

Page 90: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 90/320

4.2

The

pn?pamtozy phase

including

the

pivoedunes

of

briefing

and

collecting reference

material

The

procedures

of accepting

and

of passing

on

briefing,

and

again

of

collecting

visual

reference

material

are

described

in

this

section.

While

respondents

indicated

that,

in

general,

they

do

not make

extensive

use

of

drawing

during

these

procedures, sane

important

uses

were

described.

Before

a

designer

or

design

team

can

cartnence

the

consideration

of actual

design

solutions, a sound

understanding

must

be

achieved

both

of

the

client s requirements

and

of

the

particular

nature

of

the design

problem

to

be

undertaken.

Again

,

in

many cases,

specific

visual

reference

material must

be

collected

before

ideas for

design

solutions

can

be

explored.

4.2.1

1t

use

of

drawing

curing

accepting

and

passing

cn

briefing

Respondents

indicated

that

during

briefing

procedures

their

use of

drawing

is

greatly

influenced

by

a number

of

factors,

particularly

the

nature

of

the

occasion of

the

briefing

and

the

designer s

relationship

with

the

client.

It

is

therefore

useful

to

consider

some

different

approaches

to

briefing.

Respondents

from

certain

areas of

the

graphic

design

profession,

particularly

those

employed

in

larger

organisations,

described

cases

where there are intennediaries who accept the briefing fron the client

on

behalf

of

the

designer

or

design

team.

These

intermediaries

may

be

representatives

of

the

design

team,

or

account

executives,

or

they

may

be

fron

the

marketing

section

within

the

organisation.

Further,

they

may subsequently

have

an

active

or a passive role

in

the

development

of

the

design

strategy.

In

many organisations

a senior

designer

or

design

director

will

meet

the

client

and

receive

the

brief.

They

may

then

simply

pass on

the

brief but,

more cxnmonly,

will

exert

considerable

creative

control

at

this

stage.

In

some organisations

it

is

the

policy

for

several

of

the

design

team

Page 91: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 91/320

to

meet

the

client,

who

may

then

be

asked

back

at

regular

intervals

to

monitor

progress

and make

additional

suggestions.

One

creative

director,

described

a

canpany policy

for designers

to

be

responsible

throughout for the jobs allocated to them, even to having control over

the

final

production of

artwork,

and

starting

with attendance

at

the

initial

briefing.

Editors

and

senior

designers

working

in

magazine

and

book

design

described

how

they

attend editorial

and

cover

meetings

and

then

pass

on

the

design

concepts

agreed

at

these

meetings

to

the

other

designers

in

the team.

Thus,

investigating

the

use of

drawing

during

briefing

is

made

difficult by

this

variable

system

of

practice,

and

is

further

complicated

by

the

fact

that

the

brief

may

be

passed

on

at various

stages

as

additional

designers

are

brought in to

assist.

More

specialist

designers,

such as

those

working

in

computer

graphics

have

indicated

that they

often

received

briefings

for jobs that

are

already

well

advanced

in

terms

of

visual

development.

29

respondents

described

a number

of ways

in

which

they

use

drawing

during

briefings

and

meetings with clients.

All

29

said

that

they

made

visual

notes as reminders of

information

passed

on

at

the

meeting,

or

to

remind

themselves

of any

ideas

stimulated

by

the

discussion

at

the

meeting.

Many

of

these

respondents

described

in

detail

their

own personal method of making

small-scale

notes.

Fig.

2

shows

examples

of

the

type

of

informal

drawings

produced

to

record

information.

Although

some

designers

said

that

when with

clients

drawing

is

occasionally used for an exchange of ideas, the majority of the

respondents

stressed

that

they

exercised

caution

in these

circumstances

unless

a good working relationship

had

previously

been

established

with

the

client.

In

fact,

all

except

one

of

the

respondents

interviewed

expressed

considerable

reluctance

to

draw

in

front

of

clients.

It

was

felt

that this

could

make

design

look

easy,

and

therefore

not

good value

for

money.

A

senior

designer

admitted

that

he

tends

to

want

to

draw

when with a client,

but felt

that

it

is

not

business-like,

and another

described

the

practice

as a

rope

to

hang

yourself

.

There

was

also

worry

expressed

that

if

a client

saw

and

liked

a

first

idea,

this

could

then

carmit

a

designer

to

a

Page 92: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 92/320

solution

that

proved

ineffective

with

later development. As

one

very

experienced

designer

put

it,

drawing

for

a client

could

imply

that

one

had

arrived

at

a

concept quickly, without

sufficient

thought ,

or

equally unfortunately, one may get stuck with an inappropriate idea .

It

was

also

felt

by

some

designers

that

it is

often

not

practicable

in

a

large

meeting

to

draw

to

demonstrate

one s

ideas,

even

if

one

should

wish

to

do

so.

However,

where

designers felt

they

had

a

relationship

of

trust

with

a

client

there

was

a much

less

self-conscious

use of

drawing to

explore

ideas

together.

20

of

the

respondents

said

that

they

would

prefer

to

be

able

to

use

drawing

in

a relaxed

way

to

check

their

understanding

and

initial

ideas.

Some

find

it

easier

to

talk

and

draw

at

the

same

time,

and

to

use

drawing

to

explain

an

idea

to

a client.

Fig.

3

shows

an

example

of

the type

of quickly

produced

schematic

designers

described

using

for

this

purpose.

The

drawings

at

the

top

half

of

the

sheet

were

drawn by

the

client

and

those

on

the

lower

half

by

the

designer

as

a means of

checking

the

shape and

proportions

of

an object

to

be

packaged.

Only

one

of

the

designers

interviewed,

a

design

manager

who

was

the

director

of

his

own

business,

said

that

he

used

his

capacity

to

draw

confidently

in

order

to

impress

clients

as

part

of

his

sales

technique.

However,

most

respondents said

that

either

they

only

used

drawing

for

their

own note making or

did

not

use

drawing

at

all

in

accepting

briefing.

(See

Table

1 for

a

detailed

breakdown

of

responses).

It

became

clear

fron

the

interviews

that

there

are

two

aspects

to

briefing

procedures;

accepting

the

briefing,

and

catmunicating

the

briefing

to

others.

The

use of

drawing

was

found

to

differ

correspondingly,

that

is

according

to

the

different

requirements

of

these two

procedures.

It

was

apparent

that,

when

drawing

was used

by

a

designer

to pass on information, rather more care must usually

be

taken to

ccranunicate

effectively

than

when

used

for

purely

personal

recording

purposes.

Respondents

with

managerial

responsibilities,

like design directors

and

art

editors,

described

not only

their

use

of

Page 93: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 93/320

drawing

to

record

joint decisions

made

during

a

meeting,

but

also

their

way

of

using

drawing

when conveying

the

results

of

a

briefing

to

their junior designers.

Fig.

4.

shows

drawings

produced

when

this

sort of passing on of infonnation and decision making occurs.

Zäbb1e

1:

Use

of

drawing

while accepting

briefing

To

check

To

impress

For

notation

Not

used

information

client

20

1

29

21

[Number

of

respondents

=

50;

several

responding

in

more

than

one

category]

In

many

instances

designers have

to

brief

others

to

take

on either

the

whole,

or

one aspect

of

the

job. Of

course,

where

this

is

done

in-

house

and

there

is

opportunity

for

subsequent

checking of

understanding

a

more

informal,

free

drawing

style

can

be

adopted.

A

design

director

described

a

typical

situation when,

after

a

general

verbal

briefing

to the

design

team, the

senior

designer

talks

to

individual

designers,

rough

quick

scribbles

being

used

by

both

sides

during

their

discussion

of

the

work.

The

case

study provided

several opportunities

to

watch

the

procedure

of passing

on

briefing.

It

was

clearly

important

that

the

senior

designer

had

developed

an

appropriate strategy

for

producing

the

type

of drawings required for passing on briefing to a junior member of the

design

team.

Over-prescriptive

drawings

that

indicated

not

only

broad

policy

towards

the

development

of

the

design

solution

but

also gave

clear

directives

about

visual

style could

be

seen

to

pre-empt

the

creative

contribution

of

the

junior.

Complaints

were

recorded

fron

senior

designers

about

lack

of

initiative

on

the

part

of

the

junior

and

fran

the juniors

about

the

frustration

caused

by

the

lack

of

opportunity

for

creative

input.

Where it

is

necessary

to

brief

designers

from

an

outside

organisation,

for

example

where

a

design

co-ordinator

is

passing

on

the

requirements

Page 94: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 94/320

of

brand

managers

or

pranotion

personnel,

it

was

found

that the

briefing

tends

to

be

verbal, reliance

being

placed

on

the

knowledge

and

experience

of

the

co-ordinator

to

explain

the

requirements

of

the

job.

However, the

use of

drawing

can also

be

a

factor

in this

kind

of

interchange.

A

design

co-ordinator

for

a

major ccapany

responsible

for

buying-in

a great

deal

of graphic

design

work

indicated

a

preference

for

a system

whereby

commissioned

designers

present

rough

drawn

visuals

of

ideas

at

an early stage

of

development,

such

that

a

check can

be

made

that the

brief

was

fully

understood.

(However,

this

sort

of

check was not required

by

the

branch

manager,

a

non-designer,

who

was

also

responsible

for

caonissioning.

)

Several

designers

said

that they must be able to check if they have understood a briefing

being

passed

on

by

intermediaries,

for

example

marketing

people,

and

that they

draw

as a

four

of ccmnunication with

intermediaries

at

these

times.

In

the

design

studio

of

the Open University,

the

role

that

drawing

plays

in

camunication

between designer

and

client

is

particularly

interesting.

Here, the OU

academics,

who may

be

said

in this

instance

to

be

the

equivalent

of

the

client,

are

encouraged

to

brief the

designers

by

producing

their

own

drawings for

the

illustrations

that

they

want

in

the

Open

University

publications.

(See

Fig.

41(a)

-

41(c) in

Section

4.5

for

the

development

of

the

design

solution

from

a

sketch

produced

by

an

non-designer academic.

)

81

-

Page 95: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 95/320

Imw-ac.

-

WlýelAý

.

kÖSQ

RiýyýCP

ýveCwbl

.

U

ýf1i

1

',

t

iýýý,

ý

;.

:

6

vUL'%t.

ati(.

.

.

`.

41

i\

c:

(

Figure

2:

Drawings

used

to

record

-1

during

briefing

(CYB

1989),

pencil,

reproduced-

-same

StZ

'

jfi&2v,

(,

Page 96: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 96/320

e-*,

w

ý

T.

Aý1ýý:

l:

ýý'^r'

:

ýý

4

a:..

ý.

iV/

'a

-

Sýfý

r

Figure

3:

Drawings

produ

to

check understanding

of

the

brief

with

the

c

gent

CYB 1989

,

ink,

reproduced

same

size

Page 97: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 97/320

kh

lilt

Ile,

Ile

+ +ti....

to

`tir

ýý`

.

r+'

ý

ýý

.

----'

-

-,,.

r

ýl

r

--y'

, f ý . -'

Q''ýý,

,,,,

.

e.

-Ut

ýý,,

ýýt. t.

44. d.

rý ---ý

.....

--ý

..

,

ter,

.r_

.

ý

,

-.

.

dý,

ri,,

l

42d

/49 '

l_

,

i

Figure

4:

Drawing

produced

to

1989)

1ýS

on the

briefing

pencil,

reproduced

with

50%

to

the

design

team

reduction

L

0.

.,

V-

Oslo.

A

air

I

i

r

rr.,

1

r

t

P

i

r

Page 98: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 98/320

4.2.2

The

use

of

drawing

in

the

collection

of

zefezEnoe

material

Only

19

of

the

designers

interviewed

said

that they

regularly

used

drawing

when

collecting visual

reference material.

Others

said

they

collected

references

by

the

use of photography

or

fran their

own

collection

of magazines

clippings,

or

from

relevant

books.

Fig.

5

shows

examples

of a

designer

collecting

visual reference

material

for

a particular

job

through

the

use

of

drawing,

and

Fig.

6

shows

the

analysis

of

an

idea incorporating

the

clippings

taken

for

visual

reference attached to a work sheet. 15 respondents particularly

stressed

that

shortage of

time

meant

that this

stage

in

the

production

of a

design

had

to

be

dealt

with very

quickly and

that

there

is

never

time

for

leisurely

collection.

So,

reference

material

must

be

readily

available,

and some

described

their

habit

of

delegating

the

responsibility

of acquiring

the

correct reference

material

for

a

particular

job

to

a

junior.

The

methods

by

which

respondents

said

they

collected

reference

material are sumarised

in

Table

2.

Table 2:

Respoýent s

metboas

of collecting

refer

c

material

Regularly

use

Take Refer

to

Delegate

drawing

photographs clippings

or

books

19

4

17

10

[Number

of

respondents:

50]

It

is, however,

important

to

note

that the

majority,

47

of

the

respondents,

thought that it

was essential

that

they

should

have

a

well-developed

knowledge

of

visual style,

thereby

allowing

them

to

consider

a

variety

of appropriate

solutions

to

specific

jobs,

without

the

collection of reference

material.

Many

thought

that

an

accurate

knowledge

of

historical

styles

was also

essential.

The

need

for

this

type

of cognitive

ability

was

described

as

a

means

of

confinni

ng

the

relevance

and

accuracy

of visual

images

when

time

was

not available

for

much specific

reference

collection

for

a

particular

job.

A

design

Page 99: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 99/320

co-ordinator

for

the

Post Office,

stressed

that

a

designer s

understanding

of visual

trends

in

historical

terms

was

essential

for

being

able

to

set

the

right

mood

for

a

job. 21

of

the

respondents

said

that

their

regular use

of

drawing

as

designers

played

a part

in

developing

their

visual

literacy

and, more specifically,

14

of

these

respondents

expressed

the

belief

that

drawing

to

develop this

broader

understanding

was

a

very

valuable

aspect

of collecting

references.

The

practice

of

drawing

to

aid or

train

memory

was also

described

by

4

of

these

designers,

2

explaining

the

way

they

developed

their

own

knowledge

and understanding of

typefaces

by drawing

and

tracing

from

specimens, and another that he liked to draw an object in order to

observe

it

closely and remember

it

again.

10

respondents

put

particular

emphasis on

their

practice of

drawing

from

life

or other

source

material

to

develop

their

perception and

visual

memory.

The

keeping

of sketch

books

and

note

books

as a

means

of

developing

background

knowledge

was

also

mentioned

by

10

respondents.

Figs.

7(a)

and

7(b)

show pages

fron

a

designer s

sketch

book

where

drawing

has

been

used

as a means of

both

recording

visual

information and for

developing

the

designer s

understanding of visual

form.

A

graphics

officer

involved in

design

for

a

major

museum

spoke

of

keeping

a

sketch

book

to

collect

general

information

and,

more

particularly,

of

keeping

sketch

books

and note

books

of

a particular

place.

A

senior

designer

described his

policy

of

encouraging

juniors

to

go

to

museums

and art

exhibitions

to

develop

their

knowledge

of

visual

style.

The

majority of

designers

admitted that

lack

of

time

precluded such of

this

sort

of

learning

activity.

However,

a

significant

proportion

of

the

designers

interviewed

(7)

thought that

it

was

very

valuable

and

merited

the

extra

effort

involved.

Table

3

indicates

the

methods

that

designers

described

for developing

their

visual

literacy

in

conjunction

with

the

collection

of

reference material.

It

was

found

that

in

many

instances during

the

collection

of

visual

material

to be

used

for designs

for

publishing,

for

example

in book or

magazine work,

imagery

is

commissioned at.

an

early

stage.

In

organisations

that

employ

a

picture researcher,

for

example

a

publisher,

it

is

more

likely

that

a

verbal

briefing

will

be

given

and

Page 100: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 100/320

that

drawing

will not

be

employed.

However,

where

an

illustrator

or

lettering

artist must

be briefed,

drawing

is

usually

employed.

Descriptions

of

this

use

of

drawing

are given

later

in

this

chapter

in

the

section

on commissioning

see

Section

4.4.1).

Table

3:

Methods

described

for developing

visual

literacy

Drawing

frccn

Drawing

fron

Keeping Drawing

Visiting

reference

life

sketch-

to train

exhibitions

material

books

memory

14 10 10 77

[Number

of respondents

=

21;

several responding

in

more

than

one

category]

The

findings

on

the

uses

of

drawing

during

the

collection

of

reference

material

therefore

fall

in

two

broad

categories.

Designers

will

in

some

instances

actually

draw

from

observation,

or

trace

or

copy

fron

a

source in order to collect reference material for a particular job,

but because

of

time

constraints

this

practice

is

greatly

restricted

and

designers

tend

to

rely

on

their

understanding

and

knowledge

of

form

developed

through

experience.

In

addition,

a

significant

proportion

of

the

respondents

21)

considered

that

by

regularly

engaging

in

the

study of

drawing,

both

through

their

own

practical

work

and

through

observation

of

the

work

of

others,

this

understanding

and

knowledge

can

developed

in

order

to

be

brought

into

use as

required.

Page 101: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 101/320

3

77-

I

4ýLýwr

ýr

ý

ý°

`_

-I

,1

f

ß'7 d

ýrý

Iz-

r

`/

,.

/

l

I

s

,:

ý ;

ý:.

ý,

-ý '-

I

jý---'

ýý,,

ti

1

F'1

c

ýi

ýýý

4I

Äý

ý`ý:

vSYS

(F

-

IJ&

i

'7

J

r

r

-s

N

J

ýýýý ýý

F

t

ý

rL

t

ci

'

.,,

ý..

Figure

5:

Drawings

used

to

collect visual reference material

1984-88),

pencil,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

-

88

-

ýý_

iI

\

.*

r

3

s

ýý

t

'f

ýý

,,

ý

ý

°ý

ýJ

+ýRI

I

(CYB

Page 102: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 102/320

i

17

r

S

-'

YHy

,

ev

`ý;

º'

-'E

t

..

..

-

..

_}

ýo

tj

3

i

UU

,I

---/

ý

'pý

---

i

ý/ ýý-'

ýý

?I

I11

1.

/

II

`1

výK

I11NUýN.,. Mr

FI\1ý

I

11

r

4I

Figure 6: Analysis of visual reference material (CYB 1984-88), ink

and

pencil,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

-

89

-

--.

------

_

Page 103: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 103/320

''mfzo

ýty

cd-'

LeTTCd

fN

&

lel

I

C

' YI% 1'

-u.

--

mai

"

mal

f

sT0

ýtY

cd-'

LeTTCd

f04

&

lel

eta

2-1

4

SG

i'

A.

*..

97

V%'-

bun

Pjx,,

,,

ýlftn

A

of

Aell

p

c

111

Ilto-9a

ý

"i

ýý

ý'

ý

,f

111

ý

.i

ý{

ý

.r

t

'(

,;

l-'

ýJ

ftt

"'

C

rn- vas.

usil

r

Figure 7a:

ii

.

77

1 3 ',ýý

1,41

pli

ý

Mý'

r1

ýý

Iýýý

ý

1001*0-ý

rawings

used

to

record

visual

information

(Stephen

Raw

1988-89), pencil, reproduced same size

-

90

-

Page 104: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 104/320

1

1

t

1

i

i

1

r*

.d

1

1

1

ý.

r

1

1.

ý.

i.

r

Mýti

r.

.

I. A'wr

N:

Ir.. ...

OA

.

iK

.

t.

.

f1

.'r

ý

.

GERM

I

f

..

2-

.

OOW

0

Figure 7b: Drawings used to record visual information (Stephen Raw

1988-89),

pencil, reproduced

same

size

-

91

-

I

Page 105: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 105/320

4.3

It

use

of

drawing in

the

main

creative

phase

of

the

graphic

design

process

This section presents findings on the use of drawing in the procedures

fron

which

the

main

creative phase

is

comprised,

namely

the

analysis

of

design

problems

and

the

formulation

of

ideas,

the

synthesis

and

development

of

visual

formats,

the

presentation of

design

solutions

at

various

stages

of

their

development,

and

the

evaluation

and

revision

of

such

design

solutions.

Fran

the

designer s

descriptions

of

their

work,

it is

clear

that

while

these specific procedures may be separately identified,

they

are

nevertheless

very

closely

interrelated.

Moreover,

observations

of

designers

work

have

confirmed

that,

with

the

exception

of

the

more

formal

aspects

of presentation, all

the

procedures

mentioned

above

can

be

demonstrated

in

drawings

produced

in

the

first

few

hours

of

work

on

a

job.

While

these

drawings

take

the

form

of

free

scribbles,

barely

changing

in

speed of execution

and

style,

they

nevertheless

fulfil

the

respective requirements

of analysing

the

various

aspects

of

the

design

problem, of putting down first ideas as a canbination of written notes

and

sketches

and of

synthesising

the

different

elements

of

the

design

into

a visual

format

capable of

evaluation.

Fig.

8

shows

a

worksheet

produced

at

an early

stage

in

the

developnent

of a

design

solution.

Rapid

notes of

ideas

are

juxtaposed

with

drawings

showing

that

a

more

detailed

concern

for

the

develoxnent

of

visual

form

and

the

analysis

of

the

design

problem

is

being

explored

through

the

proposal

of

solution

types.

only

one

of

the

respondents

described

the

solution

of

design

problems

as

being

considered

in

distinct

phases

by

the

design

team

and

this

was

for

the

development

of

large-scale

corporate

identity

programmes

that

may

take

several months,

even

years

to

complete.

The

situation

more

commonly

described

was

that

of

a gradual

change

of

emphasis

with

different

procedures predominating

at

given

stages

in

the

development

of a

design

solution.

For

these

reasons,

the

findings

on

the

use

of

drawing

in

these

-

92

-

Page 106: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 106/320

procedures

are

subsumed

under

one phase of

the

graphic

design

process,

the

'main

creative phase'.

However,

findings have

been

grouped

in

separate

sub-sections

in

order

to

focus

attention on

the

specific

uses

of

drawing

associated with each procedure.

4.3.1

The

use

of

drawing in

the

analysis

of

the

design

problem

and

in

the

fomulation

of

first

ideas

The

findings

fron

the

interviews

and

observations

of

practice

show

that

for

many

designers

it

was

during

the

initial

analysis

of

the

design

problem,

and

during

the

formulation

of

the

first

ideas

that

invariably

accompanies

or

is

stimulated

by

this

analysis,

that

extensive use

of

drawing

is first

made

in

the

design

process.

44

respondents

said

that they

used

drawing

here.

one

design

director

referred

to this

phase

as

'the

thinking

bit'

and

likened the

quick,

spontaneous

kind

of

drawing

used as

being

almost

like

handwriting,

or

like

'a

musician's

score'.

Another

designer

described

haw

he

needs

to

draw

while

he

is

thinking,

'keeping

the

hands

occupied

while

the

brain

is

working'.

Another,

said

'Your

hand

is

part

of your

brain. Its

as

though

your

brain

is

drawing'.

An

art

assistant

for

'Vogue'

talked

of mixing

up

ideas

for

work

with

shopping

lists

as

her

mind

ranged

back

to

design

problems

in

her

free

time. Another

designer

talked

of making

doodles

in

a

note

book

on

the

bus

going

back

from

a

briefing,

saying

that

at

that

point

ideas

work

faster

than

the

hand,

so

he

does

not

produce

elaborate

drawing,

but

scribbles

in

note

books.

'That's

when

you

decide

what

you

are going

to

do,

or

decide

you

haven't

a clue what you are going

to

do

'

Fig.

9(a)

and

9(b)

show

examples

of

this

spontaneous

need

to

draw

on

whatever

is

to

hand

when

ideas

cane

to

mind.

A

lack

of

drawing

ability

was

seen

by

the

majority

of

respondents

as

a

serious

handicap

towards

fulfilling

the

requirements

of

the

analytical

activity.

44

of

the

respondents

indicated

that

they

use

drawing to

help

them

think

out solutions

and

therefore

a very

fluid

use

of

drawing is essential. In contrast, for 5 of the designers interviewed

analysis

remained

largely

cerebral.

That

is

to

say,

they

consider

-

93

-

Page 107: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 107/320

most of

the

problems

in

their

heads

and

use

drawing

mainly

to

check

possible

solutions, one respondent

saying

that

he

sorts

out

ideas

and

rejects

a

lot

in

his head,

and

another

that

he

used

to

do

many

thumbnail

sketches

to

sort

out

ideas for

example

for

a

grid,

but

now

solves

more

in

his head.

5 designers,

including 3

of

those

working

in

editorial

design,

said

that

they

aimed

to

reduce

the

time

spent on

early analysis

as

far

as possible

to

allow more

time

for

the

final

stages of

resolving

a

layout.

For

one creative

director,

a

lot

of

practical

experience

has brought

a

change

in

the

use of

drawing

during

analysis.

He

now

draws

more

quickly,

spending

less

time

on

finish,

and

therefore

more

ideas

are

tried.

23

of

the

most

senior

designers

interviewed indicated

that

it is

during

the initial

analysis

of

a

job,

namely

when

the

approach

to

a

design

problem

is

being

constructed,

that

they

do

the

majority

of

their

drawing.

The

pressure

of

other

duties

frequently

obliges

them

to

leave

the

more

time-consuming

and

detailed

kinds

of

drawing

associated

with

the

synthesis

and

development

of a

design

solution

to

more

junior

staff.

However,

the

drawing

done in these

early

stages

is

essentially, as one creative director said, drawing you do for

yourself .

The

effects

that

differences

in

designers

seniority

can

have

on

their

use

of

drawing

is

discussed

in

more

detail

in

Section

4.5.

In

general,

respondents

comments make

it

clear

that

the

use

of

drawing

is

a very

significant

aid

to

the

analytical

and

first

ideas

procedures of

a

designer s

work.

It

helps

designers to

assemble

their

first thoughts

and a

fluid free-ranging drawing

style

can

enable

a

designer

to

explore

a greater

number of

ideas

quickly,

with economy

of

effort.

Fig.

10

shows

a

worksheet

that

demonstrate

this

rapid

generation of

a number

of

early

ideas

for

a symbol

design.

14

respondents

described

how

they

use

a

canbination

of

words and

rough

visual notes,

because

Putting

it

down

makes

one

realise

what

one

has

overlooked.

Working

ideas

out

on paper,

noticing

the

possibilities

in

chance effects and

the

testing

and

rejecting

of

ideas

goes

on

constantly.

Fig.

11

shows

this kind

of

dual

processing,

with words

-

94

-

Page 108: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 108/320

and

images

working

in

tandem.

Fran

observation of studio

practice

it

was

clear

that

designers

use

this

sort

of

rapid notational

drawing

freely and frequently not only at the cannencement of work on a

job

but

at

any

subsequent point when new

elements are

introduced

or

revision

is

required.

Fig.

12

shows

a

double

page

spread

fron

a notebook

where

drawings

produced

on

a smaller pad

have been

affixed.

Parts

of

these

drawings

have

then

been

worked

over

again.

Four types

of

drawing

implement

have

been

used

indicating

that the

drawings

have been

worked

on at

different

times.

The

designer

can

be

seen

to

be

using

his

own

drawings

not

only

to

keep

a

record

but

also

to

stimulate

further

ideas.

For

some

designers

this

analytical

thinking

stage

seems

to

have

additional

results.

one

designer

described

keeping

current

ideas

developing

in

note

books

needing

to

be

jotting then

down

all

the

time

and

how

this

practice

often

influences

solutions

for jobs

not

yet seen. Fig. 13. shows examples of this type of recording of

ideas

for

future

reference.

Observations

of

the

early analytical/idea

stages

of

a

design

for

a

book

showed

a

different

sort

of continuous

organic

development

with

a series of

ideas

for double

spreads on

postcards

initially

quickly

sketched

but

progressively

indicating

a

refinement

of

style

as

the

content

and

composition of

layout

and

illustration

were

resolved

together.

7

of

the

respondents

who

worked as part of

a

team

specifically

described

drawing

as a

vital

part of

their

inter-carmunication

and

observation

of

studio practice

confirmed

its

importance

in

this

respect.

The

use

of

drawing

to

pass on

briefing

has

been

discussed

in

Section

4.2

and

its

importance

in

presentation

and

evaluation

will

be

discussed

later

in

this

chapter

but

it

is

worth

noting

at

this

point

that when designers were observed discussing design problems in either

a

general

or specific way

they

would

frequently

draw for

each other

as

well.

-

95

-

Page 109: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 109/320

Some

designers

described

the

ways

in

which

they

deliberately

exploit

opportunities

to

bounce

ideas

off one-another at

this

stage,

sitting

with

the

others,

and

thinking

with a pencil .

Thus,

the

ability

to

draw

quickly

as

ideas

are

discussed

was

considered

a

very

useful

drawing

ability.

In

the

daily

interim

meetings

described

by

several

respondents

where

the

potential

in

early

ideas

was

tested,

the

rapid

production

of

drawings by

the

designers

was

like

thinking

out

loud .

Ideas

have

to

be

put

down

on

paper

in

order

to

discuss them.

Respondents indicated

that

this

interaction

between

members

of

a

design team is vital, and that a designer must not only be able to

produce

working

drawings

that

ca

municate

to

colleagues,

it

is

also

important

to

have

the

ability

to

see

the

potential

shown

in the

working

drawings

of others.

Table

4

indicates the

ways

respondents

said

that

they

used

drawing

for

analysis and

idea

generation.

Table 4: The

use

of

drawing in

analysis

and

idea

gýeneiation

To think out In canbination For idea

solutions

with words

swapping

44

14

7

[Number

of

respondents:

44,

some responding

in

more

than

one

category]

Many

respondents

demonstrated

an

unwillingness

to

show

drawings

made

during

analysis, preferring

to

think

of

them

as merely a

vehicle

for

ideas,

the

results

of a rather private

exercise,

and

not

suitable

for

subjection

to

critical scrutiny.

It

was

clear,

from

impressions

gained at

interviews

and

through

observation,

that

it

is important

that

designers

feel

confident

and

relaxed

with

the

style

of

drawing

they

adopt

during

this

procedure,

such

that

there

is

no

delay

or

inhibition in

recording

the

flow

of

ideas.

The descriptions that designers gave of the drawing styles they

employed

for

the tasks

by

which

analysis and

idea

generation

are

progressed were

generally

consistent,

and

the

observations

of

work

produced at

this

stage

also

confirmed

that

a

free

informal

approach

to

Page 110: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 110/320

drawing

was

typical.

Sane

designers

describe

making many

small-scale

drawings,

necessitating

a review

of earlier

ideas

before

decisions

could be made. one senior designer described how he plans a timetable

for

a

job

as

a

drawing.

Another

how he

always

works

in

spirit

marker

to

stop

himself

deleting,

thus

enabling

himself

to

review

all

his

ideas

later.

Respondents

provided

interesting

data

on

the

use

of

particular

techniques

and

media and

this

is

shown

in

Tables

5

and

6,

together

with

the

corresponding

data

for

the

other

procedures

of

the

main

creative phase, for comparison. Table 5 shows the particular scale of

drawing

used

and

the

introduction

of

real

elements

like

photostats,

photographs

and

blocks

of

type.

Table

6

gives

an

indication

of

the

use of

different

media,

including

easily revised

and

erased

media

like

pencil,

permanent

media

like

black

spirit markers

or

ink,

and

coloured

media

like

spirit

markers

and gouache.

(The

data for

other

parts of

the

main

creative

phase

are

described in

more

detail

later.

)

Table 5: The use of specific techniques in the prooeuties of the main

creative

pease

Procedures

Techniques

Analysis

Synthesis/ In-house

Client

/ideas

development

presentation

presentation

Use

of

small

scale

27 21-

Same-size

2

18

7

20

Use

of real

-

11

3

18

elements

[Number

of

respondents:

50,

sane

responding

in

more

than

one category]

27 of the respondents specifically said that it was usual for them to

work

on

a small

scale at

this

stage,

although observations

of practice

indicated

that

a

higher

proportion

of

designers

than

is

suggested

by

this

result generally adopt

this

approach.

Fig.

14

shows

examples

of

Page 111: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 111/320

this

use

of

a small

scale.

Magazines

usually

have

specially

printed

imposition

sheets and

1/4

scale pads

for

this

purpose.

A

graphic

designer for BBC Television Productions explained how, in the early

stages of

a

design,

his

practice

was

to

produce

a

series

of

story

boards

that

are quick

to

draw

and

revise

because

of

the

small

scale

employed.

Another

respondent

described

working

in

the

same

format

but

on

a small

scale, adding

that

he

often goes

through

a

lot

of

ideas,

many of which

don t

work, and even

shows

these

to

the

client

later

to

recreate

this

stage

of analysis and

help

prove

he

has

found

the

best

solution.

When

watching

designers

working on

the

initial

stages

of

the development of design solutions it was seen that they invariably

work on

a small

scale,

often choosing

to

work

in

pencil

and

rarely

using

colour,

especially

in

the

very

early

stages.

Table

6:

The

use of

specific

media

in the

pzoceckures

of

the

main

creative

phase

Procedures

Media

Analysis

Synthesis/

In-house

Client

/ideas developnent

presentation

presentation

Use

of

12 26

erasable

media

Use

of

29

10

14

per

anent

media

Use

of

4 12

13

18

coloured

media

[Number

of respondents:

50,

sane

responding

in

more

than

one

category]

Several

respondents said

that

they

made

a

very

deliberate

decision

about

the

drawing implements

they

use.

The

majority

of

designers

work

in

black

and white, often

in

pencil

to

allow

for

easy

revision.

But

there

were exceptions, some

designers

making

it

deliberate

policy

to

use colour.

Fig.

15

shows

drawings

initially

produced

in

Pencil

with

Page 112: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 112/320

the

addition

of coloured

spirit

markers

to

test

the

effects

of

tonal

qualities.

one

designer

described his

method of setting

out

a

series

of rectangles to make small-scale colour grounds another how he worxs

quickly

but

in

colour

with

a

brush

because

this

is the

medium

with

which

he

feels

most confident.

Yet

another

makes small

scale

black

and

white

sketches with notes

on colour.

Page 113: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 113/320

49

*.

'

rri

Ilk

01(

T14

Ca

ec'.

0 F-)

A

Oºvn

.

SW

EQf2

PE

(y

P4.2

r

C

j3N 2uELn QC

ONEVROPE

A

tu

.LI

^j

ý

.

o

vl

Lrý

--

--

u?

e

I

ýý

yNQ

Figure

8:

Worksheet

showing

developnent

of

ideas

(CYB 1989),

ink,

reproduced

with

75%

reduction

-

100

-

Page 114: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 114/320

11

cm,

1

p0

Pal

"uMý"

12

P

I}ýý,

ý.

XZ

mr

T

"""

'ý.

'

,.;

,;,..,,..

..

..,,

.,...,.,

....

t.

.

...

.

.............

..

.

....

...

.

c

ýr

(ii

'

d'.

ýº

Figure 9a- Ideas drawn on a C6 envelope ((;eoffrey Winston 1984 ), ink

40

-

101

-

Page 115: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 115/320

00006600

®e(birj

eaooo

a

Yx"71

ý

ý.

1

rY

r

.ýgý

M1

fey

ýtý+A

r

t'

NA

fý"j},,,

'týýý

ýý,

ý__..

.....

- .....

_ .... ..

_

`

j%t'

ýi

ýi"

y

it x ..

1

nt;

fier

:.

ý

7I

III

A

'.

«`

.r

iACýýºryýk;

ýCySS,

G

Sr,

,

ýy

1000

'9ý

týir

.

,

ýý

c.

'twY

'SRý".

7LS.

tk

JS:

ý'ý't*

/ýfn

+'ý

jt

'

f4

ý

", ,, ý

i

V.

1i

ýiý^

Yks

'ýrai

i1

t1 i.

i.

i

ý

ý;

ý.

i

.:

I - "Fr..

rr+

-y; ýrrf r v"1 Y'ý'- : -:ýir

dir

,ý......

_

..

ý,;

,

'.:.

A

.I

g

1ý]

¢<

Pý;

Fr

f`

lnfý,,,,,.

L.

kr"ý>>

tg'

tt

i

'.

._

4A^RF, ^I" r*.. rt

J,

ý.

ýy,., -r?

r

'.:

ý

7l

j"1"i-

u.:

s""

rar!

ký'

1

i9"V'

y

(v'

1

Y

yM

'ý"'.;

ý...

'(ýý

rvt;

ý

..;

ýy

'.

i

f!

ý,

f"Y

<..

t'xý,

"''ý.

rr'ý'dr

ý*ýPý..

.ýýýý

ý'ý',

ý+<f

:t

z'týl

ý..

wr

nýd%

'1"af

t1

ýt+x' Y!

ýf,

r,

r'!:.

ý-7T7.

ti1'ýýý

c

rý'e,

+ar.

F S-

Y

ýýt.

,.

rq-,

"?

'

ý

'Y,

d

A.

e

N.,

..

°t

7ý4"y))

,

i3

ýr+.

.

ý.

ý

kk'ý'

5.

.r

l°".

i

ýý'

ý

1fr:

%, "ý,

1

r

ýr

ý:

r.

r'ý

"k

r1

ýf{ý`.

"i,.

ý4y.

f

ý'"i

y,

t'S;

ýrrt

S"r

ý+"+..

x": r-ý y"ý-

.r-M

J..

"r

ý

'tr

'ý.

ý ýý

T'

tf

.J

;

Me5 '[lý

W

"`p"yý

v.

f"J

1ýý:.

t'

ýýS

ý.

y

ýr

r',.

7y

#

"ý-

jny.

ý,

riý

lr

`t

6t

!

ýIS't

1a

i>KIý

¢t

!

`^ý

.

i1'

+ý i

fl

'

41

t

ý,

a

y.,

,

p

(

ý'rý

M"

.ý1.6Y!

.5r

.yM

ý'G

,,

y

pr'

.j

Tr

t

'. p

-}c

.

z1Ak

'ý'P.

'M'.

"T

br

i$^ý

ýtY

i,

/.

ýý7

rý"M

i1

"r""ý?

.

NL

'F

ýF

ý,

'I't+

ýy

r'

ý*

j''.

y'Q

.

i

1>

r't,

"ý!

ý.

r

ýý

li

Ff

f+..

s!

4

ý(

yy

?lI

?

Y!

t

/A'L'A'

.ý.

r°S.

ý'ý4RAý!

r'

,

%N

t@

ý'

t.

i

`f

ti

"i r!

r

r

'fet

y(

. +,

ý"Näs'ý,

ý,

12ý'

`k

"`

'ý.

3.

S%+r'rw

",

rýrýý".

f

ýpi

r.:

r!

'C"!

ýýxt

rýr

>

ý..

1a,,

ýL!

r

ý.

ýýiý

'ýY

rJ'

.l

r" ýn

$

ý; ý

a

yr4"!.,

,

4

ý', 5''ý,

t

#ýý'ý'ýf

rf

r"ý

rr

r':

ý

!

t

s"ý.

itý

'.

ý"l

ris,

r

4.

:,

+

fiter

ý

rýwra'ýAti r

1"-.,

i'i`

..

.}

'4"'ý

}ti;

.I

ti's

'ý'ý

Jt

?

gure

9b

:

Ideas

drawn

in

noteboolk

(CYB

1984-88),

pencil,

re6uced

same size

y

t

1`

ý,

yA

11

x

J(ý

1ý iJ

(

xI

"Y

ýt.:

ky1

+t,.?

I`

{r+

r

ý\MF

+_

102

'V

"'4ý'

Irr,

i

ý'º

yr

j:

r

L,.. ý,

ir\

-f,

Yýf

+

Y'

'^ai

fit}

r

'o+-.

,

ý"R

'` hýGY

ý,

d;

ý..

ti

.

ýy

:

Yr

_,,

ý'

Mr

§

ý1ý

"'fit.

vJ^

i'ýh

tti"lt

ý.

V.

ýrr.

a4

f+.1;

':

fist

r

ý'

gärt

a

,?;

ýes«.

r,

uFFaý,

,u

ýaaýq'ýtl

ýß

v.:

"(iJVYýr

f'`rk"!;

"s#.

r

.

.

i'

:

Rw

:i

\ýt

t

rÄaý-

Y<r.

rr

:.

ý'f

y,

ýjYýa..

ýaa

s.

ýi"+av..

.

'

ý.

"'4'?,

ý±

1''n'i"'++ý,

-

f.

a.

.

.F

Rj,

".

>ýýi.

ttr'r{t

^.

p,

ýr

A.

ýt,

ýýýýfit

?

_',

7ýy.

'i.

týý

ý',

ý7tý

.

M.

ý

ý

r:

ý'::

`*

"Y'r;

ýp'RAi.

ý'

4'"'ý.

'r:

'NlrýF

..

"ýr?

t

pd`

""iý.

R:

rrýJ'

\1.

'

1!

Y

"Sf

rrw.

w.

r,

S/j';

rRti'

y

,

,

".

!

d

ry

!.

ýýJt4',

Pl: V

.

F,

a",

iýM

r.

ý"..

4.4-'ý,,:

Y.

R

c,

ýf

r

"q

_.

ý.

.

ý.

,ýrýs

"av

s'

ýý

4yß"

,,

ý

*x

ýý

{

,

ýý'ýr'ýrSr

Sic

'ý-t y,

{i

ýsM

^a`

M.

a

iýtý'

4` .

'

:

l"I:.

ý..

a i3 .

ýý.

-

r.

Y

I:

{da.

i

Xm

ýt

-

V",..

,

}ý.

ýy,

yýýý.

!t

Vii.;..

`

'

tieýý

"_". Ili

w"..

J . ..

Page 116: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 116/320

-

JJý

)

0

I

Figure

10:

Early

idea

sheet

(CYB

1984-88),

c

reproduced

with

50

reduction

J

and

spirit marker,

-

103

-

Page 117: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 117/320

s

-.

-

La

ýF

l-

ý

ýý

i

-a

ii

jic

ý

'(ý

I

Figure

11:

Double

spread

dran

notebook

(David

Craw

1988),

ink,

reproduced with 50% reduction

-

104

-

t

ýý

a

.7

r

ýI

ý7

ý

_-

y

ý,

csý

i

-Fl.

ýý ýý

-

r U'---

Page 118: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 118/320

.ýý.

l a1iýýý-1 I 1'

I``ýý

V3

_1

i

D.

X,

hl-

.::

c4

Figure

12:

Adaptations

and

revisions

to

drawings

(David

Crow

1988),

coloured ink and marker, reproduced with 50% reduction

-

105

-

Page 119: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 119/320

.

.1

00

(IUiIIIIIIIU^IIIIII

I:

k___

`

ullýfllllllllllllMQll

(Iý11ICII1--1lIýIIIýII1

..

a.

-ý-

*goof

00

00.0%

im

"""

"

""" ""

t

'0

00000000#00

40

-

""

"

""

"""

"""

"""

""

""

,""

"""".

",

"

ý"

ý1

h

"""

""

"j"

i"""""ý":

"""

ý"

"""":

""""":

o

",

":

ý

"

"..

"""

""

fees

00"

"

""""

i"

""

""

""""""

so

:

""

"";

+

i"

""

""""""""""""'"-"t"

00

"

".

"

"

""

"

""

""""""""

`` ""

-0

#

"6

"

"""",

""

1

""""

%4,6

It.;

"""

"

N""

/""

Figure

1

of

ideas for future

reference

(Stephen

Raw,

1389)

""e

cil, reproduced same size 0...

""

"

""""""""

-

106

-

Z"

"":

"

'I

""

"

.

:

11

:0""""ii"

"

96

a""""ý

""

".

Page 120: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 120/320

3

Y

ýý

Y

Y

ýý.ýý

.

-.

---

s

ý'

1

h

ýnº

t

Figure

14:

Use

of

small

scale

drawings

for

early

ideas

(CYB

1989),

.

nk,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

-107-

Page 121: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 121/320

''

äI1.4

-

i

f

p'

i7

I

\\\

\\\

\

,

ý';

\L

/(

-------'

---

--ý

-

ýý

ý1 9

ýý

ý

ýý

ý

ýý

II ýýý

,

ýýyý

'`

'ýýý

ý

ýý

ý,

_-

Figure

15:

Developments

in

canposition and

form

(CYB 1984-88),

pencil

and coloured marker, reproduced with

50

reduction

-

108

-

Page 122: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 122/320

4.3.2

The

use

of

drawing

in

the

synthesis

and

deve]

c1

It of

graphic

design

solutions

Strictly

speaking,

synthesis

and

develognent

can

be

seen

to

be

different

procedures,

but

in

the

graphic

design

process

they

are

so

intimately

connected

that

they

are

best

treated

together

(see

Section

4.1).

42

of

the

respondents

said

that

they

used

drawing

during

the

synthesis

and

development

of

design

solutions,

and

from

the

description

that the

majority

of

these

respondents

gave

it

is

clear

that

a

greater

degree

of

drawing

skill

in the

conventional

sense

is

necessary than is needed in any of the previous procedures considered.

Respondents

indicated

that

drawing is

no

longer

used

only

as

a

quick

notation

for

ideas

but

for

canbining

and modifying

visual

elements

by

developing

subtle variations

in

composition

and

form.

As

a

creative

director for

an

large

in-house

design

group

said,

Drawing

is

the

key

to

relating all

the

elements

(of

type

and

imagery)

together .

Therefore,

here

designers

need

to

be

able

to

exercise

more

technical and stylistic control over their use of drawing and, as one

respondent

cannented

they

becane

more aware

of

what

he

termed

the

artistic

aspects ,

that

is

the

aesthetic considerations

of

form,

canposition

and

colour etc.

The

designer s

need

to

resolve

a

visual

idea

in

more

detail

in

order

to

make

decisions

about

its

appropriateness

prompts

a

change

in

the

pace

and style

of

drawing

activity.

During the

course

of synthesis

and

development,

a shift

of

attention

from

concept

to

format

can

be

seen

to

take

place.

Reference

to

Tables

5

and

6,

given

earlier, shows

the tendency

to

work

same-size ,

in

more

permanent

media

than

during

analysis/idea

formulation

and

to

introduce

consideration

of

colour.

The

introduction

of

real

elements

was particularly

important

to

respondents

working

in

editorial

design.

18

of

the

respondents

talked

about

progressively

raising

the

scale

of

their

drawing

to

the

same

size

as

the

ultimate

format

and

11

about

introducing

real

elements.

These

tendencies

were

confirmed when watching designers at work during the case study.

-

109

-

Page 123: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 123/320

It

is

also

clear

that,

within

synthesis

and

development,

rather

different

kinds

of

development

take

place

according

to

the

nature of

the design work being undertaken. In general, all the ideas that the

designer

has

conceived

during

the

analysis

stage are

brought together,

and are

rejected

or

explored

in

more

detail.

In

certain

specific

types

of work

however,

for

example

in

publishing

and

editorial

design,

all

the

elements

of a

design

including illustration,

photography

and

type

galleys,

are

brought

together

and

their

juxtaposition

explored.

17 designers

stressed

that

it

is

only at

this

stage,

when

canbining

the various elements of a design, that they can begin to make

significant

creative

decisions.

In

magazine

design

particularly,

designers

said

that they

were only

really

able

to

start

planning a

layout

when

all

the

elements

were assembled

in the

form

of

photographs,

photostats

and

type

galleys.

They

then

move

the

elements

about

on a

full-size

page grid and

assemble

them

in the

manner of

a

collage.

You

have

to

work

with

the

real

thing

was

the

camnent

from

one noted

magazine

designer

and art

editor.

Fig.

16

shows

this

sort

of developmental drawing produced fran photostats .

It

is during

synthesis

and

develognent

that,

in

some

organisations,

junior

designers

may

be brought

in

for

the

first

time

to

help

canplete

the time-consuming

tasks

of

drawing-up

the

ideas

that

have

been

generated

by

the

senior

designers.

one

creative

director

described

briefing

junior

designers

to

draw

up

sane

design

ideas

in

order

to

see

how

they

look .

However,

as one

senior

designer

in

a

major

organisation indicated,

a

designer s

craft skills

develop slowly, and

in

many

organisations

junior designers

are

of most

value

in

the

generation

of

ideas,

with

much

of

the detailed

rendering

of

imagery

being

carried

out

by

more

experienced

designers. He

asserted

that,

on

average,

it

takes 5

years

of studio practice

before

a

designer

can

render

type

and

letter-form

with

both

fluidity

and

accuracy.

4

respondents said

that

visualisers

are

sometimes

carmissioned

during

this

part

of

the

design

process.

In

some

of

the

larger

organisations

visualisers

are

permanently

employed

and

work closely

with

the

-

110

-

Page 124: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 124/320

designers.

As

the

studio manager

and

head

visualiser

at

a

large

advertising

agency

indicated,

a

visualiser can

have

a

significant

effect

in

developing

the

details

of

the

style of

a

design. They

can

bring their own influence to bear on the visual treatment, a point

that

is discussed

more

fully

in

Section

4.5.

3

designers

indicated

that they

prefer not

to

go

through

many

stages

of refinement

when

synthesising

the

elements

of a

design,

producing

just

a

few

initial

sketches.

Most

of

their

detailed

work

is

produced

same

size

with

the

developnental drawings

often

being

worked

over,

in

some

instances

actually

becaning

the

art-work.

The

findings

from

this small but significant group of respondents are discussed further

in

Section 4.5.

An

important

aspect of synthesis

and

development

was

found to

be

the

attention

given

to

specific

aspects

of

the

design,

for

example

to

grid

design,

typographic

styling, and

lettering

and

logo

design.

The

development

of

these

elements was

found

to

require

specific

uses

of

drawing.

The

numbers of respondents giving

specific

examples

of

their

use of drawing during synthesis and development are given in Table 7.

Table

7:

Specific

uses

of

drawing

during

synthesis

and

t

To

carbine

To

design

To

design

To

design

visual

elements

page

grids

typography

letterforms

17

41 35

33

[Number

of respondents:

42;

several responding

in

more

than

one

category]

41

respondents

said

that

they

used

drawing

when planning

grids,

working

on a small

scale with

a pencil

and

producing

a

series

of

small

schematics.

4

other

respondents

said

that

they

developed

more

detailed

grid

specifications

through

full-scale,

ruled-up

drawings

using ruling pens.

The

design

of

layouts

or

page

formats,

was

described

as

taking

place

in

a

similar

way

through

small-scale

sketches,

but

moving

on

to

a

stage

of

development

infonr

d

by the

-

111

-

Page 125: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 125/320

introduction

of accurately

specified

areas

of

type

and

tracings

of

images.

Figs.

17 a)

to

17 c)

show

this

sort of

development.

There was quite a wide range of descriptions given for the design of

typographic

elements

by

the

35

respondents who

said

that

they

used

drawing

for

this

purpose.

In

contrast

respondents

involved

in

editorial

design,

working

to

prescribed

formats, described

a

detailed

and

exact

approach

to

copy-fitting

that

invariably

did

not use

drawing.

For

example,

one respondent

described

his

typographic

design

as

involving

the

making

of a series of

lists.

In

many

instances

refinements

and precise

casting

off

for

typographic

elements

was

done

through the correction and marking up of proofs. However, where

designers

were

producing

typographic

specifications

for individual

jobs,

the

use

of

drawing

tended

to

be

more cannon.

Several

designers

described

the

fact

that

they

needed

to

indicate the

look

of

type

in

order

to

get an

impression

of

the

overall

look

of

the

design.

In

the

early

stages

of

design

production,

text typography

was

indicated

by

the

use

of

drawn

lines

indicating

the

X

height

of

type.

Fig.

18

shows

examples

of

this

practice

for

page

design.

Several

respondents

also

described later stages of development, when they indicate type in more

detail

to

get

the

more

specific

effects of

typeface.

Fig.

19 a)

shows

a

careful

indication

of

text

typography

and

19 b)

shows

an example

of

an

indication

of

display

typography.

The

majority

of

respondents

stressed

the

importance

of

clear specifications

for

printers

for

typographic

style

and

fit,

and

this

invariably

involved

the

use

of

drawing

for

specifications.

See

Section

4.4)

Although only 2 of the respondents were specialist letter-form

designers,

33 described

the

need

to

be

able

to

use

drawing

to

produce

the

initial

designs

of

letter-forms

and

logotypes.

Two

main

approaches

to

the

design

of

these

elements

were

described. Same

respondents

preferred

to

work

very

freely

producing

lots

of

sketches

and slowly

resolving

the

general

look

of

the

letters

Fig.

20

shows

this

practice.

Other

designers

described

working

fron

established

letter-form

designs

and

existing

typefaces

and

modifying

them

to

their

own particular requirements,

again

through the

use of

drawing. An

example of

this

is

given

in

Fig.

21.

Very

few

of

the

respondents

-

112

-

Page 126: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 126/320

described

using

drawing instruments

to

produce

letter

forms,

although

this

was

at

times

the

final

stage

of

resolution

for the

specialist

letter-form

designers.

One

of

the

abilities respondents

described

as

necessary for the design and adaptation of letter-form was that of

being

sufficiently visually

literate

to

be

able

to

perceive

and

reproduce

specific stylistic qualities.

Figs.

22 a)

and

22 b)

show

examples

of

letter-forms, freely drawn

but,

none-the-less

evocative

of

particular

stylistic

qualities.

-

113

-

Page 127: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 127/320

11.11

MS 11:

M

#

BE

WJEN

-

47EMS

-1,

5EMS

161 #

ßfß WEEN

-

47EMS

4.

WEMS I17AI

#

MIME

EN

-

461AEMS

41

SPINE

MIM PORGDGCI4MM

ICSi

iR

f)ATrt

lkvg

ýlL

rý-,

ýG

PAGE

NOýý/

EDITOR

ART

MONO/COLD

R

ýA

811

..

fo

ýý

ý

II

\fII

\

ý/

II

ý

II

II II

II

I

ý

II

`II

II

ý

I

16:

M

ý

"

Drawing

from

photostats

for

magazine

design

(A

la

carte,

1984),

ink,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

III

J

F

C

Page 128: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 128/320

NAI. ý

N

.

V

(, i0

ý vý ýý

I.

ýNm6

ýY

Yný

v iý SF Ký

fJ

N

6bGV

GP

fJ

ýrG

Ip 0ý

V

Wi

If bW

Ný Oý TVT

ih

ý

4 Ný

O

nYA

ý

IJ

ýý

rb0VOY

WN

1

,

T

r m

I

_.

+

.

M

b

N

W

1

YI

0

V

0 b

O

N

W a

0

0

V

N N n W

L

A

i

+NtJýNAVm100rNfJý

N01VmO

2i+ýi3fýPF1iÖ1VýS0 Ö` . F3FSYUWiVIBSÖSrNtiiT ÜSVä1ÖÖr AlYilrÜiISIVäýýEt. YrKSYSY. ÜIfIVSSiBa-ýNt3ýIRp1

i

I

1

.

1

_ _ _ _ _

H

i

1adZJi3 ZEI Wä v GXGKi=öüSJaiGxGi tiýörof; 4 aiNýFGSSÜ3%Z LxG: Bm=öüü3Zim 9 ia ür000VYNýWN+CVOýaý-ý. _-

Figure

17a:

The

development

stages of

a

magazine spread

(Which?

1985), ink,

reproduced

with

a

50%

reduction

-

115

-

Page 129: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 129/320

Figure

17b:

The

development

stages

of a

magazine

spread

(Which?

1985),

pencil,

reproduced

with

a

50

reduction

-

116

-

Page 130: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 130/320

Figure

17c:

The

development

stages

of

a

magazine

spread

(Which?

1985), ink,

reproduced

with

a

50

reduction

-

117

-

Page 131: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 131/320

ýý

I

IBE

,I

+--^-r

1

T

F

1,

ýý`

ý\

,.

ýýý

-.

ý.

,

ýl

.

18: Examples of the means by which the

on

page

designs

(CYB

1984-88),

co1ol

with

50%

reduction

-

118

-

yýti

ýý

height is

indicated

d

marker,

reproduced

C

Page 132: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 132/320

Page 133: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 133/320

uLHM

L')

ý,

l2

ý.

0;

ý,.

.,.,,,,,

I-

I-P

ARA 1,.,

FIN0

LflMBERfl

a.

IN0

0A

TVIA

(L1J

li

arr

`Ll

IY/CLl> l

W11

`j1

I/I

.

_ý'9.

Figure

19b:

Indications

of

display

typography

(CYB

1984-88),

coloured

ink,

label

7c

mx

9cm

-

120

-

Page 134: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 134/320

yr

"ýr,

y.

t

1.1

ý,

'.

ýý

JT

eýý

ýý

0

DO

ý'ýý=

ý ýýý1ýý

71

a

is

ý.

ý.

r

-4

00

ýQ

oSS

4

jy

jl

i-I

i;

ý

ýý

.,

ýk

ý{

Ia

-q

ý

-9

k

r

5

00

mQ

Ilý

mu

o

k

k

R

h

uv

k

L

''(

'°l

I-

n.

pýgp

uýFý

ý5UO1

ý6

Figure

20:

Resolving

letterfoim

through the

use of

many

drawings

(David

Craw

1988),

ink,

reproduced

same size

121

0

Page 135: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 135/320

0¬>

PNM.

varl,

lot

Q

Ana

ý,

;

N

M

1

CZ

cc}

aov

l

G>

-7)

C)"k

r-VzAlk

r

-e

0-1

eeý

V

ý JA

64zl

cJ

1

00-

ýs

_

ýý

_

ý-

,

Z.

/V

yam'

Iii

ii11I

c13

i'

W

ý"r'`

i

-`

n

Figure

21:

Modifications

to

pencil, reproduced

ý

1

.,

ý

10-

sý.

ýi

G`

cC

ý

1

%Mami

"

lP°'

r3

established

letterform

with

50%

reduction

ýý

C

ýý

C

ý;

EU

.,

`,

:i

1:

41

(CYB 1984-88),

-

122

-

Page 136: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 136/320

a...

i

-4

i

rv

VýNQ

jýA

iýVOLA

ý. ý

-.

J

Figure

22a:

Freely

drawn

letterform

CYB

1984-88),

coloured

ink,

labels

7cm

x

7cm

-

123

-

Page 137: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 137/320

Figure

22b:

Freely

drawn

letterform

CYB

1984-88),

coloured

ink,

labels

7cm

x

7cm

-

124

-

Page 138: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 138/320

4.3.3

The

use

of

drawing

in

the

pzesentatim

for

evaluation

and

the

revision of

design

solutions

It has been found that, in addition to the evaluation of their awn

ideas

that

designers

carry

out

for

themselves

throughout

the

graphic

design

process,

there

are

two types

of presentation

for

evaluation,

namely

the

presentation

that takes

place

in-house ,

that

is

among

members

of

the

design

team

and

the

presentations conducted

by,

or on

behalf

of,

clients.

Through

studying

the

use

of

drawing

during

these

procedures

several

important findings

emerged.

Although each type of such presentation/evaluation procedure can be

distinguished,

they

are not

necessarily accompanied

by

the

production

of new

drawings.

In

fact designers frequently

re-use

drawings

produced

earlier

during

some other procedure.

For

example,

it

has

been

found

that

drawings

done

as

a means of

developing

ideas

may

later

be

used

as

a means

of evaluating

these

same

ideas.

This type

of

double-use

of

drawings

was

frequently

mentioned

as

occurring during designers own individual evaluation of their work,

and

indeed

was

also

found

to

occur

during

in-house

presentations.

Its

use

was

less

common

during

client

presentation.

Table

8

indicates

the

number

of respondents

re-using

drawings

for

evaluative

procedures

and

the

number

who

drew

specially

for

these

procedures.

(Sane

clearly

do

both.

)

Table

8:

The

reuse

arxl use

of

drawings

for

the

purpose

of

evaluation

Individual

In-house

Client

evaluation

evaluation

evaluation

Re-use

32

26

5

Use

42

35

36

[Number

of

respondents:

50,

sane responding

in

more

than

one category]

However,

as

can

be

seen

from

Table 8,

in

the

majority

of

cases

-

125

-

Page 139: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 139/320

drawings

are produced specifically

for

presentation

purposes,

with

respondents

indicating

that, in

many

instances,

sane

degree

of

presentation

will

have

taken

place

before

evaluation

can

occur.

Indeed, 48 of the respondents described the visual presentation of an

idea,

so

that

it

can

be

evaluated,

as one of

the

most

essential

uses

of

drawing

within

the tasks

of

the

graphic

design

process.

Another

interesting

use

of

drawing

linked

to

presentation/evaluation

was also

revealed

by

respondents who

said

that

they

frequently

draw

in

order

to

revise

design

solutions

during

evaluative

procedures.

Fig.

24

shows

a

drawing

produced

for

client presentation

that

has been

amended during the presentation with scribbles of the ideas for

revisions.

These

revisions

are stylistically

very

similar

to the

drawings

produced

during

analysis and

idea

generation

and

indicate

a

return

to

a similarly

free

and speedily produced

drawing type

which

facilitates

the

consideration

of

new

ideas.

All

the

respondents

indicated

that

evaluation

involved

progressively

more

formal

procedures

and

it

was

the

unanimous

view of

the

respondents that this frequently resulted in the means of

presentation,

including

the

use of

drawing, becoming

correspondingly

more

formal.

42

of

the

respondents

agreed

that,

in the

early stages

of evaluation,

drawings

are

the

main means of presentation

and

that

they

play

a very

significant

part

throughout

the

later

stages,

although

alternative

methods,

such

as photography

and

even

short

print

runs,

are

occasionally used.

In the majority of design organisations visited, designers explained

that

in

the

early stages

of

the

develognent

of a

design,

many

rough

drawings

will

serve

as

a

means

of

visually

testing

ideas

for

themselves.

Then,

progressively,

solutions

will

be

presented

to

other

members

of

the

design

team

in

a slightly more

resolved

form,

until

eventually

much

more

attention

is

given

to the

preparation

of

presentation

drawings

for

clients

to

evaluate.

Figs.

23(a)

and

23(b)

show

this

progressive

refinement

in

drawings

produced

for in-house

presentation and

client presentation.

-

126

-

Page 140: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 140/320

Page 141: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 141/320

Respondents

working

in

the

design

section of magazines

indicated

that

page

layouts

made

up

of

key-line drawings

(like

Fig.

16)

are

checked

with art and features editors before they are shown to the editor.

Fig.

26

shows

a

drawing

that

has

been

used

for

presentation

to the

editor, and

Fig.

27

the

final

printed

design

that

has

been

modified

on

the

basis

of

this

drawing.

In

book

publishing

it

was

clear

that

a

senior

designer s

approval was necessary

before

an

idea

could

be

progressed

and subsequently presented

to

the

editors.

It

was

found

that

in-house

presentations require

drawings that

are

cheap to produce in that they do not take up much valuable studio

time,

but

are expressive such

that the true

potential

of

design

solutions can

be

assessed.

Respondents

in

score

areas

of

the

graphic

design

profession,

notably

packaging and

concept development ,

indicated

that

many

ideas

will

probably

be

put

forward

before

several

potentially

suitable solutions

are

chosen

for further

develognent.

The

ability

to

draw

out

ideas

quickly,

but

effectively,

is

an

essential

skill

in

this

aspect of

the

work.

Fig.

28

shows

examples

of

these quickly-produced drawings with the designer manager s caunents

recording

the

feelings

of

the

design

team.

11

of

the

respondents

who were

designer

managers

described

a

regular

tour

of

the

studio,

to

check progress

and

evaluate

results,

as

a very

important

aspect of

their

responsibilities.

This

kind

of

interim

appraisal of progress

was

regularly observed

during the

study

and

drawings

invariably

formed

the

main vehicle

for

this

evaluative

dialogue between designer

and

designer

manager.

It

is

important

to

note

that

respondents

working

within

larger

organisations

thought

that

part

of

the

advantage

of

working

in

a

studio

were

the

opportunities

afforded

for

regular

evaluation

of a

job

in

progress

by

an

informed

audience,

and

this,

they

claimed,

helped

to

lift

the

overall quality

of

the design

produced

in

such

organisations.

One

designer included

drawings

done for

colleagues

as

part

of

the

designer s

own evaluation procedures

when making

the

carient

that

basically

there

are

two

kinds

of

drawings

designers

produce,

the

ones

-

128

-

Page 142: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 142/320

you

do for

yourself

and

the

ones you

do

for

the

client .

Broadly

speaking,

two

kinds

of

drawing

ability

were

found to

be

implied by the tasks involved in in-house evaluation, namely

the

practical

ability

to

draw

in

a manner

that

ccmTunicates

ideas

and

formats

effectively, albeit

to

a visually

literate

audience

experienced

in interpreting

roughs ,

and

the

attendant

cognitive

ability

to

interpret

such

roughs .

The

use of

drawing

as

a

kind

of

shorthand

caanunication

between

the

members of

the

design

profession

is

so

essential

to the

rapid

transmission

of

visual

ideas

that

most

(47)

of

the

respondents cited

it

as an

essential

role

for

drawing

within the graphic design process.

4.3.3.3

Client

presentations

For

the

tasks

involved

in

client s

presentation

a

similarly

progressive

system of

formalisation

as

that

for in-house

presentation

was

apparent.

Figs.

29(a)

and

29(b)

show early

and

late

stages

in

this

progression.

When

clients

are

invited

to

take

part

in

early

idea-swapping sessions, rough drawings may be presented at these

meetings

but

this

process

is

only

for

regular,

trusted

clients

and

was

only

described

by

2

respondents.

The

majority

of

the

respondents

(36)

indicated

that they

would

prefer

to

show

clients

only

drawings

where

sane

care

had been

taken

with

presentation,

in

order

to

indicate

the

quality

and potential

of a

design

solution.

During

the

case study

it

was

observed

that

the

work

leading

up

to

presentations to clients had a major effect on the operation of the

design

studio.

The

designers

worked more as

a

team

than

at

other

times,

often

external

help being

drafted

in

fron

designers

who

previously

had little

to

do

with

the job

in

question.

Senior

designers

would

tend to

be

more

specific

in

their

briefing to

junior

designers,

and

juniors

in

turn

accepted advice

without

expecting

to

make

their

own creative contribution.

Much

of

the

use of

drawing

that

accompanied

these

tasks

was

noticeably

in

a

different

gear .

There

was more activity, longer time spent drawing without a break and the

drawing

activity

itself

tended

to

be

slower

and

more careful.

-

129

-

Page 143: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 143/320

Respondents

in

the

packaging

and concept

development

areas

of

the

profession

(10)

agreed

that

drawing

may

be

used

used

in

specific

ways

to control presentation, thereby affecting evaluation, and influencing

the

acceptability

of

the

designer s

chosen

solutions.

These

designers

also

indicated

that they thought that

drawing

was

used

with

more

attention

given

to

style

and

finish

when

presenting

work

for

evaluation

by

clients,

than

in

any

of

the

other

tasks

of

the

graphic

design

process.

The

majority

(33)

of respondents

held

the

view

that

it

is

not

only

important

that

a

designer draws

well

for

presentation

purposes,

but

also

important

that

a

designer

can

draw

in

the

most

appropriate way to express the particular visual quality of a given

solution.

Figs.

30(a)

and

30(b)

show

designers

imitating

various

illustrative

styles.

Table

9

shows

same

of

the

major

uses

of

drawing

that

designers

described during

the

procedures of presentation.

Table

9: The

use of

drawing

in

the

prooeýuzes

of

presentaticri

To

control

To

simulate

impression

print

on

client

For

initial

testing

To

indicate

illustrative

styles

16

15

15

8

[Number

of respondents:

50,

some responding

in

more

than

one

category]

Sane

organisations

were

found

to

be involved in

a

lot

of

buying-in

of

drawings

from

visualisers,

designers

either

recognising

the

need

to

make up

for

their

lack

of

drawing

ability,

or

alternatively,

a

decision having

been

made

not

to

cacinit

creative

ideas-people

to

time-consuming

craft-based

tasks. However,

drawings

produced

by

the

design

team

were seen

by

many

respondents

as

the

most

appropriate

means of presenting

solutions

to

clients,

although

other

techniques

are used,

e. g. proofs of

type,

photographs

of

pictures,

and,

as

stated

above,

specially-cccrnissioned

visuals.

Having

appropriate

drawing

skills

in-house

was

generally

considered

an advantage,

although

it

was

pointed

out

that

such abilities

may

not

-

130

-

Page 144: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 144/320

necessarily

be

found in

every

designer.

Some

respondents

indicated

a

preparedness

to

assist

in

the

presentation

of

the

ideas

of other

designers,

acknowledging

that

each

designer

has

a

different

range

of

abilities, not all possessing the required patience and craft skills

that

presentation

techniques

demand.

Case

study

observations

and

the

descriptions

of other

respondents

confirm

that this

unofficial

system

of sharing

the

responsibility

for

various

aspects of

a

job,

especially

for

presentation

is fairly

widespread,

and

is

generally

considered

very

helpful

by designers,

although

caution

was raised

about any

practice

that

took

control

away

fron

the

designer.

In organisations where visualisers habitually take over presentation,

it

was apparent

that they

can

bring

their

own

influence

to

bear

on

the

visual

quality

of a

design,

and whereas

this

may

bring improvement,

it

can also

produce a

bland

result,

especially

if

the

visualiser

does

not

have

car nand

over a sufficiently

wide variety of

styles.

A

majority

of

respondents

who

had

the

opportunity

to

work

regularly

with

visualisers

(7

out of

the 9)

did

appreciate

their

help,

one senior

designer

confessing

herself

prone

to

getting

bogged

dawn in

the

techniques

of

visualisation ,

and

preferring

to

have the

specific

skills

of

a visualiser available.

However,

2

respondents

indicated

a

strong

preference

for

the

use

of

their

own

drawings

for

presentation

purposes,

to

the

more

finished

work

of

the

visualisers,

believing

that

they thereby

concentrated

the

client s attention

on

the

creative

theme

of

the

work

and

not

on rather

arbitrary visual

qualities.

Respondents

from

the

smaller organisations

not employing

visualisers,

were

in

general agreement

that,

whereas any skill can

be

bought-in ,

this

is

prohibitively

expensive other

than

for

the

final

job.

17

respondents,

including

all

those

working

in

packaging

and product

development,

indicated

that

speed

of

execution

is

an essential

factor

in

a

designer s

use

of

drawing

for

client

presentation.

When

an

initial

presentation

is

made

to

the

client,

it

is

frequently

necessary

to

demonstrate

several

design

possibilities

to

a relatively

high

degree of visual finish. Figs. 31(a) and 31(b) provides an

indication

of

both

the

quantity

and quality

of

presentation

drawings

that

a

designer

may

be

required

to

present.

-

131

-

Page 145: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 145/320

However, 15

respondents

said

that

designs

are not

visualised

in

detail

until

after

some

initial

testing,

usually

in-house. 5

described

the

practice where designers draw up a selection of potential solutions in

more

detail,

only after

a

whole

series of

initial

ideas

have

been

tested

on

the

client.

A

creative

director described

this

process

where

many

full-colour

visuals

are produced

to

demonstrate

for

a

client

the

potential

in

a

theme

for

packaging

design.

The

proportions

must

be

exact, although

the

visuals need

not

be

highly

finished,

as

long

as a

reasonably clear representation

of

the

appearance

of a printed pack

is

indicated.

Fig.

32

shows

an example

of this initial testing. However, this

practise

was also seen to be

problematic,

putting

too

much

emphasis on

the

client s

decision-

making.

2 designer

managers

complained

that

providing

a

client

with

a

range

of

proposals

could

lead

to

confusion,

when

ideally the

design

team

should

be

delegated

the

authority

to

choose

appropriate

solutions

for

the

client s

needs.

16

of

the

respondents

cited

the

ability

to

control

the

impression

that

the

presentation

of a

design

solution

makes

on

a client

as

one

of

the

most

useful,

if

not essential,

drawing

abilities

that

a

designer

can

have.

8

respondents

indicated

that

it

is

a

great

advantage

to

be

able

to

convince

a client

that

a

particular

solution

is

worth

the

expense

of employing

an

illustrator.

By

copying

the

style

of

the

work

of a

particular

illustrator,

a

designer s

ability

to

indicate

the

quality

of

a

particular

style

of

illustration

was

seen

as an

asset

in

getting

a

design

solution accepted

by

a client.

Conversely

an

inappropriate

use

of

drawing

can

have

a

detrimental

effect

on

presentation,

and cause

ccnmunication

problems

as

observations made

at one meeting

where

design

solutions

were

presented

to

clients

demonstrated.

Having

presented

ideas

for

a

logo

for

a

new

identity

programme,

using

highly

finished

drawn

indications

of

an

(apparently)

carefully-considered

application

to

the

client s

vehicles, the designer had difficulty convincing the client that

significant elements of scale

and position

had

still

to

be

resolved

and would

radically

improve

the

appearance

of

the

final

work.

Whereas

-

132

-

Page 146: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 146/320

it

is

clearly

not reasonable

to

expect

clients

to

be

able

to

interpret

the

rough

visuals

that

designers

use

among

themselves,

a

highly

finished

style

of

presentation

for

ideas

that

are

not

fully

resolved

was found to be equally misleading.

Where it

is known

that the designer

is

not

going

to

be

present

at

the

meeting

at

which

their

work will

be

presented

to

clients,

it is

particularly

important

that

they

draw

in

a way

that

will

demonstrate

the

true

potential

of

the

design

solution

for

which

they

have

been

responsible.

Figs.

33(a)

and

33(b)

show

that,

on

occasions,

not

only

a range

of visual

ideas

must

be

presented

but

their

implementation

across a range of items must be indicated, so that a client can be

shown

the

potential

of

the

various

solutions.

A

senior

design

co-

ordinator

described

the

difficulties

she

has

at

times

faced in

trying

to

convince

marketing personnel

of

the

effectiveness

of

a

particular

solution

when

the

designer

has

not

drawn

it

up

sufficiently

clearly.

Respondents

indicated

that

in

all

instances

when

work

has

to

be

presented

by

intermediaries

it

is

essential

that

the

designs

are

drawn

in

such

a way

that the

outcome

of

the

specified

production

method

is

clearly

indicated.

In

situations

where

there

is

no opportunity

for

a

verbal

interpretation

of

the

job

by

the

designer,

the

images

must

speak

for

themselves.

However, it

was not uncatinon

during

the

course

of

the

interviews to

hear

designers

say

that

they

prefer

to

avoid

taking

work

to

a

high

degree

of

finish for

the

client s

presentation ,

and

they

described

three

basic

reasons

for

this.

In

a small

organisation

the

necessary

range

of

drawing

skills

may

not

be

available.

Further,

it is

very

expensive

to

spend

studio

hours

on

the

time-consuming

rendering

of

a

design

solution;

to

quote

one

designer

the

shortest

time

between

doing

a

job

and

getting

paid

is

a rough .

Again,

it

is, in

some

instances,

considered

impossible

to

give

a

true

representation

of

a

design

solution

without

actually

taking

it

into

print.

This

situation

pertains

particularly

to

designers

whose

work

depends

on

the

quality

of the final art work.

15

respondents

indicated

that

when

it

is

necessary

to

imitate

print

-

133

-

Page 147: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 147/320

for

a client who

has little

visual

imagination,

the

craft

techniques

necessary

to

do

this

are exacting

and

time

consuming,

and

will

incur

considerable

costs

in

terms

of studio

time

that

have

then

be

passed on

to the client. It was explained that, where practicable, they

endeavour

to

avoid

the

time

and

expense

involved

in

detailed

presentations,

agreeing

with

a client

to

save

the

cost

of

producing

highly-finished

presentation

drawings,

and

to

use

rough

visuals

as

a

means

of evaluating

and choosing a

design

solution.

Indeed,

several

of

the

designers,

especially

those

who were

free-lance

or

worked

in

small

organisations,

said

that

they

preferred

this

sort

of

negotiation

where possible.

Fig.

34

shows

the

one presentation

drawing

produced

for a book cover, where costs were limited.

-

134

-

Page 148: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 148/320

Figure

23a:

Progressive

refinement

in

presentation

drawings

CYB

1984-88),

coloured

marker

and

gouache

-

135

-

Page 149: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 149/320

,.

.

i

ý ýMIIWai

ý Wý;;

ýv.

i

ý.

ýýli

,

i.

ý,

ýý

Figure

23b:

Progressive

refinement

in

presentation

drawings

(CYB

1984-88),

coloured

marker

and

gouache

-

136

-

Page 150: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 150/320

\:

\

LL

c

\11

I

i

ýý

ýý

ýýý

,

a

y' ;,

/y

r,

.

t

,.;.

/

Figure

24:

ý\

Y

Client

presentation

drawings

with

revisions

(CYB

1984-8$),

coloured marker

and

gouache,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

-

137

-

Page 151: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 151/320

q-,

i

r'ý_:.

J

ý3

1

A

f"I

c

It

-

ýý

ý_

41

ý;

"y

1r

"l

_

"a

{

nJ

F\

IC

f

cam-

1

Figure

25a:

Sheets

of

drawings

produced

by

the

designer

evaluating

his

design

solutions,

ink,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

r ýr

"1

."

138

Page 152: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 152/320

v

v

D

1

i

.

ý.

;

,

ý

ý,

'

ý'

ý

ýi

.i

4

t.

Q)

1

ýý

v

i..

n

-75

4

N

41

4

ý-

A,

V

C

ýý

ýý

ýý

ýýe

il

ýN

3

z

v

0

r

c

r,

w

Figure

25b:

Sheets

of

drawings

produced'by

the

designer

evaluating

his design

solutions,

ink,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

-

139

-

Page 153: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 153/320

(Vý

r

H

x

/.

"

'/

I.

;y'.

2K

..

'

ýw

4(

140

-r

Al

,r

riitj

J

r

i

K.

Figure

26:

Drawin<i

produced

to

present a

de!;

i

tiOIUtion

to

'

magazine

editor

(Which?

1985),

coloured

pencil,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

Page 154: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 154/320

Figure

27:

The

final

design

solution

(Which?

1985),

photograph,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

-

141

-

Page 155: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 155/320

Nj

U

a

r

r

..

i

Figure 28: Drawings

proiuceed

ioz in--house

presentations

(CYB 1984-

88),

coloured

ink

and

marker,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

-

142

-

Page 156: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 156/320

ý

ýýr

ll

1

YYY

(Ö')

ý_

l

c

A.

I

f

.,.

"

Mw

AA'

Ate,

''"

i'ºCý

4

1

.

c"""ý},

ý),

'lam

'nýFP

yr

:t

'

kJ

s

ý.

i...

"'w"'..

ýrý ",

..,..

r%

/l

ýýý-ý-

,' ý-

"(

ýý

ý,

ýý

''

ý

-'=_---

\w

s

(

411

a

ýý

ý

II

Figure

29a:

Drawing

used

for

client

presentation

early

in

the

progression

of

a

design

solution

(CYB

1984-88),

pencil

and coloured

marker,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

Page 157: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 157/320

Z2

ýQ,

3y

OG.

ýýi

=4

p2TTT.

Rc

ý_

K

r

N

f

Ll

(D

n

d

a

Figure 29b: Drawing used for client presentation at a later stage of

a

design

solution

(CYB 1984-88),

coloured

ink

and

gouache,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

-

144

-

n

fix'

;

L;

e;

Ei

ti

\OOJý

Page 158: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 158/320

V

ý

Figure

30a:

Designers

drawings

imitating

various

illustrative

styles

(CYB 1984-88), coloured marker and gouache, 10cxn x 28an

-

145

-

11

Page 159: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 159/320

IjI

ý..

.,..

nh-lit

ll, %%%A

ow

to-oll

vo*

Otto

Figure

30b:

Designers'

drawings

imitating

various

illustrative

styles

(CYB 1984-88), coloured marker and gouache, 10an x 28an

-

146

-

S

Page 160: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 160/320

Figure

31a:

Drawings

for

client

presentation

(CYB

1984-88),

coloured

ink,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

-

147

-

Page 161: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 161/320

ýý

ý

,

Týý

. ý_

(y Cý

S

Figure

31b:

Drawings

for

client

presentation

(CYB

1984-88),

coloured

ink,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

-

148

-

Page 162: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 162/320

/K)0.

Noemm

kH

;

t,

ýmJKn

(t

SICVIKRIN

Figure

32:

Drawings

for

client

presentation

(CYB 1984-88),

coloured

ink,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

-

149

-

Page 163: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 163/320

.e

V

ý.

41/

Figure 33a: Drawings for

client

presentation

showing

the

implementation

of

a

design

solution

(CYB

1984-88),

coloured

ink

and

marker,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

-

150

-

Page 164: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 164/320

Figure 33b: Drawings for client presentation showing the

implementation

of

a

design

solution

(CYB

1984-88),

coloured

ink

and

marker, reproduced

with

50

reduction

-

151

-

Page 165: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 165/320

ýC

f

r

i

ý- 9

C)

I

i

r

il

Figure

34:

Drawing

for

client

presentation

Stephen

Raw

1988),

marker,

reproduced

same

size

-

152

-

Page 166: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 166/320

4.4

The

use

of

drawing in

the

p

ucticn phase ,

inclndi*g

the

pzvoeýres

of

xmni.

ssicnirig

aid

p

wring

for

pzoducti,

on

Many

of

the

respondents made

it

clear

that

by

the time

a

design

was

ready

to

go

into

the

production

phase

and most of

the

creative

decisions

had

been

taken, the

quality of

the

final

result

depended

greatly

on

the

ability of

the designer

(or

design

team)

to

maintain

control

over

the

various aspects

of production.

Respondents indicated

that,

at

this

stage,

the

abilities

of

specialists,

such

as

illustrators,

photographers

and

model

makers,

would probably

be

harnessed

in

the

production

of

various

elements

of

the

design,

if

not

already

brought

in

at

an

earlier stage.

However,

31

of

these

respondents

also

made

it

clear

that

designers

continue

to

use

drawing

during

the

commissioning of

such

specialists.

In

addition,

the

abilities

to

choose,

brief

and

judge the

work of

specialists

were

considered

by

47

of

the

respondents

to

be invaluable

to

a

designer.

When

commissioning

the

work

of

either

visualisers

or

illustrators,

the

ability

to

judge

their

drawing

skills

was

considered

essential.

Attention

has

therefore

been

given

in

this

section

to

these

conceptual,

judgmental

skills.

Different

policies

for

the

production

of

camera

ready

artwork

and

paste-up

were

described by

respondents

in

their

respective

organisations.

In

the

larger

organisations, an

in-house

artwork

section

was

generally

found

to

take

over

all

production.

Again,

in

such instances, the ability of the designer to ensure that production

in

these

stages

meets

accurate

specifications

depends

not

only on

their

own

degree

of

control

of

specific

drawing

techniques

but,

as

was

frequently

mentioned,

on

their

ability

to

direct

and

judge

these

aspects

of

drawing

quality

in

specialists.

In

some

smaller

organisations,

or

in

free-lance

practice,

designers

may

be

required

to

produce

artwork

themselves.

4.4.1

OQTIni s sia1irJ _eci al i stc

The

ways

in

which

designers

receive

and

pass

on

a

brief

has

been

-

153

-

Page 167: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 167/320

discussed

in

Section

4.2.31

of

the

respondents

indicated

that

they

also

need

to

use

drawing

to

give

briefings

or

instructions

at

various

stages

during

the

development

of a

design

solution

to

specialists

like

illustrators,

photographers,

lettering

artists etc,

when

it

becomes

necessary

for

such specialists

to

be brought

in

to

cat

lete

a

particular

element of

the

design

solution.

There

are many

different kinds

of specialists

that

a graphic

designer

may carrnission,

but for

the

purpose of

this

study attention

has

been

directed

at

those

specialists

for

wham

drawing

is

used

by

the

designer

as an aspect of

the

briefing.

None

of

the

respondents

indicated

that

they

use

drawing

in

any

way

to

brief

typographic

designers,

marked-up

copy

and

type

specifications

being

the

agreed

procedures

used,

and

so

this

aspect

of

the

design

process will

not

be

considered.

It

was

clear

that

specialists must

be briefed differently

depending

on

their

particular

expertise.

For

example,

model

makers

will

need

to

be

given

information

about

three-dimensional

structures.

Therefore,

some

sort of perspective

drawing

may

be

needed as part of a

designer s

instructions

in

such

circumstances, although

it

is

in

fact

often

necessary

to

get

the

model maker

to

produce

the

mechanical

working

drawings

from

a

designer s

rough

sketches,

before

a

final

production

method

can

be

agreed.

Some

of

the designers

interviewed

expressed

a

special

interest

in

illustration,

admitting

that

they themselves

initially

intended

beconing illustrators. Further, 19 respondents implied that it is

important

to

have

a wide experience

and

understanding

of

illustration

to

be

able

to

cannission

accurately.

Several

designer

managers said

that

it

is

important

to

insist

on

a

high

quality of

work

from

illustrators

in

order

to

realise

the

full

potential

in

any

design in

which

illustration forms

a part.

However,

there

were of

course

differences

of

opinion

as

to

the

best

methods

of

maintaining this quality. Some respondents, for example a creative

director

in

the

area

of packaging

design

who

requires

a

predictable

result

to

contribute

to

a well-researched

solution,

described

a method

-

154

-

Page 168: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 168/320

of

producing

a

carefully rendered

visual

of

both

the

layout

and

style

of

the illustration

that

is

to

be

comnissioned.

This

is

then

given

to

the

illustrator

in

addition

to the

verbal

briefing.

Fig.

35

provides

an example of this type of visual, along with the reference material

collected

to

augment

the

information

it

conveys

to the

illustrator.

other

respondents,

who were

in

a position

to

ccnnission

more

experimental

work,

preferred

to

give

illustrators

a relatively

free

hand,

trusting

to

their

professionalism

and

respecting

their

creativity.

For

3

of

the

design

organisations

visited,

the

best

solution

was

to

have

the

illustration

completed

in-house,

ideally

by

the

designer

who

had

developed

the

ideas.

A

policy

of

producing

the

illustrative

elements

of

a

design

in-house

obviously

demands

the

recruitment

of

designers

with

a particularly

high

standard

of

drawing

ability,

but

very

few

of

the

designers

interviewed

expressed

sufficient

confidence

in

their

ability

to

produce an

appropriate professional

quality

in

an

illustration.

However,

in

small

publicly-funded groups,

for

example

the

designers

at

the

Victoria

and

Albert Museum,

financial

constraints

invariably

meant

that they

themselves

had

to

produce

a

varied

range of

illustration

as a matter of course.

The

majority of

respondents

(46)

indicated,

however,

that

it

was usual

practice

to

buy-in

illustration,

and

that

it is

essential

that

a

designer

has

sufficient

knowledge

and

working

experience

to

cannission

an

illustrator

who

can

produce

a

predictable

result

to

order.

It was found that lettering artists can also be briefed in either a

free

or

a precise way

,

that

is

to

say

the letter-forms

being

either

just loosely

drawn

or almost

entirely

resolved

by the

designer

before

a

lettering

artist

is brought

in.

Where

appropriate,

as

with

illustrators,

lettering

artists

are

at

times

given

the

freedom

to

produce

a creative

result with

few

restrictions

from the

ctiºmissioning

designer.

Respondents indicated

that

photographers

can,

in

sane

instances,

produce

the

best

results

when

given

a

great

deal

of

creative

freedom,

being

cainissioned

to

give

a

shoot

their

own

stylistic

exploration.

155

Page 169: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 169/320

At

the

same

time,

however,

respondents

also

described

several

methods

of

briefing

photographers

including

a

verbal

briefing

and

showing

the

drawn

visuals

that

had

already

been

produced of

the

design.

Few

said

that they drew specifically when briefing photographers, although one

described

producing a

detailed

rough

to

be

gridded-up

and

placed

over

the

back

of

the

camera.

For

most respondents

the

ideal

method

was

to

be

present

at

the

shoot and

give

their

own art

direction.

Many

of

the

designers

interviewed

thought

that

an appreciation

of

the

drawing

abilities

of

specialists

is

an

especially

significant

ability

in

a

design

manager.

In

fact, it

was argued

by

same

senior

individuals

that this

is

an essential

aspect

of

art

direction

which,

in itself,

constitutes one of

the

major

responsibilities

of

their

creative work.

As

a specialist

is

clearly

employed

for his

or

her

own

particular

expertise,

the

designer s

intention,

when

briefing,

is to

achieve

the

best

and most

appropriate

quality

fron

the

carmissioned

work, avoiding

wastage

through

unsuitable or

poor

work.

Respondents

were

in

general

agreement

that

the

ability

to

brief

specialists

accurately

is

very

heavily

dependent

on a

designer s

general

appreciation

and awareness

of visual

form

and,

especially

in the

case

of

illustration,

on

the

ability

to

appreciate

the

stylistic

and

formal

quality

of

drawings.

Another

important

type

of

instructional

drawing

is

the

specification .

Fig.

36

shows

a

typical

example

of

the

canbination

of written and

drawn instructions

that

make

up

a

specification.

In

this case the designer need not imitate visual qualities but must be

able

to

understand

the

procedures

of

production

well

enough

to

translate the

design

solution

into

production

terms.

A

creative

services manager

for

a

large

in-house

design

studio

said

that

detailed

specifications represented

the last

use

of

drawing

that

was

made

by

his

design

team

in

the

design

process.

156

Page 170: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 170/320

Ä.Y;!C

II

Figure 35: Drawing produced c

to

ccLission

illustrator

e

with

visual

reference

material

attached

(CYB

1989),

ink,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

`F1

f1

r:

Q

t:

_;

,ýJ

"s

6

fl

ýi)

n s""

Page 171: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 171/320

ä

PL

n

11

11

1

1

11

1111

1

ýJ

r

1ý'.

fr

ý ----

ýý

0

ýý

ýý

ýý

N

ýI

ýyýtIM1ý

.

=_

ýf

v_ý

ý,

-

.

4.

L:

+/

-IN

J

i

/Jf7

ýý

ýýýI

ý.

ýý

ý:

.,

ý:

ýý-

/I/l,,

III11ý

Sfit

1

1ýý

1;

1'1;

111Iýl1

:.

-III

Iii

I11

I1

1

11

r

.

tLýýII

10111Iýi

II

h.

ý/

O11IIPI0II1III

C'

-

II101111

001111

'.

ý111ý11111

illll_I

-1I.

I.

t1II

III1III

I

OiIII

tI11IIli

C'

Illlalýýnlawolllliýe

?rä,

i

Y

3

ýý

iI

1

'

-_3.

ýý

Page 172: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 172/320

4.4.2

marin

four

p ictian

From

observation,

it

was clear

that

the

majority of medium

to

large

organisations employ specialist art-workers. In general, it would

appear

that

professional art-workers

have had

a

different,

more

vocational

training

than

designers.

33

of

the

designers

interviewed

thought

that

the

most

efficient production of artwork

required

specialist

skills,

continually practised

and, as

is indicated

in

Table

10,

only

17

said

that

they themselves

use

drawing

for

either

refining

or controlling

the

production

of art-work.

It

was

generally

thought

that

a

different

kind

of

drawing

ability was needed

for

artwork,

and

that

it

was a

poor use of

the

time

of a creative person

to

be involved

in

drawing-up

and pasting-up camera-ready

copy.

It

was

also

found

that

small

organisations,

or

those

without

in-house

art-workers,

usually

bought

in

black

and white artwork,

and

invariably

made

the

printers or production

house

responsible

for

paste-up.

However,

there

were

important

exceptions

to this

general

policy

of

passing on the production of artwork to specialists. It was found

that

free-lance designers

are generally more

likely

to

do

their

own

artwork, often

for

reasons of economy,

and

there

were

other

respondents

who

said

they

prefer,

in

fact

insist

on,

doing

certain

types

of

artwork

themselves.

Figs.

37(a)

to

37(c)

show

a

relatively

free

approach

to

drawing during

the

production

of

such

artwork,

where

the

designer has

maintained a

high

degree

of

creative

control

even

until

this

late

stage

in

the

design

process.

Fig.

37(a)

shows

the

sheet of

freely

drawn letterfozms

from

which

the

chosen

versions

have

been

cut

and mounted on

the

art-work

shown

in 37(b).

Fig.

37(c)

shows

the

printed

design.

7

respondents

described

the

need

to

solve

many

of

the

detailed

but

important

problems

of

layout

at

the

artwork

stage,

where

it

is

possible

to

get

the

proportions

of

a ccr

osition

absolutely

right.

For

example,

Neville Brody

said

that

for him

certain

aspects

of

design

were

like

painting ,

the

main

creative

decisions

being

made

when

working

on

the

artwork.

David

Gentleman,

also

producing

work

in

which

the

meaning

of

the

design

is

entirely

dependent

on

the

quality

and

Page 173: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 173/320

individual

style

of

the

final

artwork, expressed a similar

view.

The

particular

-

and rather atypical

-

working procedures

of

these

respondents,

for

wham art and

design

are very closely

linked,

will

be

explored in Section 4.5.

10

of

the

designers

interviewed

indicated

that

for

reasons

of

convenience

it

was

often

easier

for

them to

cxmplete

the

artwork

themselves.

Their

view was

that

if

the

production

of

a

design

solution

is

to

be

handed

to

another

person, an accurate

specification

must

be

produced,

and

this implies

that

all

the

design

stages

are

totally

concluded,

whereas

it

is

quite

catmon

for it

to

become

necessary

to

change sane

aspects

of a

design

layout

before

paste-up.

For

example,

the

detailed

arrangement

of

the text

is

difficult to

resolve

fully

before

the

final

typesetting is

available,

and

several

respondents

indicated

that

better

attention

to

this

kind

of

detail is

achieved

if

the

designer keeps

control up

to,

and

even

through,

the

final

paste-up.

As with the briefing of specialists, respondents thought that the non-

practical

drawing

abilities

required

to

understand

and

judge the

skills

of others were

important

factors

in

ensuring

the

proper

control

of

artwork production.

Where,

however,

designers

are

required

to

produce artwork

themselves,

a

high

degree

of

technical

canpetence

is

implied,

and

if

a

designer s

work

is

such

that

it

is

in

the

production

of

artwork

that

much of

the

creative work

takes

place,

all

the

abilities of an

illustrator

and

even of

an

artist

may

be

required.

Although

characteristic

uses

of

drawing

can

be

identified

for

the

procedures

involved

in

controlling

production,

is

was

found

that

fewer

respondents

described

themselves

as

using

drawing

than

for

any

of

the

other

procedures

in

the

design

process.

Table

10

shows

the

particular

uses

made

of

drawing

during

the

procedures

of

production.

Page 174: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 174/320

Table

10:

The

uses of

drawing

in

the

prooedunes

of

procýuctiýon

To

canission

To

produce

To

refine

To

maintain

specialists

specifications

details

of

creative

for artwork layout control

31

15

10

7

[Number

of respondents

:

50

sane

responding

in

more

than

one

category]

Page 175: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 175/320

1

i

i

i

aid

Ti

i

T

J

ifir

A&

Ali

Age

0

r

e'i

Figure

37a:

Sheet

of

letterfozms

from

which

artwork

has been

cut

(Stephen

Raw

1987),

ink,

reproduced

same

size

-

162

-

Page 176: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 176/320

3

i

ýa

f

c

L,

Figure

37b:

''Artwork

(Ste

hen

Raw

1987),

ink,

-

163

-

.i

ý

T

ý

s,

t

}

'.

.

i'

i

ý;

ý

ý'

Iv

ý

4_.

_

ýý

ýý

ý

1.

ýý

ý

.

.

'ý1

r- .

('ý'

ý'ý

\,

ýý

r

..:.

i'ý

''

ýý-...:...

..

ý

ý.

ý-

.:

`

ý

y

game

ize

Page 177: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 177/320

C,

-)

D

x

n

lkh

to

rri

zz

Figure 37c: Printed design (Stephen Raw 1987), print, reproduced with

50%

reduction

-

164

-

Page 178: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 178/320

I,

r

rI1J4d

-- - __ __

_-----'- -- '-

ý+ýýu'pY++r.

+.

+ý.

ýrZ+Ný++,

s .,

+

.

ýý:

ý,

J

...

-

a, z

ý_ý-ý.

ý

'

Terry

_.

_-

--

-_ý

--

-'

-

ý-ý

K.

}

I

alr

.

uff

ý.,

t

/

5'reuced

andgeuhe

'e

3?

c

;

ýk

(

6phe

aw

7)

--

-°-'ý

.:

.

165.:

,.

ý1;

ti

.

,.

`.

n

`

.

,.

_. ..

ý

C3

4i

.,

d~ ;

x

Sýw1ý6':

llff ý;

.

..

z o-

-7

PR'

h

...

.il..

ýJw

r

Page 179: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 179/320

4.5

Factors that

modify

the

use of

drawing

in

the

graphic

design

PIS

It

has been

has found

that

factors

other

than

the

specific

procedures

of

the

graphic

design

process

can

modify

and

influence

the

graphic

designer's

use

of

drawing.

These

factors include

the

nature

of

the

graphic

design

problem,

both

in

terms

of

its

orientation,

(whether it

is

concerned with

packaging,

editorial

design,

etc), and

the

scale

and

scope

of

the

problem;

the

nature of

the

organisation

in

which

the

designer

is

employed; and

the

role

in

the

design

team

and

predilection

of

the

individual designer.

4.5.1

The

nature of

the

graphic

design

pioblan

and

its

influence

an

the

use of

drawing

Generally

speaking

it

was

apparent

that

even

very

small

scale

problems,

for

example

the

design

of

press

advertisements,

tend

to

go

through

the

same series of phases

as

larger

jobs

and

the

use

of

drawing

is

very

similar, albeit not so

extensive.

A

range of views was expressed

by

the

36

respondents

who

were

involved

in

producing

three-dimensional

structures

about

their

use

of

drawing.

24

of

them

said

that

they

did

not

draw

three-dimensional

objects,

like

packs, any

differently from flat

images

but

12

described the

need

for

designers

to

be

able

to

think three-dimensionally,

stressing

that

spatial conventions should

be

taught

at

design

colleges.

2

respondents

indicated

that they

felt

the

inability

to

express

three-

dimensions was indicative of a more general lack of drawing ability.

A

respondent who

was

involved

in

caranissioning

graphic

designers

for

work

on

three-dimensional

structures

said

that

he

had

noticed

the

difference

between

the

way

graphic

designers

draw

and

the

way

in

which

interior

designers

draw,

in

that

the

graphic

designers

manipulate

'on

the

flat'

and

do

not show

the

same capacity

to

conceptualise

three-

dimensions

as

interior-designers

or

industrial

designers. Two

of

the

respondents

described having

to

employ specialist

model

makers

to

make

accurate

three-dimensional drawings.

Figs.

38(a)

and

38(b)

show

examples

of some of

the

spatial

conventions

that

graphic

designers

-

166

-

Page 180: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 180/320

were

found

to

employ.

One

of

the

primary

factors found

to

influence

the

designer s

use

of

drawing

was

the

orientation of

the

particular

job,

and

in

sane

instances the particular orientation within which the designer worked.

That

is

to

say, while some

designers,

especially

those

employed

in

independent design

consultancies work on a range

of

jobs

in

different

fields,

others

tended

to

specialise,

for

example

designers

working

in

television,

in

editorial

design,

or

in

packaging

design.

It

has

already

been

shown

in

Section

4.4

that

packaging

design

problems

require

a great

deal

of

drawing

activity

for

their

solution

and presentation.

Designers

working

in

this

field describe the

need

to

produce several,

in

some

cases

many visualised

solutions

for

both

in-

house

and client

presentation,

and

these

visualisations

need

to

be

of

a

high

standard

of presentation.

It

was

also

found that

these

designers

need

to

draw

quickly,

accurately and

to

be

able

to

represent

three-dimensions

convincingly, and

furthermore,

they

must

possess

sensitivity

to the

quality of

images.

In

contrast,

it

was apparent

that

designers

working

on

editorial

design,

that

is

on

the

design

of magazines, make

far

less

use of

drawing

in

their

day-to-day

working

activity.

Part

of

the

reason

for

this

was

found

to

be

the

chain

of command

operating

within

editorial

design

organisations.

Designers

would

frequently

be

briefed

in

considerable

detail

about

the

appearance

of particular

features,

the

art

editor

retaining responsibility

for

the

overall

look

of

the

magazine. So many early stages of analysis and initial ideas were not

developed in

any

great

detail

by

the

designers.

Since

it

was

not

necessary

to

convince

clients

outside

the

organisation

of

their

effectiveness, once

ideas had

been

resolved, very

quick

sketches

and

compilations

of photostats

could

be

shown

to

the

art

editor,

and

editor,

in

order

to

get

their

go-ahead

for

the

design. However,

3

out

of

the

5

respondents

engaged

exclusively

on

editorial

work

made

particular mention

of

the importance

of

their

own

personal

use of

drawing for

self-developnent,

describing the

need

they felt to find

the

time

to

sketch and

work

fron

observation

or

to

explore

image

-

167

-

Page 181: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 181/320

making

in

order

to

develop

their

visual

literacy.

Those

respondents

(3)

who were

responsible

for

the

total

re-design

of

magazines,

as

opposed

to the

day-to-day

control, stressed

the

fact

that

books

and

magazines should

be

seen as

three-dimensional

objects

and

that

the

sequencing

and

spatial

aspects

of

the

pages

should

be

taken

into

consideration

through

the

use

of

drawn dunnies,

etc.

One

respondent,

with

the

design

of

many

major periodicals

to

his

credit,

described

a period

when

he had

a

very good

working

relationship

with

a photographer

and

together

they

designed

spreads

by

drawing

it

all

up

and

then

'shooting

to

fit'.

He

also

described

the

early

stages

of

the

re-design

of a national

newspaper,

where

he

made a

large

number

of sketches of

grid

designs

indicating

possible

areas

for

pictures

and

then

gave

these to

his

assistant

to

consider

in terms

of

the

canputer

software available.

He

went

on

to

describe

the

difficulty

encountered

when print

operatives were

required

to

respond

to

visuals,

and

the

difficulty

with

expecting non-designers

to

be

able

to

read

'designer

code and

the

graphic

design

language

of

drawing'.

Another respondent stressed the need to design with the actual

material,

generally

photographic

'you

have

got

to

work

with

the

real

thing

'

Although

sane

similarities were

found

between

the

system

for

editorial

design

and

that

for book

design,

a

greater use of

drawing

was

generally

described

by

designers

of

books.

It

was

clear

that

many

influential

creative

decisions

were made

at

the

'cover

meeting'

by

editors in

conjunction

with

senior

designers

and

marketing

personnel.

Subsequently,

required

images

would

be

collected or

commissioned

and

it

would

fall

to

a more

junior

designer

to

juxtapose

these

at

a

later

stage.

However,

when

the

designer

had

more

scope

over

the

design

of

covers,

particularly

when

consideration

was

being

given

to

a

new

series of

books,

it

was

found

that the

use

of

drawing

corresponded

very

closely

to

that

used

by

designers

in

other

aspects

of

the

profession.

Respondents

specialising

in design

for

corporate

identity

progranmes

-

168

-

ai

ki

i

>I

Page 182: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 182/320

also

identified

characteristic

uses of

drawing.

They

described

two

particular aspects

of

the

use of

drawing

in

this

kind

of

work,

namely

the

design

of

the

image itself,

which required a

broad

range

of

drawing

ability

in

order

to

produce creative

and relevant

solutions,

and

the

implementation

of

the

identity

programrcne,

which

required

detailed

resolution of

logotypes

and

their

application

to

a

wide

range

of

destinations

visualised

to

a

high degree

of presentation.

Fig.

8

and

Fig.

39

show

early

stages

in

the

design

of

logotypes,

and

Figs.

40 a)

and

40 b)

show examples of

drawing demonstrating

aspects

of

the

implementation

of

identity

programmes.

Another particularly

important

use of

drawing

was

that

described

in

relation

to the

production

of consultancy

reports.

In

these

reports

design

groups

express

their

basic

ideas for

the

solution

of

a

given

design

problem, usually a corporate

identity

scheme,

without

actually

giving

the

solution

in

such

detail

that the

client

has

no

need

for

further design

work.

For

this

purpose a particular

sort

of

schematic

drawing

was

described

as

being

used.

4.5.2 The influence of the o ni sation in which the designer

is

employed

Respondents

were selected

from

three

sorts of organisation,

and

it

was

found

that the

size and structure

of

their

place

of

etnPloyment

could

have

a

considerable

effect on

their

use

of

drawing.

The

types

of

organisation represented were:

1) In-house design groups, including publishing

2)

Independent

design

consultancies

3)

Independent,

free-lance

practices

19

respondents,

including

10

fran

magazine

or

book

publishing

organisations, represented

the

in-house

groups,

while

28

were

fron

independent

consultancies, and

3

were

free-lance

designers. A

high

proportion of

independent

organisations

were

chosen

because

it

was

found

that

not only

did

they

produce

a wide

range

of

design

work

but

they

also

represented

a wide

range

in

terns of

organisational

-

169

-

Page 183: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 183/320

structure and

size.

In-house

design

groups can

to

be

associated with a range

of

different

sorts

of

organisation,

including

major

canpanies

like

the

BBC,

who

have

their

own

design

section

fran

which

they

carnission

their

specific

design

requirements.

Designers

are employed

both

as

practising

designers

and as

design

co-ordinators within

these

sorts

of

organisation

and

can

be

responsible

for

a range of

work

including

the

production

of

pranotional

material,

specialist manuals

or

learning

materials and

in-house

magazines,

and

for

the

implementation

of

corporate

identity

schemes.

The

wide-ranging use

of

drawing

described

in previous sections was, therefore, found to be required among the

designers

in

the

in-house design

groups visited.

A

consistent

feature

of

such

in-house

design

groups

was

the

particular

relationship

with

the

single client, namely

the

parent

organisation

itself.

This

frequently

meant

that

use

of

drawing

in

presentation

stages

was

rather

limited,

in

that it

was

not necessary

to

sell

ideas

to the

client.

However, this

was not

consistently

the

case,

and

often

designers described

problems

such as

the difficulties

of

selling

ideas

to

keepers

in

museums.

In-house

design

groups situated

in

organisations

like

museums

or

the

Open

University

were observed

to

make rather

specific

demands

on

the

drawing

ability of

the

graphic

designers

employed

there.

Working

for

museums

was

found

to

make particular

demands

on

graphic

designer s

skills,

because

of

the

small number of members

in

the

design

team

and

the

lack

of specialists

like

art-workers

or visualisers

working

in-

house.

Designers

were

themselves

required

to

produce

a great

deal

of

the

work

which

could

include

anything

from

designing

large-scale

promotion

to

detailed

typographic

specifications,

as well

as

the

production of

illustrations

and

even

art-work.

In

educational

publishing,

represented

by

the

Open

university,

again

considerable,

albeit

different, demands

were

made

on

the

designers. Although

more

facilities

were available,

the designers

were

required

to

understand

highly

complex and

rather

specialised

communication

problems

in

order

to

design

appropriate

layouts

and

visual

imagery.

Figs.

41(b)

and

-

170

-

Page 184: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 184/320

41(c)

show

part

of

the

range

of

work produced

for

one

spread

by

the

design

team,

working

fron

a

drawing

produced

by

an

academic,

shown

in

41(a).

Drawing

was

found

to

be

the

main vehicle

used

for

the

accurate

testing of the cammication of complex concepts in visual

terms.

Preliminary

layouts

were

drawn

in

both

greater quantity

and

detail

than

was

typically

the

case

in

other organisations.

Considerable

demands

on

drawing

ability are also

made of

designers

in

design

consultancies.

For

example,

they

are required

to

produce

many

ideas

very

quickly,

and

to

be

able

to

resolve

them

well

enough

to

convince senior

designers

and marketing

staff of

the

quality

of

their

ideas before they ever get the opportunity to have their ideas shown

to the

client.

Often these

consultancies were

found

to

be

moving

into

the

newer areas

of

the

profession,

for

example

product

develops

nt or

retail

design,

and

this

can

put

additional

pressures

on

the

designer s

ability

to

express

three-dimensions

convincingly.

However,

most

of

these

organisations

had

in-house facilities

for

producing

artwork,

and

in

some

instances

visualisers

were

available within

the

design

team.

It

was

apparent

that,

in

some

instances,

when a

major

job

has been

given

to

a

design

consultancy,

the

design

team

will

literally

draw

out

solution

types

to

present

the

client s

ideas

back

to

them

and

thereby

show

the

client

just

what

is involved

in the

brief

that

has

been

given.

This

process

not

only

involves

a

highly

developed

understanding

of

design

problems

but

also

a

very

important

use

of

drawing,

in

that

it is being

used

in

what

may

be

described

as

a

broadly educational way.

The

size of

the

organisation was

also

found

to

have

particular

effects

on

the

use

of

drawing.

Where

there

are

several

designers

within

a

group

they

were

observed

to

share

work

amongst

themselves,

with some

designers

preferring

to

work

on

the

ideas

stages,

others

preferring

to

resolve

the

details

of

design

solutions,

etc.

However,

where

there

were

fewer

members

of

the

team

each member

was

required

to

deal

with

more

of

these

different

aspects

themselves.

In

a

very small

organisation

it

was

more

likely

that

designers

would

have

to

cxmplete

all

the

drawn

stages

themselves,

including

artwork.

For

the

majority

171

Page 185: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 185/320

of

free-lance

designers

working

alone

this

was

invariably the

case.

It

may

therefore

be

said

that

while

large

organisations require

a

wide

range

of

drawing

abilities

from

their

designers

in

order

that

they

can

respond

to

a

demanding level

of creative work,

the

smaller

the

organisation

the

more

its

designers

will

need

a

wide

range

of

drawing

ability

in

order

to

cope with

the

diversity

of work required

of

them.

4.5.3

Factors

inherent

to

individual

designers

In

addition

to the

nature

of

the

job,

and

the

nature

of

the

organisation

in

which

the

designer

is

employed,

factors

specific

to

individual designers were also found to influence drawing usage.

These

factors

can

be broadly

categorised

as

follows:

1)

The

relative

seniority of

the

designer

and

their

role

in

the

design

team

2)

The

influence

of

the

experience

and predilections

of

the

individual designer

It

was clear

that the

senior members of a

design

team

had

a

dual

role,

being

responsible

for

both

managerial

and

executive

tasks

in

the

design

process.

Respondents

with

this

range

of

responsibility

are

referred

to

as

designer

managers.

In

this

context,

managerial

duties

have

been found

to

have

a considerable

influence

on

the

overall

and

detailed

use

of

drawing,

with

designer s

use

of

drawing

changing

quite

markedly as

they

become

more

senior.

For the designer manager, drawing is an important tool of

cawnunication.

Drawings

have

to

be

used

to

camrnunicate

visual

ideas

to

non-visual

people

like

clients

or

marketing personnel.

The

designer

manager

needs

the

capacity

to

use

drawings

produced

by

other

members of

the

design

team to

cccnnunicate,

as

well as

to

be

able

to

camiunicate

through

his

or

her

own

drawings.

Very

often

it

will

fall

to

this

individual

to

convince

the

client

of

the

efficacy

of

particular solutions

by

employing

drawings

produced

by

the

design

team. It

is

also

important,

however,

that

the

designer

manager

is

able

to

draw

in

order

to

came

nicate

the

ideas

of

the

client

to the

design

team,

especially

during

passing

on

of

briefing.

The

sensitive

-

172

-

Page 186: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 186/320

use

of

drawing for

this

procedure

is

very

important,

in

that

the

manager

must pass on

the

information

given

in

the

brief

and

yet

not

predetermine

the type

of

solution

to

be

followed.

(See

Section

4.2.

Figs.

2,3

and

4

are examples of

the

work of

designer

managers.

)

Table

11

gives

a comparison

of

the

use

of

drawing

made

by

designers

of

different

seniority,

ie

those

more senior

designers

with

mainly

managerial responsibilities

in

the

design

team

and

those

with

mainly

executive

duties.

Among

the

former it

shows

a

predominance

of

drawing

activity

during

the

main creative phase, particularly

for

analysis

and

idea

generation,

but

with considerable use

still

made

at

the

client

presentation stage. Only 2 respondents who were designer managers

said

that

they

never

used

drawing for

the

main

creative

phase

while

2

claimed

they

only

used

it during

this

phase.

It

was

found

that

designer

managers

tend

to

be

involved

in

cat¢nissioning

and

in

judging

the

work

of

illustrators

and

specialist

lettering

artists, etc,

to

a greater extent

than

more

junior

designers.

One

respondent

saw

it

as

his

particular

responsibility

in

his

managerial

capacity

to

develop

a sense

of

flair

and

fashion

and

thereby

keep

the

work of

the

studio

in

touch

with

contemporary

stylistic

developments.

Therefore,

the

designer

manager can

be

seen

to

require

specific

drawing

skills,

to

be

able

to

use

drawing

for

canmmication,

frequently

to

non-visual people, and

to

have

a

broad

understanding

of

the quality of drawing as well as having a well developed sense of

visual

literacy.

Not

unexpectedly,

the

designer s

role

in

the

team

was

found

to

be

deter ined

by

individual

predilection

as

well

as

seniority.

Sane

designers

were

found

to

prefer

certain

types

of

design

activity.

Some

were more

capable of

initiating

a

wide number

of

ideas

while

others

were more

skilful

in

representing

and

rendering

detailed

solutions.

Although

the

respondents

interviewed

expressed

a

broad

agreement

about

working

practices,

each

was

also

very

individualistic

in

approach.

173

Page 187: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 187/320

The

balance

of skills

and weaknesses

in

each

designer's

arsenal

of

talent

was

found

to

militate

towards

individual

differences

of

approach,

with emphasis

falling

on

different

stages

of

the

design

process

depending

on

the

aspects

to

which

they

were most

suited,

for

example a

very

creative

designer

might concentrate

on

the

early

developmental

stages,

whereas

a

designer

with

well-developed

craft

skills

would

tend to

do

more presentation

drawing.

Table

11:

Rýspcrxient's

use

of

drawing in design

acxx)rdirmir

to

level

of

seniority

Mainly managerial

Briefing

Collecting

reference

18

(64 )

5

(18 )

Analysis

/ideas

Synthesis

/development

In-house

presentation

Client

presentation

Commissioning

specialists

Preparing

for

production

26

(93 )

25 (89 )

24

(86 )

21

(75 )

20

(71 )

5

(18 )

Respondents

out of

28

Mainly executive

11

(50 )

14

(64 )

18

(81 )

17 (77 )

18

(82 )

15

(68 )

11

(50 )

12

(55 )

Respondents

out

of

22

It

was

also

found

that

attitudes

towards

the

use of

drawing,

and

designers'

responses

to

some

of

the

questions,

were

influenced

by

confidence

or

lack

of

confidence

in

their

own

drawing

skill.

A

designer's

route

into

the

design

profession,

especially

when

initiated

-

174

-

Page 188: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 188/320

through

an

interest

in illustration

a

relatively

cannon

admission

fron

about

one

third

of

the

respondents) seems

to

lead

typically

to

a

particular

interest in

the

use

of

drawing.

Designers

whose

education

involved

a

lot

of

drawing

classes seem

to

have

retained a

heavy

reliance on

drawing

as a means

of

helping

them

in

the

various

activities of

the

design

process,

a

phenomenon

worthy

of

further

study.

Although

the

majority of graphic

designers

work

in teams

within

cammercial organisations,

it

was clear

that

there

are

still

a

number

of

influential designers

with

highly

individualistic

talents

in the

profession. These may work for organisations, or in a free-lance

capacity.

6

examples of

this

sort

of graphic

designer

were

specifically

identified

in

the

sample

by

means of

their

reputation

or

by

identification

by

their

peers)

and,

in

certain

respects,

these

respondents

shared

a characteristic use

of

drawing.

They

all

preferred

not

to

have

to

produce

drawings

for

presentation

purposes

at

early stages

during

the

development

of

the

design.

Each

described

it

as necessary

for

the

client

to trust them,

having

once

ccmuissioned

them

to

do

a particular

job.

In

each case

their

use of

drawing

was

found

to

be

informal

and move

through

less

distinct

stages

than

those

designers

who were members of

design

teams.

Their

drawings

shoved

a

greater emphasis

on a personal

type

of

expressiveness

and

a

more

exploratory

use

of

media.

In

fact,

many

of

the

drawings

and

even

the

art-work produced

by

these

individuals, had

a

quality

of

being

hand

crafted.

The

effects

of

individualistic

approaches

may

best

be

described

by

giving

summaries of a cross-section

of

descriptions

from

respondents

of

their

particular use

of

drawing

during

the

design

process.

For

example, a senior

designer

in

a

middle-sized

design

consultancy

with

a

wide range

of accounts

described

his

own

method

of using

drawing

as

follows.

Although

he

scribbles

ideas

down

for the

client,

he is

not

confident about

his

drawing

ability

and so

likes time

to

think

and

try

things

privately.

For

collecting

reference

material

he

takes

photographs and

buys books,

rather

than

draw.

In

the

early

analytical

stages

of

the

job

he

plans

out

procedures

and

make

time-tables

as

a

175

Page 189: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 189/320

way

of

drawing-up

design

ideas.

He

draws

to

a small

scale

initially

but

always uses

a

felt

pen, never

pencil,

thereby

eliminating

erasure,

so

that

at

a

later

stage

he

can go

back

over a

record of

drawings. He

explained

that

over

his

years as a practising

designer

he

has

developed

the

ability

to

evaluate

from

quite

rough

drawings

and

does

not

need

to

carry out a

highly

finished

presentation

in

order

to

decide

on a

successful solution.

Again,

he

is

quite prepared

to

draw

out sanebody

else s

ideas

when

it

canes

to the

stage

for

the

group

to

present

to the

client.

He

described

himself

as patient,

and

good

at

client presentation,

which

he

indicated is due

to

temperament.

He

is

also

quite

happy

to

produce artwork.

When

briefing

an

illustrator,

he

feels it insulting to brief such a professional with too much detail

but

would

take

a

calculated

risk on

the

specialist s

ability.

Another

senior

designer,

similarly

from

a middle-sized

design

group,

described how

at

briefings

she

would not

have

an

idea

in

mind

and

would

certainly not

draw

at all

in

front

of

the

client.

However,

she

would

always

draw

when

collecting reference

material,

going

to the

library

or

searching

her

envelopes of

cuttings

for

information.

During

initial

analysis,

while

she writes

lists

and may

use

scribbles

to

sort

out a

general

approach

to the

work,

she

tends

to

try

to

solve

initial

ideas in

her head

and

does

not

use

drawing to

any

great

extent

until

she

has

got some specific

solution

in

mind

and

has

found

references

from

which

to

work.

When

synthesising a

design

solution,

she makes considerable use

of

tracing,

the

studio

enlarger

and

photocopying

to

change scale.

In-house

presentations

may

be

quite

rough, but she describes producing client presentations to a

reasonable standard as

the

most

difficult

part

of

the

job.

A

visualiser

had been

employed

in

the

organisation

where

she

was

previously employed

and she

preferred not,

as

she

phrased

it,

being

bogged

down

with

techniques

of

visualising .

She

regretted

not

having

a

better

recall

of

visual

material

to

help

her

in

these

tasks.

She

does

not

produce artwork

but

gives

a

detailed

trace

for

specification.

She

considers

it

as very

important

to

be

able

to

describe

visual

images

verbally.

A

design

director from

a

large

design

organisation

with a

particular

176

Page 190: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 190/320

orientation

towards the

record

industry described

a

rather

different

approach

to

the

design

process.

He

writes

notes while

being

briefed,

and

then

checks

for

understanding

by

writing

to the

client

to

make

sure

that

he

has

all

the

information.

Typically,

he

finds that

ideas

start

to

be

generated almost

immediately

after

being briefed,

and

he

even

described

doodling

on

the

bus

going

back

to the

studio.

If

he

cannot

find

suitable

reference

material

in

his

extensive

clippings

file, he

sends

out

a

junior designer

to

find

scare.

Initial

ideas

are

worked out

on a

very

small scale and

very

quickly,

and

do

not go

through

many

stages of refinement,

the

final

solution

often

being

envisaged quite quickly.

However,

it

is in

the

final

stage

of

developing the solution (frequently, on a piece of work that would

became

the

final

artwork)

that

most attention

and care

is

devoted.

He

prefers,

if

possible,

to

avoid presentation

at any stage

that

involves

producing

special

drawings

but

hopes

that

the

client

will

accept

the

final design

solution

presented

in

the

form

of artwork.

His

belief

is

that

it is

only when actually producing artwork

that the

design

can

be

truly

resolved.

A

design director

of another

large design

organisation,

expressed

yet

another approach.

He

sees

the

briefing

as

a

very

distinct

step

in

itself,

and might

draw

a

diagram

to

identify

aspects

of

the

brief

for

the

client,

but

would never

start

to

produce

creative

ideas

at

this

point.

He

may use

a sketch

to

brief

a

researcher,

but

would

never

draw himself,

as part of

the

collection

of

reference

material.

Design

ideas

are

started with

lots

of

small

drawings

to

get

things

moving .

He finds it very natural to draw at this stage but a consideration of

the

quality

of

the

drawings, he

feels,

is

not

important.

Often,

he

does

not

use

colour.

Often

these

first

sketches

are

used

to test

ideas

on colleagues

and

to

brief

juniors

to

help develop

further

design

solutions.

He

involves

himself

in

some

of

the

drawing

up of

key

ideas,

but

farms

out

some

of

this

to

juniors.

Depending

on

the

relationship with

the

client,

either

highly

finished

or

relatively

rough

drawings

are

used

to

present

ideas

solutions,

and

these

drawings

are

also

used

to

brief

specialists.

He

never

produces

artwork

(but

the

organisation

of which

he

is

a

part

is

large

enough

to

have

the

facility

of an

in-house

art-worker).

177

Page 191: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 191/320

A

free-lance

designer

illustrator,

with

a

well-established

reputation,

described his

own

particular

approach as

beginning

by

choosing

both

the job

and

his

own approach

to

it.

He

felt

he

was

the

best

judge

of

what was right for the client. His particular type of work involves a

great

deal

of

on-the-spot

reference

sketching ,

and

the

procedures

of

analysis

and synthesis are

in

no way

distinct,

as a

gradual

sorting

out of

ideas

occurs

through

drawings

that

becane

gradually

more and

more resolved

and

detailed.

He

particularly voiced objections

to

doing

presentation

drawings,

or even rough presentations,

for

the

client

as

this

caused

a

total

loss

of

spontaneity.

The

final

presentation was generally

the

artwork,

this

having

been

produced

through a natural progression from the early drawn stages.

It

can

be

seen,

therefore,

that

although

each

respondent

described

similarities

in

their

use

of

drawing,

there is

a considerable

degree

of

flexibility

in

the

way

individuals

develop

their

own

drawing

strategies.

It

is

not only

important

that

designers

can

produce

drawings

in

a variety of ways,

but

also

that they

do

this

appropriately

both

in

terms

of

the type

of

job

they

are

engaged

in

and

the

stage

in

the

development

of

the

design

solution

that

has

been

reached.

Designers,

therefore

have

been

found

to

use

drawing

appropriately

to

the

particular

tasks,

or

orientation

of

work

on which

they

are

engaged,

and

strategically

in

their

own

individual

way,

combining

different

types

of

drawing

as

necessary.

They

have

been found to

draw

freely and quickly, or carefully and cautiously, to draw from memory

or

fron

reference material, and

to

make changes

in

scale and

media,

as

necessary,

to

progress

the

particular

design

task

they

are

involved

in

at

any

given

time.

This

capacity

to

use

drawing

both

appropriately

and

strategically

has been

found

to

be

more

marked

in

senior

designers

with

experience,

than

with

junior

designers

embarking

on

their

career.

In

many

instances

junior

designers

were

observed

to

be

tentative

in

their

approach

to

drawing,

and

anxious about

their

inability

to

carry

out various

types

of

drawing.

Senior

designers,

by

caqparison,

had

developed

ways

of

dealing

with

their

own

strengths

and

weaknesses

in

terms

of

the

use of

drawing.

178

Page 192: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 192/320

1

igure

38a:

ý

ýý

40

/c(c

ý\

I

wýýý

l\

.

`ýý

``

,_

ýýJ

o

ý/

i..

ýý

ý

p

Examples

of spatial

conventions

that

graphic

designers

employ,

ink

and

coloured marker,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

179

Page 193: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 193/320

v

d

C

C

3

r

a

0

u

J

lh

0

0

0

0.

cl

W

g

N

N

Q

.t

r

z

a-

Q

/

Figure

38b:

Examples

of spatial

conventions

that

graphic

designers

employ,

ink

and

coloured marker,

reproduced

with

50

reduction

Page 194: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 194/320

ý'

MMN

K

a-

>-

Y

bo

d`

ct

1

Cý'

ýý

eP

.',,

ý-

c^

l

r

I

öE

Ecii

H'i

ýý a ýý i

L0.

ý

ý4

rýR

`ýýý

ýuL * 611, ý

Paý

--

ýcýn

In

If

q)

11

1

04-

4\

-'r

-,

-

L

ýJ

ý,

I'ýcBrd

f0-

Figure

39:

L

3

S.

m

i

4k

(. L\-

QVV

/,

E/ýk

ýý

&---

a&

Initial ideas for the design of a logo type (David Crow

1988),

ink,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

-

181

-

C__-1

1 ̀ ý' L

Jý'

Page 195: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 195/320

Figure

40a:

Drawings

produced

for

client

presentation

to

demonstrate

the implementation

of

a

corporate

identity

prograimie

(CYB

1984-88),

ink

and

coloured

marker,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

-

182

-

774si

dx

iH4a000.

ýi11ý(LY

(

ýlr

JGttiG'ý

ý`wrfý«/J

/+r7ýýý'rrHf

.

Page 196: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 196/320

4

yyf

ý ';

rxý7,

{ý,..

ý

yya_.

`ý A..

:

ý1

ýýq

'výýý`,

ý ý.

ý.

ýý'

ý

ýý wnýýý,

ýý ,

ýryf,

ýe.

ýý

ý

ý.

u..

gy

ýý4,

iai

ý'i

M

ýf .

ýM

t

ýtý';

ax

RWýW+

ý

Ms

r

a'=

U)

z

ýn

ý

I

m

NI

til

.

-O

;a

t4e1

^_

^

,

2h

r9t

.

4i.

fi

..

IMOM

-TANMARKS

NG VEHICLES

ý#

.

Figure

40b:

Drawings

produced

for

client

presentation

to

demonstrate

the

implementation

of

a corporate

identity

prograrrr

(CYB

1984-88), ink and coloured marker, reproduced with 50%

reduction

-

183

-

''

Page 197: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 197/320

Page 198: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 198/320

°

ý

ý

llI F

ý

s

lg ý ýý P

Ji ll 11 1111

}

Qo

13

0

Zi

QiU

oil]

r3

0

7%0

0

1,

a

NI

7fl

H

IN

II

II

ý_

ýýJ

a

0

Z

8

IIIIIIIIIýI I

HI

ii

Ij

u,

III

Orp

-A

p

10 co)ýIlo

O

ip

I. A

Sp

lo

O

1-+

10

I"+

lO

ö

1311111

1309

Lro

nna

Figure

41b:

Part

of

a range

of

drawings

produced

in

conjunction

with

an academic

(open

University

1984-86),

ink,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

Page 199: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 199/320

._t.

ý,

ý.

_...

ý

.

ýaý

Ký..

f.

w

ý_t-_

.0

"a

N

Q

V

ý(ýy

C

Sj

y

I(I

.ýý

Tl'ý

Aýw

ýw

,C37O

Äi

ýt

9

Yp

ý

,

HOC

N

6

M"

ý7

Aa:

Z

3A

a-

rI

120

LI,

F

71

R

M1

,

1

JIIIWI

,MA

O

'

N

N

ýr

y"

ý"C

r

Figure

41c:

Part-of

a

range

of

drawings

produced

in

conjunction

with

an

academic

(Open

University

1984-86),

coloured marker

and

photostats,

reproduced

with

50%

reduction

Ar ;

je

-

ý'y

ecr

,

q,,

0

aI

,-

in

,

ýw6r"ä.

'

NpifCwa.

ü..

i.

Page 200: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 200/320

4.6

(axgs

in

the

use

of

drawing

Over the

period of

the

study

the

use

of

cxmputers

in the

design

profession

has

gradually

groan

to the

point

when,

as

noted

by

Matthias

and

Ognjenovic

(1989),

the

new

technology

is

invading

all

forms

of

the

drawing

board

-

fron

that

of

the

magazine

designer

to the

typographer,

fron

the

corporate

ident

specialist

to

the

illustrator.

However,

this

study

has

not revealed

any

fundamental

changes

in

the

types

of

drawing

usage

under

investigation

due

to

the

impact

of new

technology.

As

is

confirmed

by

Jankel

and

Morton

(1984),

designers

still require

the

facility

to

draw

on

paper

to

be

able

to

resolve and

adapt

their

ideas.

A

visit

to

Middlesex

Polytechnic

during

the

study

provided

the

opportunity

to

watch

John

Vince,

one

of

the

foremost

exponents

of computer graphics

in

the

UK,

drawing

on

a scrap

of

paper

to

demonstrate basic

spatial

concepts

to

a

student

he

was

instructing

in

the

use

of

a

computer

graphics

software package.

He

confessed

that

he

had

needed

to

teach

himself

to

draw

in

order

to

teach

students

to

use

the

computer

for

the

exploration of

spatial conventions.

Nevertheless,

it

is

clear

that, in

some

respects, additional

drawing

abilities, or at

least

extensions

of

established

abilities

are

required

for designers

to

exploit

the

opportunities

that

technological

developnents

offer.

Several

of

the

designers interviewed

had

been

successfully

using

ccmputers

to

extend

their

drawing

skills

for

a

number

of years and

23

respondents

thought

that

design

courses

should

provide

specialised

drawing

tuition to

help

students accacmodate

changes

in

technology.

Opinion

was

divided

among

respondents

as

to

whether

or not

the

use

of

a computer

would

improve

a

designer s

capacity

to

use

drawing

effectively,

but

the

majority

expressed

the

view

that

established

drawing

abilities

would

be

adaptable

to

a

different

medium provided

sufficient

opportunity

to

becune

familiar

with

that

medium

was

given.

Another

effect

of

technological

change

observed

during

the

study

has

been

the

increasing

use

of

fax

copiers.

Two

of

the

respondents

described

the

opportunity

provided

by

fax

copiers

for

enhanced

camunication

with

clients

who

were

geographically

distant

and

with

}

x

:

187

-

Page 201: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 201/320

when

contact

had

previously

been

restricted.

It

was also

found

that

the

use

of computer systems was

beginning

to

have

an

impact

on

the

working

practices

of some

illustrators,

and

on

art-work

and production

units,

and

it is

clear

that

this

is likely

to

increase

(Hughes,

1989).

In

general

terms,

therefore,

from

the

findings

of

the

study

two

possible

effects on

drawing

usage

can

be

linked

to

develognents in

technology.

Firstly, there

is

a

likelihood

that

a

growing

number of

designers

will

draw

with

the

aid

of computers

or

utilise

other

technological

developments

during

some

of

the

procedures

of

the

graphic

design

process, particularly

for

the

purposes

of

speeding

up

carnunication

and

for

the

adaptation

and

refinement of

images

for

art-

work.

Hence,

they

will

need

to

develop

an

appropriate

range of

manipulative

skills.

Secondly,

designers

will

increasingly

have

to

brief

canputerate

specialists or

technicians

when

catmissioning

illustration

or

art-work

and will,

therefore,

need

to

promote

their

own understanding

of

the

developing

capacities of

the

new

technology.

Thus,

although

it

would appear

that

the impact

of new

technology

will

not reduce

designers

dependence

on

their

use of

drawing, the

need

to

be

flexible

and adaptable

in

this

use

will

continue

to

be

of paramount

importance.

A

study of

the

changes

in

graphic

designers

use

of

drawing

brought

about

by

the

impact

of

developments

in technology

would provide

a

valuable

topic

for future

work.

-

188

-

Page 202: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 202/320

CHRY R5

The Required

Drawing

Abilities

and

the

Develcpment

of

a

TaX

XXifly an

the

Use

of

Drawing

5.1

Inttýocýuctian

The

findings

on

the

use

of

drawing

by

graphic

designers

in

the

design

process

given

in

Chapter

4

reveal a

very

canplex

pattern

of

drawing

activity.

In

this

chapter

further findings fran

the

interview

series

and

case study

(described

in

Section

3.3)

are presented,

but here

the

emphasis

is

shifted

to

a consideration of

the

respondent s

ocarents

relating

to the

drawing

abilities

that designers

need

in

order

to

support

this

axnplex

activity.

Respondents

expressed

their

views on

the

importance

of

the

development

of appropriate

drawing

ability

both

in

answer

to

specific

questions and

through

discussion

of

broader

issues.

Attention

is

also

directed

to

the

evaluative

criteria

that

graphic

designers

have

been

found

to

adopt

when

appraising

the

use of

drawing

and

drawing

ability.

The

findings

presented so

far

are

then

set

out

in the form

of

a

taxonany. This

taxonany

presents

the

conclusions

reached

on

the

use

of

drawing

in

the tasks

of

the

graphic

design

process.

The

system

of

categorisation

employed

is

described

and

the

difficulties

of

ncmenclature

encountered

in its development

are

discussed.

5.2

¶L

required

drawing

abilities of graphic

designers

At

an

early stage

of

the

research,

that

is to

say

during the

pilot

study,

it

was established

that

both cognitive

and

practical

drawing

abilities

were

required

by

graphic

designers

(see

Section

1.5

for

a

definition

of

the

terms

cognitive

and

practical in the

,

context

of

this

study),

and

as

the

study

progressed

it

was

in

fact

found

that

many respondents

described

the

need

to

acquire

both

these

kinds

of

abilities.

When

asked

to

rate

the

importance

of

drawing

ability

to

practising

-

189

-

Page 203: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 203/320

graphic

designers,

27

of

the

50

respondents

thought

that

it

was

essential

while

the

remaining

23

thought

that

it

was

useful,

indicating

that

they

all valued

this

type

of ability.

However,

when

asked

how

important they

thought

it

was

for

a graphic

designer

to

have

a

broad

appreciation

of

drawing in

general,

42

respondents

thought

it

was essential and

8

that

it

was

useful,

indicating

that

this

cognitive

type

of ability was

valued

even

more

highly

(see

Tablel2(a)).

Table

12

(a)

:

Rating

of

the

importance

of

drawing

ability

aryl

of

the

iuortanoe

of

having

a

broad

appreciation

of

drawing

to

practising graphic

designexs

Essential

Useful

Irrelevant

Detrimental

Importance

of

drawing

27

23

ability

Importance

42 8

of

a

broad

appreciation

of

drawing

[Number

of respondents =

50]

When

asked

to

define

drawing

ability, respondents

cannents

were

remarkably

similar

in that,

in

general,

both

cognitive

and

practical

abilities

were

combined

in

their

answers.

Of

the

50

respondents,

47

mentioned

what

may

be

broadly termed

cognitive

abilities,

and

46

what

may

be

termed

practical

abilities

in

their

definitions.

Examples

include: the

ability

to

discover

and

to

demonstrate ,

the

ability

to

do

a

pictorial

representation

of

an

idea ,

translation

of

ideas

onto

paper ,

and

translation

of

what s

in

your

head .

This

emphasis

on

the

physical activity

of

putting

down

of

ideas

in

a

visual

form

is

echoed

through

many

of

the

carrnents

made

about

the

use of

drawing

in

the

graphic

design

process.

The

importance

of not

only

putting

down

ideas

for

the

designers

awn

purpose

but

of

using

drawing

to

camunicate

those

ideas

to

others

was

also

frequently

expressed

by

respondents.

30

respondents

specifically

identified

communication and

the

transmission

of

ideas

in

their

-

190

-

Page 204: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 204/320

definitions

of

drawing

ability.

For

example,

carments

like

'the

V

ability

to

caranunicate

to

colleagues or clients',

'to

be

able

to

put

ji1

dawn

ideas

so

that

they

can

be

read

by

others

who

can't

visualise

themselves',

'to

get concepts

over', and

'shorthand

for

explaining

an

idea'

are

typical

examples

of

this

canbination

of

concept

and

ccmnunication.

Of

the

50

respondents,

only

3

gave

definitions that

specifically

described

drawing

ability

as

being

purely

manipulative.

These

were

'to

have

the

range of

skills

necessary',

'neatness

and

precision'

and

'drawing

should

be

as natural as

handwriting'.

Two

other

specific

sorts of ability

could

be

identified

in

the

definitions

given.

Thinking

by

means

of

drawing,

or

problem-solving,

was

specifically

mentioned

by

10

respondents;

for

example

'just

one of

the

ways

of

solving

visual problems' and

'discovery

on paper'.

'Visual

literacy'

was

also mentioned

by

9

designers

in

response

to

this

same

question.

Replies

like

'visualising

and

indicating

a range

of styles',

'the

ability

to

put

down

the

essence

of

form',

'the

knowledge

of

form is

vital'

and

'being

able

to

draw

without

reference'

are

interesting

descriptions

of

this

type

of

drawing

ability.

Therefore,

when attempting

to

define

basic

drawing

ability,

over

50

of

the

graphic

designers

said

that

the

capacity

to

cxrnunicate

was

very

important,

while

in

addition

the

ability

to

resolve

ideas

visually and

the

possession

of

visual

literacy

were,

for

some,

very

important

aspects

of

drawing

ability.

The

abilities

given above

are

those identified

from the

various

definitions

of

drawing

ability given.

In

contrast,

it

was

also

possible

to

identify

the

drawing

abilities

that

these

same

designers

regarded as

important

from

their

descriptions

of

the

use

of

drawing

in

the

conduct of

specific

tasks.

Here, it

became

clear

that

they

:f

accorded

more

importance

to

particular

manipulative

abilities

(abilities

like

drawing

quickly,

drawing

carefully

and

precisely

in

order

to

develop

and refine

visual

form,

and

imitating

or simulating

various

visual qualities)

than

was

apparent

fran

their

initial

definitions.

Table

12(b)

gives

the

number

of

times

that

various

types

of

drawing

ability

were mentioned

when

respondents

were

describing

-

191

-

Page 205: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 205/320

Page 206: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 206/320

Table

13:

Responses

to the

questi

en

Do

you

think

it

is

important

a

graphic

designer

has

the

following

drawing

abilities?

Question*

Yes

No

Not

a

drawing

ability

Appropriate

use

in

40

5

5

cultural/historical

context

Appropriate

use

37 5

8

of

style

Ability

to

adapt

32

5

13

found

imagery

Drawing from 36 9 5

observation

Drawing

for

45

1

4

analysis

Drawing

for

34 6

10

brainstorming

Drawing to

38

6

6

organise

ideas

Drawing to 45 4 1

visualise

ideas

Sensitivity

to

47

1

2

2

dimensional

organisation

Sensitivity

to 29

11

10

3

dimensional

organisation

Dexterity

and

46

3

1

manual

control

Drawing

for

43

3

4

presentation

Drawing

from

39

8

3

memory

Drawing

quickly

45

3

2

[Number

of respondents

=

50

*Abbreviated

questions:

See

Appendix

I(a)

for

the

questions

asked.

-

193

-

Page 207: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 207/320

t.

Table

14:

Responses

to the

question

Do

you

think

it

is

important

a

graphic

designer

has

the

following

drawing

skills?

.

Question*

Yes

No Not

a

drawing

skill

Handling

of a

36

10

4

range

of media

Creative

use

24

15

11

of collage

Calligraphic

17

25

8

skills

Handling

of a

26

15

9

range of specialist

materials

Handling

spirit

32

13

5

markers

Handling

drawing

30

16

4

instruments

Handling

air-

8

38

4

brush

techniques

Handling tracing 31 11 8

techniques

Cropping

of

25 6

19

imagery

[Number

of respondents

=

50]

*

For the

sake

of

brevity

in

the

table the

questions

have been

abbreviated.

See

Appendix

I(a)

for

the

full

questions.

The

data

presented

in

Table

13

supports

the

findings

generated

by

the

more

open-ended

question

asking

the designers

to

define drawing

ability,

and

furthermore,

it

also

provides

useful additional

information.

For

example,

45

respondents

thought that

it

was

important

designers

had

the

ability

to

visualise

ideas

and

45

thought

drawing

was

important

as

an

aid

to

analysis

but,

when specifically

asked,

about

the

same

number

of respondents

also

thought that

practical abilities

(for

example dexterity, the ability to present,

and sensitivity

to

2 dimensional

organisation)

were

important. Not

-

194

-

Page 208: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 208/320

ý.

j

surprisingly

45

respondents

thought

that

it

was

important

to

be

able

to

draw

quickly.

Again,

it is interesting

to

note

that

40

respondents

thought

that

appreciation of

the

appropriate use of

drawing

in

relation

to the

cultural

or

historical

contexts

of

particular

jobs

was

important

and

37

thought

appropriate

use

of style

important, thus

implying

a need

for

visual

literacy

to

inform

drawing

practice.

It

is

also

worth noting

the

fact

that

more

respondents

(39)

thought

it

important

to

be

able

to

draw

from

memory

than

those

(36)

who

thought

it important

to

be

able

draw

from

observation.

In

general

terms,

Table

14

may

be

said

to

show

that

some

respondents

thought

specific

techniques

or skills

less

important than

more

broad-

based

abilities.

Only

17

thought

calligraphic

skills

important

and

just

8

that

airbrush

techniques

were

important;

most

respondents

implying

that

such

skills can

be

'bought

in'.

However,

the

ability

to

handle

a

range

of

media,

specifically

spirit

markers,

tracing

techniques,

and

those

abilities

involved in

the

use

of

specialist

drawing

instruments

and materials

were

thought to

be important

by

over

50

of

the

respondents.

It

is

also

interesting

to

note

that

while

11

respondents

thought

that

the

creative

use

of collage

and

19

that

the

cropping

of

imagery

were not

drawing

abilities,

24

and

25

respectively

not only

thought

that they

were

drawing

abilities

but

also

that

they

were

important.

So,

it

may

be

said

that

when

the

use

of

drawing

is

closely

investigated,

the

pattern

of

drawing

abilities

required

is

found

to

be

highly

complex,

involving

the

interaction

of

knowledge,

understanding

and appreciation with

a

broad

range

of

executive

or

practical

abilities and,

to

sane

extent,

the

capacity

to

errploy

specific

skills

and

techniques.

By

considering

several

specific

uses

of

drawing

typical

of

different

tasks

and

procedures of

the

graphic

design

process, sanething

of

this

complexity

can

be illustrated.

For

example,

it has

been

found

that

in

order

to

use

drawing

effectively

to

record

the

combination

of

first ideas

and

design

decisions

that

occur

during

a

briefing,

this

recording

of

emergent

ideas

will require

the

recall

both

of

information

about

visual

form

-

195

-

Page 209: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 209/320

f

and of

the

means

of

depicting

stylistic

qualities.

The

drawings

will

need

to

be

produced

very

quickly,

before

another

idea

fozms,

or

before

further

carinunication

with

the

client

is

required.

However,

in that

the

drawing

will

be

used

for later

reference,

speed must

not

preclude

precision.

Again,

it has been found

that

when

a

design

idea is

being

resolved

a

greater

emphasis

is

put

on manipulative

skills.

Sax

tikes

drawn

elements are

produced

by

copying and

tracing

fron

reference

material

and

indications

are produced

to

represent

the

visual

qualities of

typographic

and pictorial

elements,

to

a sufficient

degree

of

finish

that the

potential of

a possible

design

solution may

be

evaluated.

Therefore, the

ability

to

control a

range

of media,

to

depict

a wide

range of visual qualities,

including

the

effects of

text

and

display

typography,

and

to

control

the two-dimensional

spatial

organisation

t

are

needed.

However, the

designer

also

needs

the

more

conceptual

ability

involved in

selecting

appropriate visual reference

material,

both

pictorial

and

typographic,

and

in

controlling

the

overall

visual

impression

in

accordance

with

the

specified

approach

to

the

design

job.

The

production of a

specification

involves

yet another

range

of

drawing

abilities, putting

little

emphasis

on

practical skill

beyond

control

of a

limited

range

of

media

and

the

capacity

to

work neatly,

but

requiring

the

ability

to

conceptualise

instructions

for

specific

production

facilities

such

that

they

can

be

set

out

in

a manner

that

carnunicates

to technicians

operating according

to

a range

of criteria

specific

to

a

particular

production

process.

The

production

of

artwork

has

been

observed

in

some

instances to

involve

only

drafting

skills

and

the

handling

of

specialist

equipment.

However,

in

some

cases,

a wide

range

of

drawing

abilities,

even

rivalling

those

of artists

or

specialist

illustrators,

has been found

to

be

required.

Therefore,

a canplex

inter-relationship

of

intellectual

and

practical

skills, experience of

the

graphic

design

process,

knowledge

of

-

196

-

Page 210: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 210/320

z ._

solution

types

and

the

understanding

of visual conventions

are

j

required

by

graphic

designers

if

they

are

to

use

drawing

effectively.

d

.

In

addition,

drawing

ability

has

also

been

found

to

be

closely

linked

to the

capacity

to

cannunicate

effectively with

both

colleagues

and

clients and

to

the

management

of

design

operations.

Although

it

could

be

argued

that,

in

the

conventional

sense,

not all

the

abilities

under

discussion

are strictly

drawing

abilities,

they

must

be

seen

as such

in

the

context

of

this

study,

in

that

they

are

abilities

that

graphic

designers

have

to

develop

in

order

to

use

drawing

appropriately

in

all

the

phases

of

the

graphic

design

process.

The

importance

of

this

holistic

approach

to the

consideration

of

drawing

ability

cannot

be

underestimated and

indeed

it

underpins

later discussion

on

the

development

of

drawing

ability

in

BA

level

graphic

design

education.

Based

on

the

findings

made

in

this

study,

it

has been

possible

to

make

a

useful

distinction between

different

types

of

drawing

ability and

thereby

identify,

in

broad

terms, those

drawing

abilities

required

by

a graphic

designer.

These

are

listed

in

table

15.

Table 15: The required drawing abilities of graphic designers

1.

Ability to

control

a range of specialist

equipnent

2.

Ability

to

control

a range

of media

3.

Ability

to

draw

accurately

4.

Ability

to

draw

quickly

5.

Ability

to

set out

or

lay

out

drawn

imagery

6.

Ability

to

bring

together

a

synthesis

of

imagery

7.

Ability

to

imitate

the

qualities

of

visual

imagery

8.

Ability to

understand

how

drawn

imagery

has

been

constructed

9.

Ability

to

observe

accurately

from

life

10.

Ability

to

assess

the

elements

of

visual

styles and

fashions

11.

Ability to

assess

the

elements

of

visual

imagery

on

a

cultural or historical basis

-

197

-

Page 211: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 211/320

Page 212: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 212/320

that

it

was useful.

It

is

also worth

noting

that

a

number

of

respondents

fron

both

this

structured

interview

programme

and

from

the

20

respondents

in

the

focused

programme

(described

in

Section

3.3)

said

that

they thought

it

was

possible

for

a

designer

to

cope

without

drawing

ability

as

there

were

'ways

round',

that

is,

ways

to

avoid

drawing.

However,

all

these

respondents,

and most notably

those

who

said

that

they themselves

had

limited

drawing

ability,

said

it

caused

severe

disadvantages.

'Difficulty

in

ccernnunicating

ideas

to

others'

was

the

most

typical

problem

that

respondents

volunteered

as

being

caused

by

a

lack

of

drawing

ability.

Table

16

indicates

responses

given

to

specific

questions

about problems

caused

by

a

lack

of

drawing

ability.

(The

full

questions

are given

in

Appendix I(a),

Section

III,

Item

6.

)

Table

16:

Prableins

caused

by

a

lack

of

drawing

ability

Generation

of

Causes

lack

Can

spoil

slows

Can

cause

ideas

limited

of confidence

presentation

progress

sloppy

artwork

29

22

20

97

[Number

of respondents

=

50;

several responding

in

more

than

one

category]

As

stated above, a

high

proportion

of

the

50

respondents

in

the

structured

interview

programme expressed a

belief

that

graphic

designers

should

have

a

broad

appreciation

of

drawing

(see

Table

12(a).

Again

a

high

proportion,

42,

thought

it

was essential

to

be

able

to

judge

the

drawing

ability of

specialist

image

makers and

8

thought

it

was

useful.

Many

of

the

respondents

said

that

these

abilities

were

inherently

linked

to

drawing

ability, and

all agreed

they

were

important

to the

use

of

drawing

during the

graphic

design

process.

33

thought

that it

was essential

for

a

designer

to

be

able

to

conceptualise a

visual

image

and

then

describe

it in

words, and

17

thought

that

this

ability was

useful.

23

thought

that this

ability

-

199

-

f

i

J4

(,.

,

ýý

i

ý_

Page 213: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 213/320

was

linked

to

drawing

ability.

Furthermore,

of

the

28

respondents

with

managerial

status,

27

described

the

use

of

drawing

ability as

being

important

to. the

performance

of

their

managerial

tasks.

It

may

therefore

be

concluded

that,

in

terms

of

drawing,

a

wide range

of abilities

are

demanded

of graphic

designers.

it

is

essential

that

not only

are practical

abilities

developed,

but

also

that

they

are

associated

with

intellectual

understanding.

Again,

it

is important

that

designers develop

a range

of

drawing

ability.

They

need

to

be

able

to

work

freely,

quickly

and

imaginatively

but,

when required,

they

need

to

be

able

to

produce

ccoplex,

detailed

and

carefully

resolved

drawings.

Farther

to this

development

of a

wide range of

drawing

abilities,

balancing

both

intellectual

and

manual

skills,

is

the

awareness and understanding

of

the

appropriate

use of

this

range

in

the

context of

the

design

process.

It

has

also

been

observed

that

many

designers

develop

their

drawing

ability

beyond

this

level

of

utility,

and

through

a strategic

canbination

of

different types

of

drawing,

and

drawing

activity,

support

either

managerial

tasks,

or

the

creative

and

individualistic

development

of

design

solutions.

5.3

Evaluative

criteria

During

the

research,

examples

of

the

application

of

evaluative

criteria

to

the

use

and

quality

of

drawings

were

both

described

and

observed.

As

previously

indicated,

some

respondents

thought

that

drawing

ability

was

not essential

to

graphic

designers

themselves

and

that those

without

well-developed

drawing

ability

could

cope

with

the

requirements of

their

profession,

albeit

with

difficulty.

However,

most of

the

respondents

thought

an appreciation

of

the

drawing

ability

of specialists

was

essential,

and

without

exception

they

indicated

an

admiration and

interest

in

the

production

of

able

draughtspersons.

It

can

therefore

be

said

that

almost

all

the

respondents

valued

what

they

understood

to

be

good

drawing.

But

what

are

the

criteria

used

to

judge

whether

drawing

is

good

or not?

Before

considering

these

in

some

detail,

it

is

worth

drawing

attention

to

other

findings

fran

the

research

which

also

reveal something

of

the

-

200

-

Page 214: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 214/320

evaluative

criteria

that

practising

designers

may

apply

to

drawing.

For

example,

when

score of

the

interviews

were

being

set

up,

the

potential

respondents

initially denied

either

drawing

or

knowing

much

about

it.

It

was

later

found

that this

was

due

to

the

fact

that

they

assumed

the

study was concerned

with

an academic

or artistic

approach

to

drawing.

However,

once

interviews

were

under

way,

without

exception

respondents were

found

not

only

to

have

valuable

information

to

contribute

about

the

graphic

designers

use

of

drawing,

but

also

to

use

drawing

themselves

in

the

performance

of

at

least

sane

of

the

designerly

tasks

in

which

they

were

engaged.

It

is

interesting

to

note

that

their

initial

reaction was

that

they

did

not

consider

the

drawing

activity

and

drawings

produced

during

the

graphic

design

process

to

be

real

drawing.

During

discussion

about

drawing

and

drawing

ability

with

more

junior

jF

designers,

who

had

only recently

joined

the

profession,

some

(11

out

of a sample

of

20)

were

also

found

to

assume an academic

or artistic

interest

on

the

part

of

the

researcher,

and

in

several

instances their

comments were very

illuminating.

They talked

about

drawing in

the

sort of

terms

that

had been

applied while

they

were at

college,

more

specifically

during

their

foundation

courses.

In

some

instances

they

indicated

a

feeling

that they

had

not

really

done

very

much

drawing

.

since

those times,

apart

fron

during

life

classes and

other

content-

specific

classes on

BA

courses

or

during

their

awn

time.

Two

groups of respondents,

namely

7

out

of

the

26

who

had

managerial

status,

and

8

of

those

respondents

who

had

been

working

in

the

profession over

20

years,

revealed

that it

was

because

of

what

they

described

as

their

natural

drawing

ability

and

interest

in

drawing,

that

they

had

initially become

involved

in

art

and

design

as

a subject

and, subsequently,

graphic

design

as

a

career.

Several

individuals

fron

these

two

groups

described

what

they

felt

was a change

in

recruits

to

the

profession

over

the

years,

with

drawing

ability

becoming

progressively

less

important

and

verbal

skills

taking

on

greater

significance.

However,

when

questioned

further,

these

same

respondents

stated

that

they

still

drew

as

part

of

their

everyday

working

practice and,

as

they

admitted, so

did

their

juniors.

-

201

-

Page 215: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 215/320

Nevertheless,

they

did

not

think

of

the

types

of

drawing

production

they

saw

around

them

as

being

real

drawings

in

the

sense

of

the type

of

drawings

they

had

themselves

been

taught

to

produce

at college.

Some

of

these

respondents

only

saw

the

drawings

of

illustrators

and

artists as

real

drawings.

The

canbination

of

these

findings

from

respondents

in

a

wide range

of

age groups,

and

with very

different

experience

profiles,

may

be

seen

as

indicative

of

a

rather

fundamental

confusion

or

double-think

found

to

influence

same

designers.

It

is

undeniable

that

drawing

plays

a

role

in

the

working

practice

of

these

designers,

but

the

kinds

of

drawings

that they

produce

may

not

be

seen

by

them

as

worthy

of

consideration

or

evaluation

in their

own

right.

However,

such

findings,

although

important

should

not obscure

the

equally

important fact

that

various

forms

of evaluative

criteria

for

drawing

activity

and

drawing

types

do

operate successfully

in

the

graphic

design

profession.

Criticism

was

found

to

be

an

important

part of

designerly

activity

and was

freely

given,

both

for design

solutions and

for

drawing

production

when

thought

appropriate

by

members of

the

design

team

and

by

members

of marketing staff.

In

sane

instances

the

criticism

given

by

clients

was also observed

to

be

not

just

relevant

but highly

instructive.

Drawing

activities

that

were

unnecessarily

time-consuming

were

criticised,

for

example when

designers

spent

time

rendering

details

of

design jobs

that

had

not

been

evaluated.

Also

various

degrees

of

finish

were

found

to

be

considered

appropriate

for

particular

procedures,

and

over

finish

or

lack

of

finish

was subject

to

criticism.

The

types

of

drawing

production

prepared

for

presentation,

especially

client

presentation ,

were

especially

subject

to

criticism.

For

example,

during

a

client

presentation meeting,

attended

by

the

author,

inappropriate

use

of

drawing

was

found

to

be

very confusing

to

the

client.

The

presentation

drawings

had been

produced

with

a

degree

of

finish

that

implied

that

all

aspects

of

the

design

had been

resolved,

whereas

in

fact

this

was

not

the

case.

The

designer

was put

in

the

position

of

having

to

tell the

clients

it

-

202

-

Page 216: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 216/320

won t actually

look like

that

because

they

had,

understandably,

assumed

from

the

nature of

the

drawings

presented

that

the

proportion

of

certain

elements

had

already

been

determined.

Subsequently,

all

the

members

of

the

design

team

acknowledged

that

a

inappropriate

use

of

drawing

had

caused

the

confusion.

It

was also

clear

that

errors

in

the

production

of specifications

and

artwork

can

have

particularly

serious consequences

for the

production

of

design

solutions, and so

these types

of

drawing

production

are

monitored

and

criticised

very

carefully

by

senior

members

of

the

design

team. Again,

it

was

found

that

designers

would

carefully

evaluate

the

work

from

caatmissioned

specialists.

When

a specific

type

of

image

had been

cannissioned,

art-work would

not

be

accepted

that

did

not meet

requirements.

It

was

noted

that the

use

of

drawing

in

managerial

tasks

was not

subject

to the

same

degree

of

open

criticism

as

that

produced

in

the

performance of

executive

tasks.

Nevertheless,

it

was clear,

that

when

the

design

team thought

an

inappropriate

use of

drawing

had

been

made,

for

example an over-prescriptive

form

being

used

when passing

on

a

briefing,

or

conversely a

confusing

roughly-scribbled

form

of

drawn

instruction,

dissent

was voiced.

Against

this

background,

several

specific

examples

of

the

ways

in

which a

drawing

can

be

judged

by

designers

were

described

by

respondents,

and

during

the

case

study

several

instances

when

drawings

were

being

judged

were

observed.

To

su:

anarise

the

findings

fran

the

data

thus

collected,

it

may

be

said

that,

a

drawing

can

be

judged

according

to the

following

criteria:

Does

it

contribute

to the

progress

of

the

job?

Does

it

play

its

part

in

the

overall

design

process?

Does

it

set

out

the

relevant

visual

information?

Does

it

aid analysis

of

the design

problem?

Can

it

be

read

by

others?

Has

it

been

sufficiently

econanical

to

produce?

-

203

-

Page 217: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 217/320

Does

it

serve

to

evaluate

an

idea?

Will

it

help

to

sell

an

idea?

Will

it

convince a client of

the

merits of a specific

design

solution?

Does

it

give

accurate

instructions?

Will

it

convey

the

necessary

information

to

a specialist

being

caraniss

ioned?

5.4

The

_t

of

a

taxamy

oa

the

use of

drawing

The

development

of a

taxonomy

based

on

the

findings

discussed

above

will

now

be described.

During

the

study,

it

has

been

shown

that

graphic

designers

use

drawing

in

a

variety

of

ways

to

help

than

perform

part of

the

range

of

tasks

which

form

the

graphic

design

process.

Not

every

detail

of

the

findings

on such

drawing

usage

has

been

included

in

the

taxonomy,

but

the

most carconly

described

practices

have

been

identified

in

order

to

provide a

classification

of

typical

usage.

The

taxonany

can

therefore

be

said

to

present

a

summary

or

overview of

the

findings,

indicating

not

only

the

car

lexity

of

drawing

usage

but

also

its

integration

within

the

design

process.

Table

17

set

out

this taxonomy

of

the

use

of

drawing in

the

graphic

design

process.

The table is

divided

into three

main

sections,

representing

Managerial

Tasks

(Section

1),

Executive

Tasks

(Section

2),

and

Self-Development Tasks

(Section

3).

on

the

left

of

the

table,

the

main

phases

of

the

design

process are

divided

into

procedures

and

then

,

in

turn,

into

tasks.

Movement

dawn

the

table

shows

the

broad

sequence

of events.

On the

right of

the

table,

the

use

made

of

drawing

in

each of

these

tasks

is

given,

together

with

details

of

the

types

of

drawing

produced

and

the

required

drawing

abilities

identified

in

this

study.

Details

of

the

construction

and

terminology

adopted

for

the taxonomy

are

given

below.

That

is

to

say,

in

the

following

subsections,

the

system

of

categorisation

adopted

for

the

taxonomy

is

described

in

more

detail.

Initially

the

reasons

for

-

204

-

Page 218: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 218/320

splitting

the table

into

three

are given

in

Section

5.4.1. In

Section

5.4.2,

the

problems encountered

in

identifying

individual

tasks

and

their

sequence

are explained.

In Section

5.4.3,

a

distinction

is

made

between

the

use of

drawing

and

the types

of

drawing

produced,

while

in

Section

5.4.4

the

system

of nomenclature

developed for

the

types

of

drawing

produced

is

considered.

In

Section

5.4.5, the

terminology

employed

for

the

required

drawing

abilities

is

discussed.

5.4.1

The three

secticns

of

the tax

mny

The

types

of

task

for

which

the

respondents

described

their

use

of

drawing

could

be divided

into

managerial

tasks,

executive

tasks

and

self-developnent

tasks

and

so similarly

the taxonomy

has

been divided

into

sections

to

represent

these

distinct

types

of

tasks. Thus,

the

findings

relating

the

use

of

drawing

in

the

performance

of such

managerial

tasks,

executive

tasks

and

self-developnent

tasks

are

presented

separately,

thereby

emphasising

the

importance

of

the

use of

drawing in

quite distinct

types

of

designerly

activity.

Although

some

designers

may not achieve much

seniority

in

their

profession,

or may

never

involve themselves

in

self-developmental

tasks,

it

was

nevertheless

found

that

a majority of

respondents

described

some sort

of

involvement

with

tasks

in

each

of

these

categories.

Highly

characteristic

uses

of

drawing

were

apparent

in

the

performance

of many

managerial

tasks.

Receiving

and

understanding

the

briefing

fron

the

client

were

aided

by

the

use

of

drawing.

Drawing

was

observed

to

be

used

in

the

planning

of

the

progress

of

jobs

through

the

design

studio, and

again

for

planning

the

overall

approach

to

design

solutions

which

was

generally

found

to

be

the

responsibility

of

senior

personnel.

Drawing

was seen

to

be

crucial

for

the

canrninication

of

ideas,

information

and

design

solutions

to the

design

team,

for

caranissioning

specialists

and

for

convincing

the

client.

These

duties

were

found

to be

generally,

although

not

exclusively,

managerial

ones

in

the

majority

of

design

organisations

researched.

-

205

-

Page 219: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 219/320

I

t

g

w

ri

(/1

GL

N

ýJ

N

NWH[4IIH U]

NýNýH

L]

N

h]

H

41

1-4

3,

ý

°9ö

4J 4t

w

.aWS.

w

44

4

4J

0

w

Ä

U)

>4

44

AA

rtiaý

o

aýa

N

Öi

-

206

-

Page 220: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 220/320

..

v

/ ý

i-1

(J1

.i

O

`ý-1

ý

ýý

k

ö

w

0

ai

x

u

Ü1

QW

a

Im

ýl

Ii

44

ä

(1)

fli

ýN

w

o

0

4

44

N

tIýý

9

m

.ý,

N

W

N

ý.

1

N

Q

r,

U

PH

§

--

207

-

Page 221: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 221/320

I

o

h

F

A

w

0

9

N

W

O+

a&

fl

85

e

1110'

ID

II

U

hfl

'h

qq

&v

k

ýý

1iIL

I

pN

ý1

ro

R.

NHý

.F

.

Ur-1

4

-1

44

a

öý

º,

4

49

44

o

4J

i

(1)

gj II 0w

44.4

4j

1

41

-H

H

a

4

41

w>

cis

ö8H

Fi

w

ý,

awu

9

w

44

w

41

v

ä

ý

ýýý

-

208

-

Page 222: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 222/320

..

II

Öý

w

0

Ö

Sm

0) H

M

41

ate;

ý

N

1 I

`

ý 1

41

41

.9

.59

0)

2s

f0 V0 I

0)

a)

9a6a99

gä as

gild

4

fi

U

i

44

I

9

ý ro

a so

a

0ýýIn

14

a7

Amt

g

O

ro

ýi

Q1+

44

9

19

Ia

49

404

6

-

209

-

Page 223: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 223/320

I

ä

ý'

ýi

1.8

E

-,

1>4

I

I

144

41

4J

w

(V

p

16

'N

(1) M.

I

""

-''ý

41

W

N

UC

t+iT

O

41

44

"-i

l

a)

04

CN

.

Oi

.i

U)

41

-

210

-

Page 224: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 224/320

A

range

of procedures

will

be

involved in

the

solution

of

most

design

problems

and

these

will require

the

designer

to

engage

in

a series of

executive

tasks.

All

the

respondents

described themselves

as

participating

in

these

executive

tasks to

a

greater

or

lesser

degree,

depending

on

their

level

of seniority and

the

particular

orientation

of

their

work.

These

executive

tasks

can

be

broadly

summarised as

follows:

responding

to the

briefing

as caranunicated

to the

design

team

by

the

designer

manager or marketing

personnel; assembling

appropriate

reference

material;

analysing

the

design

problem;

analysing

potential

design

solutions;

developing,

evaluating

and

resolving

design

solutions;

preparing

presentations; refining

chosen

design

solutions;

ccrmnissioning

specialists;

specifying

for

production;

and,

in

some

cases, producing

art-work.

All

these tasks

were

observed

to

depend

on

drawing

activity

for

their

perfonnance, albeit

to

different

extents.

Designer s

individual

efforts

to

improve

their

abilities

have

also

been

included

in

the

categorisation

of

tasks

because,

although

they

were

generally

conducted

in

respondent s

own

time,

they

were

nevertheless

considered

by

them to

be

an essential

part

of

professional

practice.

Such

self-developmental

tasks

were

found

to

be

performed

for

the

following

reasons:

to

assist

in

the

development

of

a

collection

of

reference

material;

to

develop

visual

language

and

sensitivity

to

visual

form;

to

aid

the

development

of

the

designer s

own style

or

ideas; to

improve

their

drawing

ability

in

specific

ways,

for

example

figure

drawing;

and

to

explore

media

and

specific

techniques,

for

example

calligraphy.

The

descriptions

provided

by

the

respondents

of

the

conduct

of such

tasks

revealed

that

they

involved

observation

of

solution

types through

visiting

appropriate venues,

for

example retail

outlets,

and

looking

at magazines,

books,

television

etc;

as

well

as

the

development

of

the

broader

aspects

of

visual

literacy

by

visiting

exhibitions,

museums

etc.

Although

the

relationship

to

the.

phases

and

procedures

of

the

graphic

-

211

-

Page 225: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 225/320

design

process

was relatively

clear

in

the

case

the

managerial

and

executive

tasks,

as

explained above

tasks

for

self-development

were

generally not

linked

to the

progress

of specific

jobs. However,

it

was apparent

that

self-developmental

tasks

were

often

conducted

to

develop

specific skills

and

abilities,

and

so

they

are

listed

in

the

table

against

those

phases

and

procedures

where such

skills and

abilities are of

particular

importance.

Inevitably,

complications arise

if

an

attempt

is

made

to

describe

all

the tasks

of a

designer

manager under

managerial

tasks.

This

is

due

to

the

fact

that

many

designers

have

a

dual

role,

being

responsible

for

both

designing

and

managing

design.

Therefore,

the

executive

tasks

that

designer

managers

were

found

to

perform

are

not repeated

in

the

managerial

task

category

(and

so

that

section

of

the taxonomy

should

not

be

taken

on

its

awn

to

represent

the

range

of

tasks

performed

by

senior

designers).

In the

case of

independent,

free-

lance

designers

and

those

working

in

very

small

organisations

or

design

teams,

both

managerial

and executive

tasks

were

found

to

be,

of

necessity,

performed

by

the

same person.

Conversely,

it

was also

found

that

in

many organisations

it

was

quite

usual

for

other

members

of

the

design

team to

accompany

a

designer

manager

on

a

briefing

or

presentation

session

but,

again

to

avoid

repetition,

the

managerial

tasks

specific

to the

these

procedures

are

not

included

in

the

executive

task

category.

5.4.2

I1

tasks

of

the

graphic

design

process

As

indicated

in

Chapter

1,

the

terns

task

is

used

here

to

denote

a

piece

of

work, a

specific

undertaking

to

be

carried out.

The

task

represents

the

level

of

operation

within

designerly

activity

that

has

been

the

main subject

of scrutiny

in

this

study.

Therefore,

the

use

of

drawing involved

in

the

performance

of

tasks

represents

the

core

of

the taxonany.

A

complication

in

the

development

of

a

systematic

categorisation

of

the

tasks

of

the

design

process

arises

fron

the

finding

that

such

tasks

are

not necessarily

conducted

sequentially,

but

will

frequently

-212-

Page 226: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 226/320

be

performed simultaneously

during

the

progression of

a procedure.

For

example,

during

a

briefing

session,

designers

will

be

querying

various

aspects of

the

job

while making

visual

notes of

the

information

received and

recording

the

first

ideas

pranpted

by

the

occasion

through

doodles

and

rapid scribbles.

They

may also

find

it

necessary

to

produce

basic

visual

or

schematic

descriptions

of

solution

types

to

check

for

understanding

with

the

client.

This

phenomenon

of

simultaneity

or parallel processing

has

been

found

to

be

very

influential

both

in

terms

of

the

designer s

use

of

drawing

and

in

the

development

of

the

drawing

abilities

that

graphic

designers

need.

It

has beccene

clear

that,

not only

is it

necessary

that

designers

are able

to

produce

a wide

range

of

drawing types, but

that

they

are

able

to

carbine

these

strategically

according

to

the

circumstances

of

the

particular

design

procedure

in

which

they

are

involved.

However,

the

limitations

of

the tabular

form

have

meant

that

it

has

not

been

possible

to

show

this

simultaneity.

Hence,

the

tasks

have been

presented

in

the

order most carmonly

described

by

respondents.

5.4.3

The

use of

drawing

aril

the

types

of

drawing

Pprodaced.

In

the

taxonomy,

it

has been

necessary

to

classify

separately

the

use

of

drawing

and

the types

of

drawing

produced.

This

is

because

not

only

can a given

use

of

drawing

involve

a number

of

types

of

drawing

production,

but

a

given

type

of

drawing

(here

meaning

the

product

of

a

drawing

activity)

can

be

put

to

different

uses.

For

example,

drawing

activity

can

be

used

as an

aid

to

the designer s thinking

processes

and

the

drawing

thereby

produced

may

then

be

used

to

as an

aid

to

communicating

the

idea

to

others.

(See

Section

4.3

for findings

on

the

re-use

of

drawings

.)

In

the

taxonany

a

dash

is

used

to

denote

a

re-use

of

drawing

in

the

Type

of

Drawing

Produced

column

in

the

table.

5.4.4

rksoesýclature

flayed

for

the types

of

drawing

Produced

While

brief descriptions

are

given

in

the

taxonany

to

describe

the

use

-

213

-

Page 227: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 227/320

Page 228: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 228/320

was

being

required

to

produce.

This

reference

to

neatness

did

not

just

refer

to

the

amount of care

she

was

expected

to take; it

was

not

just

about

neatness

in

the

conventional

sense,

but

also referred

to

the

purpose of

the

drawing.

For

example,

if

the

work

were

to

be

part

of

an

early

presentation

to

the

client

and

therefore

part

of an

evaluation

of a

number of

ideas

produced

by

several members

of

the

design

team,

it

was necessary

that

her

work

be

of an equivalent

degree

of

resolution, or

in

her

terms

neatness ,

to

the

others.

She

even

talked

about

agreeing

to

produce

neat

roughs ,

this

apparent

contradiction

not

only making

good

sense

to

herself but

also

to

the

senior

designer

who

briefed her.

When

questioned about

this

practice,

designers

indicated

that

not only

did

they

not

have different

terms

for

these

types

of

drawings

but

that

they

did

not

think

that

there

was

any

need

for

them

to

have

such

terms.

It

must,

therefore,

be

assumed

that

the term

rough

has

came

to

have

a generally agreed

broad-ranging,

if

rather

ill-defined,

meaning among

the

ccmnunity

of graphic

designers.

It

was

apparent

that

other

terms

in

cannon

usage

had

similarly

ill-

defined

meanings.

Confusion

was

found

with

the term

visualising .

Although

the

graphic

designers

all used

the

term to

mean

putting

down

one s

awn

idea ,

they

were

also

in

general

agreement

that

they

employed

the term to

describe

the

activities

of

a professional

visualiser,

that

is

a specialist

brought

in to

present

ideas

on

a

designer s

behalf.

A

broad-ranging

approach

was

adopted

in

order

to

arrive

finally

at

a

systematic

and

consistent

method

for

naming

drawing

types

which,

as

far

as

possible, reflected

the

terminology

used

in

the

profession,

but

at

the

same

time

allowed

for

a greater

differentiation

between

the

types.

Where

possible,

terms

were

identified fron

the

scripts of

the

interviews.

In

sane

instances,

when

designers

were

asked

to

think

more

carefully about

terminology,

many

of

them

were

able

to

contribute

terms

for

either

drawing

activities

or

for

drawing

types,

especially

when an actual

drawing

activity

or

type

could

be

used

as a

point

of

-

215

-

Page 229: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 229/320

reference.

Once

a

list

of

potential

names

had

been

established

for

all

the

distinct

types

of

drawing

identified

in

the

study

this

list

was

then

checked

with a number

of

designers

from

the

organisation

used

as

the

case study.

It

has

not

been

considered necessary

or

even

desirable

to try

to

name

every conceivable

type

of

drawing

produced as

this

could

lead

to

an over-canplex

classification

system.

However

it

was considered essential

in

the

context

of

the

study

to try to

identify

each

quite

distinct

type

of

drawing.

Table

18

gives a

list

of

the terms

used

in

the taxonomy

for

the

different

kinds

of

drawing

produced.

Also

given as

a

help

to

understanding

these

terms

is

the

drawing

activity

by

which

they

are

produced.

Table 18: Drawing activities and types of drawing prodLlced

DRAWING

CTIVITY TYPE OF

DRAWINGPRODUCED

To

note

information

Visual

note

To

pass on

information

Instruction

To

produce a schematic

representation

Schematic

To

express

three-dimensions

Projection

To

plan approach

or

production

Plan

To

plan

out

the

contents

of a magazine

or

book

Imposition

To

plan out

the

contents

of

time-based

media

Story

board

To draw from observation Sketch

To

copy

COPY

To

trace

Trace

To

doodle

Doodle

To

scribble

Scribble

To

visualise Visualisation

To indicate Indication

-

216

-

Page 230: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 230/320

To

lay

out

Layout

To

outline

the

content

Key-line

of photographic

material

[Outline]

To

render

Rendering

To

demonstrate

type

of

illustration

Trial

illustration

To

demonstrate

type

of

lettering

Trial

lettering

To

produce mock-up

of

relationship

of elements

Day

To

specify

Specification

To demonstrate for purposes

of camnissioning

Demonstration

To

draw

up artwork

Draft

To

refine

aspects

of

artwork

Refinement

To

produce artwork

creatively

Resolution

The term visual note is used to describe the drawings produced when

a

designer is

recording

information

about visual

aspects

usually

employed

during

a

briefing.

Fig.

2

shows

an example

of

this

type

of

drawing.

The

term

instruction

is

used

for

the

particular

type

of

canbined

drawing

and

oral

description

that

a senior

designer

uses when

passing

on a

briefing

to

a

junior designer.

Fig.

4

shows

an

example

of

this type.

The terns schematic is used for the diagrammatic type of drawing

that,

for

example, a

designer

produces

to

analyse

basic

solution

types

and

an example can

be

seen

in

Fig.

3.

Schematics

are

used

to

show

solution

types to

the

client

and

to

check

for

understanding

during

briefing.

They

are

also

used

in

consultancy

reports,

or

to

show

back

to

the

client

the

implications

of

the

job based

on

the

briefing.

The

ter

projection

describes

the

type

of

drawing

produced

when

the

expression

of

three-dimensions

are

involved.

Figs. 38(a)

and

38(b)

shows examples of projections .

-

217

-

Page 231: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 231/320

A

plan

describes

the

half-drawn,

half-written

listing

or

flow

chart

that

sane

designers

use

to

organise

their

work,

or

design

managers

use

to

plan

the

progress

of

a

job.

The

term

imposition

is

used

in

the

profession

to

describe

the

early plan

for

the

layout

of

a magazine,

it

is

a particular

type

of

drawing

plan,

as

is

a

storyboard .

Fig.

4

shows a roughly

drawn

imposition

or

plan.

The

drawings

used

to

record

visual

information

from

observation

are

referred

to

as

sketches .

The

types

of

drawing

referred

to

as

copy

and

trace

are

frequently

employed

for

tasks

related

to the

develognent

and

resolution

of

design

solutions,

but

their

use

is

also

very

important in the

collection

of visual

information

and

in the

development

of

visual

literacy.

Fig.

5

shows examples

of

sketches ,

Fig.

6

examples

of

copies

and

Fig.

7(b)

examples of

tracings .

As

has

already

been

indicated,

it is

most

difficult

to

separate

the

types

of

drawing

produced

when

developing

creative

ideas. However,

a

distinction

has been

made

between

the

free-ranging

and

playful

toying

around with

ideas

that

characterises

early

stages

of

an

analysis,

fron the

more

purposeful

and

deliberate

attempt

to tackle difficult

conceptual

problems.

Hence,

the

term

doodle

is

used

to

describe

the

type

of

very

free

or casual

drawing

that

a

designer

uses

when

first

thoughts

are

beginning

to form,

often

(according

to

designer s

descriptions)

during

the

briefing

or

when

a

designer

is

out of

the

design

studio.

In

accordance

with

the

popular

view,

such

doodles

can

even

be

found

on

the

backs

of envelopes

(Fig.

9(a)

shows

an example)

or as

one

designer described intermixed

with

shopping

lists .

The

term

scribble

is

used

to

show

the

free-ranging

activity

that

often

accompanies

the

sort

of

early

idea

stage,

when

many

ideas

and

adaptations

are

being

considered

by

the designer

and

the

hand

cannot

keep

up with

the

mind ,

so

lots

of small

drawings

have

to

be

produced

very quickly

in

an

attempt

to

record

this

rapid

conceptual activity.

Fig.

12

shows examples.

The

terns

visualisation

has

been

used

to

describe

the

more

concentrated

effort

to

put

down

ideas

or

give

form

to

an

idea .

It

-

218

-

Page 232: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 232/320

has been

found

that,

once

ideas

for

design

solutions

have

been

visualised

and

ca

nunicated

through

these

visualisations

to

other

members

of

the

design

team,

a

selection

is

made, either

by

the

individual designer,

or

by

a

designer

manager,

of promising

design

ideas

to

be developed

and resolved

in

more

detail

in

order

to

facilitate

further

evaluation.

Examples

of

visualisations

are

given

in

Figs.

24

and

29(a).

Once

a considered

attempt

to

express

specific,

stylistic qualities

and

detailed

canpositional

arrangements

is

made,

drawing

activity

generally

slows

down

and

becomes

more

painstaking.

The term

indication

is

used

to

describe

the

type

of

drawing

made

to

demonstrate the effects of specific visual

qualities

(see Figs. 19(a)

and

19(b)),

and

the

term

layout

to

describe

drawings

produced

with

the

more specific

intention

of resolving

spatial

organisation

and

the

integration

of

pictorial

and

typographic

elements,

as shown

in

Figs.

17(b)

and

17(c).

The term

keyline

or

outline

is

used

to

describe

the

sort of

drawings

that

designers

produce

as

part of a

layout,

generally

when

working

with

photographic

material,

and

that

are

particularly

found

in

editorial

design.

Fig.

16

shows

an example.

As

design

solutions

become

more

resolved

and presentations

are made,

more

careful

drawings

are

produced

where

the

details

of

imagery

and

typography

are

defined.

The

term

rendering

is

used

for

this

type

of

production

(see

Fig.

26).

In

some

instances trial

illustrations

are

produced

by designers

to

show

a

client

as clearly

as

possible

how

a

design

will

look,

and

the

term

trial

lettering

is

used

to

describe

the

resolution of

lettering

and

logos

that designers

produce

for

these

presentations , Figs. 30(a)

and

30(b),

and

Figs.

22(a)

and

22(b)

show

an

example of

these

types.

A

durrany

is

a

drawing,

or

series of

drawings,

showing

the

relationship

of

elements,

for

example

in

a

magazine or pack

design.

Figs.

23(a)

and

23(b)

show

drawings

produced

to

wrap

round

a

tin to

form

a

dumiy .

once

a

design

solution

has

been

agreed

in

detail

production

is

arranged.

The

term

demonstration

has

been

used

to

describe

the

type

of

drawing

a

designer

may

produce

when

cannissioning

a specialist

to

-

219

-

Page 233: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 233/320

ensure

that

particular qualities

are

contained

in

the

artmissioned

piece.

More

car¢nonly

drawings

produced

for

client

presentation

and

even

early

visualisations

are used

during

carmissioning

but

Fig.

35

shows

a

drawing

that

has

been

specially

produced

for this

purpose.

A

specification

is

a

type

of

drawing

produced

to

instruct

a

typesetter

or printer,

or other

technician

involved

in

production,

and

Fig.

36

shows an

example.

The

term

draft

is

used

to

describe

the

highly

controlled

form

of

drawing

(often

utilising

specialist

drawing

equipment)

employed

in

the

production of camera-ready

art-work.

As

indicated in

Section

4.4,

sane

designers

treat

the

production

of artwork

as a

creative

procedure

where they can work in detail on specific elements,

or

collage

and

edit elements

together

in

a controlled

way.

The tern

refinement

has

been

used

to

describe

this

type

of

drawing

production.

Fig.

37(d)

shows

a piece of art-work

that is

a

draft

that

has

been

subject

to

refinement .

The

term

resolution

has been

used

to

describe

those

instances

when

the

production

of

the

artwork

itself

is

conducted

in

a

very

creative

way

and

Fig. 37(b)

shows

an example

of

this

type

of

drawing.

5.4.5

¶I1

categorisation

of

the

required

drawing

abilities

Having

categorised

the

different

uses

of

drawing,

and

identified

the

different

types

of

drawing

produced,

the

final

stage

in

the

characterisation

of

the

role

of

drawing

in

the

graphic

design

process

is

to try to

describe

the

corresponding

drawing

abilities required.

Table 15 in Section 5.2

above

specifies

the

different

types

of

drawing

ability

identified

in

the

study.

In

order

to

employ

this

list

as

the

basis for describing

the

required

drawing

abilities

in the form

of

a

taxonomy,

it

was

first

necessary

to

select a succinct

term

representing

the

essence

of

the

ability

given

in

Table

15.

Table

19

sets

out

these

terms.

That

is

to

say,

for

the

sake

of

brevity

and

facilitating

a

tabular

format it

was necessary

to

use short,

succinct,

but

nevertheless

-

220

-

Page 234: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 234/320

explicit

terms.

For

example

the terns

precision

has

been

used

to

describe

the

ability

to

draw

accurately,

speed

has

been

used

to

describe

the

ability

to

draw

quickly

and

composition

has

been

used

for

the

ability

to

organise

and

lay

out

drawn

imagery.

Where

possible,

an abbreviation

of

the

original

description

has

been

retained.

For

example

the

terns

conventions

has

been

used

to

describe

the

ability

to

use

conventions

and

drawing

systems.

Also

recall

has been

used

for

the

ability

to

recall visual

material.

The

terms

are

intended

to

be

self-explanatory

but

where

necessary

reference

to the

original

description

is

possible

via

Table

19

and

Table

15.

Table

19:

Succinct

terms

cloyed

to describe

drawing

ability

in

the

taxoncmy

1. *

Technical

control

2.

Media

control

3.

Precision

4.

Speed

5.

Composition

6.

Synthesis

7.

Imitation

8.

De-construction

9.

Observation

10.

Flair

11.

Visual

literacy

12.

Judgement

13.

Spatial

14.

Planning

15.

Visualisation

16.

Instruction

17.

Camtunication

-

221

-

Page 235: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 235/320

18.

Commissioning

19.

Conventions

20.

Visual

memory

21. Recall

22.

Appropriate

use

23.

Strategic

use

*The

numbers

here

correspond

to

those

in

the

list

of

required

drawing

abilities

in

Table

15.

Appropriateness

and

Strategic

Use

have

been

included

at

the

end

of

each

of

the three

sections

in the taxonomy.

The

abilities

represented

by

these terms

were

found

to

be

important

for

the

entire

application

of

drawing

as a procedural

device

in

the

graphic

design

process,

but

they

are not as

specific

in

their

application

as

the

other

drawing

abilities and

it is

not

reasonable

to

try

to

allocate

a particular

position.

Rather they

apply

to

all

the

tasks involving

drawing.

Thus,

the

use of

drawing

has been

found

to

be

very

ccxnplex

and

affected

by

various

factors.

Nevertheless,

as

demonstrated

above,

in

general

terms, typical

practice

can

be

analysed

in

terms

of

the

tasks

involved

and

in

this

way

it has

been

possible

to

identify

the

abilities

required

both

for

the

types

of

drawing

usage

and

for

the

types

of

drawings

produced

in

the

performance

of

these

tasks.

Hence,

an

important

step

has

been

made

in

constructing

a

theoretical

framework

fully

characterising

the

use

of

drawing

and

the

required

drawing

abilities of graphic

designers.

-

222

-

Page 236: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 236/320

QIAP.

ER

6

The

Organi.

satirn

and

Content

of

Drawing

Ti

tim

in

BA

level (k

is

Design

Eclucatiai

6.1

Intnocýuctian

The

findings

on

the

use

of

drawing

by

graphic

designers

in

the

ccnunercial environment and

on

the

corresponding

drawing

abilities

required

have

been

given

in

chapters

4

and

5.

In

this

chapter,

results

obtained

in

an

investigation

of

the

acquisition

of

drawing

abilities

and

the

current provision

of

drawing

tuition

at

over

50

of

BA level

graphic

design

courses

in the

UK

are given.

Further,

the

range

of attitudes

expressed

in

relation

to

drawing

tuition

by

the

various respondent

groups

in

the

study

are

described

and

the

various

issues

raised are

discussed.

In Chapter

1,

Section

1.2,

the

motivation

and

background

to

the

study

were

discussed

and

the

relationship

between

this

secondary

part of

the

investigation,

which

is

concerned

with

educational

provision,

to the

primary

part,

concerned with

practice,

is described.

In

the

presentation

of

the

findings

below

the intention is

to

raise

issues

about

the

relationship

of

education

to

practice

in terms

of

the

development

of

drawing

ability

and

not

to

provide an

exhaustive

account

of

the

educational

system.

In Chapter

3,

Section

3.4,

the

rationale

and

methodology adopted

for

this

part of

the

study

were

given.

Recapping

briefly,

a number

of

methods

of

data

collection

were

employed.

A

section

containing

questions

eliciting views

about

drawing

tuition

was

included

in

the

script

for

the

structured

interviews

with

practising

graphic

designers

(see

Appendix

I(a),

Section

IV).

A

postal

questionnaire was

sent

to

BA

graphic

design

courses

(see

Appendix

1(b)),

and

questionnaires

were

conducted

with graphic

design

students

(see

Appendix

I(c)

and

(d) for

the

list

of questions used).

A

list

of

the

respondents

in

these

interviews

and of

those

completing

questionnaires

is

given

in

Appendix

II.

In

addition

to this

more

formal

system

of

data

collection,

a

-

223

-

Page 237: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 237/320

series of

focused interviews

was

conducted,

sane

in

considerable

depth,

with

individuals

involved

in

various

ways

either

with

design

education

or with

drawing

tuition.

Visits

were

made

to BA

centres

where

graphic

design

educators

were

interviewed,

(see

Appendix

IV

for

a

list

of

these

centres and

Appendix II

for

a

list

of

respondents).

Educators

fran

the

range

of

design

disciplines

in

the

Faculty

of

Art

and

Design,

Manchester

Polytechnic

were

also

interviewed,

as

were

a

number

of acknowledged

experts

in

related

areas,

(see

Appendix

III

for

a

list

of

these

respondents).

An

analysis

of prospectuses of

degree

level

graphic

design

courses

has

also

been

undertaken.

Designers

views

on

the

drawing

abilities

of graphic

design

students

and

of

new graduates

are

given

in

Section

6.2.

In

Section

6.3,

the

findings

made

in

relation

to the

provision

of

drawing

tuition

on

BA

graphic

design

courses are

given.

In

Section

6.4,

the

same

findings

are

discussed

in

relation

to

opinions

expressed

by

some of

the

individuals

interviewed

or consulted, and

the

issues

raised

during

this

secondary

part of

the

study are sunnarised.

6.2

The

drawing

abilities

of

graphic

design

students

arx1

graduates

When,

as

part

of

the

structured

interview

progranine, practising

graphic

designers

were

asked

if

they

thought

that

graphic

design

students

in

general

demonstrated

adequate

drawing

ability,

based

on

their

experience

fron

working

with

students

on

placement

or

with

newly

graduated

designers,

9

said

that

in

their

experience

they

did

and

32

said

they

did

not

(see

Table 20).

Various

reasons were

given

for

expressing

the

opinion

that

graphic

design

students

drawing

abilities

were

inadequate.

Score

respondents

felt

that

students

did

not

demonstrate

sufficient visual

literacy,

one

respondent saying

that

students

demonstrated

no

sense

of

history

in

their

drawings

and

another

that

they

were

too imitative

of

current

styles

and

fashions,

and

not

drawing

in

a way

appropriate

to

particular

jobs.

Other

respondents

specified

lack

of

skill

saying

that

students

and new

graduates

were

too

self-indulgent

and

not

practical

enough,

too

slow,

or

too

messy.

Some

thought

that

they

had

reasonable

illustrative

-

224

-

Page 238: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 238/320

skills,

but

that their

drawing

of

typefaces

was weak and

that

in

general

their

drawing

was neither

accurate

nor

controlled enough.

When,

as

shown

in

Table

20,

these

same

respondents were asked

whether

they

felt

graphic

design

students

demonstrated

an

adequate

awareness

of

the

appropriate

application

of

drawing

in

the

graphic

design

process,

5

said

that

in

their

opinion

they

did

and

34 they

did

not.

Again,

self-indulgence and

a

lack

of

control and precision

were

given

as

reasons why some

of

the

respondents

felt

that

students

use

of

drawing

was

inappropriate.

However, in

contrast,

others

felt

that

students

drew

in

too

tight

a way and

would

tend

to

get

hung

up

on an

inappropriate

style of

drawing,

using

drawing

in

a

way

that

did

not

help them in the various procedures

of

the

graphic

design

process.

In

general,

the

respondents

felt

this

inappropriate

use

of

drawing

was

because

graphic

design

students

had

not

developed

sufficient

foresight

to

be

able

to

use

drawing

in

an

appropriate

way

in

context.

They

would confuse

visualising

with

presentation

techniques,

and

were

generally

poor at ccmnunicating

their ideas through drawing.

Table

20:

The

drawing

ability

of

students

and

new

graduates

Do

students

demonstrate

adequate

drawing

ability?

Do

students

dEnonstrate

adequate awareness of

the

appropriate use

of

drawing?

Yes

95

No

32

34

Don t

know

9

11

[Number

of respondents

=

50]

Table

21

shows

the

responses

of

the

same

group

of

50

practising

graphic

designers

when

asked

what

particular

drawing

ability

they

themselves

had found

it

most

difficult

to

acquire.

It

is

particularly

interesting to

note

that

7

respondents

described

drawing

fron

memory

and

6 drawing figures from

memory

as

causing

therm

difficulty.

-

225

-

Page 239: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 239/320

Moreover,

when asked at what

stage

they

learned

the

visualising

and

presentation

techniques

they

now

employ,

33

said

that

it

was

through

working

in

practice

and

7

said

it

had

been

a continuous

development

through

school, college and work.

Only 3

specified

at

college .

Table

21:

The

drawing

ability

designers

found

most

difficult

tc)

acquire

Drawing

f

ran

memory

7

Technical drawing

7

Drawing

human

figures

from

memory 6

Handling

media

5

Presentation

techniques

5

Drawing

fron

reference

4

Drawing

from

observation

2

Drawing

for

artwork

2

Drawing

quickly

2

Nil

response

10

[Number

of respondents

=

50]

When

asked

if

students

should

be

encouraged

to

draw

fron

memory,

34

respondents

said

that

they

should.

This

finding

is

of

particular

importance

and

is in

agreement

with

the

views

of

a

number

of

key

educators

(discussed

in

Section 6.4

below)

that

the

development

of

visual

memory

should

be

considered

in

the

provision

for

drawing

tuition.

In

the

short

progranme

of

focused

interviews,

20

designers

were

asked

to

talk

about

their

views

on

the

importance

of

drawing,

the

way

they

used

drawing,

what

sort

of

drawing

abilities

they

required

and

how

and

when

they

had

learned

them.

10

of

these

designers had

been

in

the

profession

for

three

years

or

less.

-

226

-

Page 240: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 240/320

Most

of

these

respondents

thought that

drawing

ability

was

important,

but

a small number

said

that

it

was

possible

to

'get by

without

it',

albeit with

difficulty.

Again,

most

thought

that

the

use

of

drawing

was

important in

every stage

of

a

designer's

work, particularly

in

the

development

and

expression of

ideas.

Respondents

who

had

only

recently

joined

the

profession

described

difficulties in

acquiring

some

drawing

abilities.

Several described

a

fear

of appearing

unprofessional

in

front

of colleagues

and

clients

because

of

a

lack

of

drawing

ability

Furthermore,

a

lack

of ability

to

render

letter

forms,

to

represent

three dimensions,

to

use

appropriate

media and

to

work

quickly and

accurately

were

also

specifically mentioned

in

this

context.

6

respondents

said

that,

as students,

they

had

over-

estimated

the

importance

of

self-expression

and

4

said

that

initially

their

work

as

designers

was

hampered by

an

inhibition

caused

by

their

own

mistaken

need

to

produce

'good'

drawing

in

an academic

sense.

6.3

The

provision of

drawing

tuition

on

BA Graphic Design

Courses

Much

of

the

data

given

in

the

following

three

sub-sections

was

collected

through

a

postal

questionnaire sent

to

BA

level

Graphic

design

courses

in

the

U. K.

and,

therefore,

in

the

majority

of

cases,

the

findings

are

presented

in

the

order

in

which

the

questions

were

set

out.

A

full

list

of

these

questions

is

given

in

Appendix

I(b).

There

was

a

response

rate

of over

50

to

this

questionnaire

which was

addressed

to Heads

of

Department

with

a

request

that

it

be

c

mpleted

by

-a

member of academic

staff with

responsibility

for

either

the

planning

or

for

the

conduct

of

drawing

tuition. Of the

20

respondents,

5

were

Heads

of

Department,

6

were

Principal

Lecturers

or

Course

Leaders,

and

9

Senior

Lecturers

or

Lecturers.

2

of

the

respondents

were

fine

artists

with responsibility

for

teaching

drawing

to

graphic

designers,

3

were

illustration

staff and

the

others

were

graphic

design

staff.

Thus,

the

respondents

may

be

said

to

represent

a

true

cross-section of

staff

knowledgeable

about, and

interested in,

the

planning

and conduct

of

drawing

tuition.

However,

it

is

also

important

to

emphasise

that,

in

representing

this

interest,

they

do

-

227

-

Page 241: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 241/320

not

necessarily

represent

the

views

of other

members

of

graphic

design

staff.

Thus,

the

sample may

be

said

to

be

biased

towards

those

members of

academic

staff who

have

a

particular

concern

with

drawing

tuition.

In

addition

to

data

collected

in

the

postal

questionnaire,

findings

from

a questionnaire

of similar construction

administered

to

a group

of

first

year graphic

design

students

fron

Manchester Polytechnic

are

also

given.

This

enables

the

views

of educators

and

students

to

be

contrasted.

Further,

a short

section

eliciting

views

about

graphic

design

education

was

also

included

in

the

structured

interviews

with

practising

graphic

designers,

and

so

a

comparison may

be

made with

these

findings

too.

However,

although

in

many

respects

similar

questions

were

asked

of each of

these

respondent groups and

it is

useful

to

compare

the

results,

it is

important

to

realise

that

there

were essential

differences

in

the

form

and

content of

some

of

the

questions.

It

is

also particularly

important

to

bear

in

mind

the

different

procedures

adopted

in

the

selection

of

respondents

in

each

of

the

groups.

The

student

respondent

group canprised

a

first

year

cohort on

a

graphic

design

BA

level

course.

They

were

selected

because

access

was

available

so

a

questionnaire

could

be

administered

efficiently.

In

fact,

a

100

response was

achieved

fron

the

14

students

in

the

group.

The

questionnaire

was

administered

at

the

end of

the

students

first

year

when

they

were

sufficiently

experienced

to

understand

the

terminology

applied

and

the

topics

covered,

yet

had

only

limited

experience

of

both

graphic

design

education

and

the

design

profession,

thereby

forming

a

useful

contrast

to

the

other respondent

groups.

While

a

fairly

rigorous

selection

procedure was

adopted

for

the

respondent

group

of

50

graphic

design

practitioners

(as

described

in

detail

in

Section

3.3.2)

so

that

the

designers form

a

broadly

representative

sample

from

the

profession,

the

educators

do

not

in

a

strict

sense, as

we

have

said

above,

represent

a cross-section

of

opinion

but

rather

form

a

group

biased

towards

those'

concerned

with

drawing. The

student

group

form

a

numerically

limited

sample of

-

228

-

Page 242: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 242/320

Page 243: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 243/320

Typical

views

expressed

were

design

is

a

thinking

process and

drawing

is

the

visible

sign of

thought ,

drawing

is

an

aid

to

thinking

through

a

problem ,

it

is the

way

designers

carr=icate

their

thoughts

and

ideas,

in

short

it is

their

language ,

and

it

is

a

means

to

provide

a visual

indication

of an

idea

to

a

third

party .

Drawing

was

described

as

being

a

basic

skill

in

tears

of

the

professional

practice

of

graphic

designers, for

example

the

ability

to

draw

enables

the

designer

to

visualise

with

clarity,

draft

out

designs

successfully,

and gives

the

individual

a

freedcrn

of expression

and

the

opportunity

to

take

on

a

broad

approach.

Several

educators

stressed

the

importance

of

drawing

for

the

all

parts of

the

design

process,

fron

research

doodles

to

roughs

and

layouts,

to

visuals,

to

finished

client

presentations,

all

require

drawing

skills .

The

student

respondents

similarly stressed

the

importance

of

drawing

as a way

of

putting

down

and catmunicating

ideas.

When

asked

about

the importance

of

drawing

ability

in

students

selected

for

BA

graphic

design

courses,

13

of

the

educators

considered

it

was

essential

that they

had

already

developed

a

broad

range

of

drawing

ability,

whereas

7

felt

it

would

be

useful.

Several

respondents

expressed

the

view

that

students

caning

onto a course

with

limited

drawing

ability would

be

able,

with

staff

help,

to

develop

and

extend

their

drawing

ability.

However,

others

held

the

view

that it

was

a

matter

of

concern

if

students

did

not

already

have

an

established

drawing

ability,

since

the

pressure

fron

other aspects

of

the

course

made

it

very

difficult

in fact

for

them

to

improve.

9

of

the

students

considered

it

to

be

essential

for

students

to

have

drawing

ability

when

taken

onto

a

course

and

5 thought

it

was useful.

This

data is

set

out

in

Table

23.

As

shown

in

Table

24,

when

asked

if

graphic

design

students need

to

acquire

a

broader

range

of

drawing

abilities

than

other art

and

design

students,

12

educators

though

that they did,

whereas

5

thought

they

did

not.

Again,

11

of

the

students

thought

they

did

and

3

did

not.

However,

all

the

educators

thought

that

graphic

design

students

should

be

given a

broad

range

of

drawing

experience,

as

did

13

of

the

students.

When

questioned

on

the

importance

of

graphic

design

-

230

-

Page 244: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 244/320

students

developing

a

broad

appreciation

of

drawing,

that

is

the

ability

to

understand and

judge

the

purpose

and

quality

of

drawings,

all of

the

educators

and

11

of

the

students

thought this

to

be

important.

The

educators

felt

it

would

help

both in improving

students

own

drawing

capacity

through

the

understanding

of

procedures

for

encoding and

decoding

into

established

conventions

(as

one

respondent put

it),

and also

for

the

very

important

ability

to

caanission specialists and

experts.

The

ability

to

act as an art

director

was seen

by

these

respondents

as

essential

for

graphic

designers.

However,

further

findings

would

seem

to indicate

that

the

students

did

not

fully

appreciate

the

importance

of

this

aspect

of

developing

judgement.

Table

23:

Rat,

nlg

of

the iTrrýn*+anc

e of

drawing

ability

in

students selected

for

BA

graphic

design

courses

Essential

Useful

Irrelevant

Detrimental

Educators

13

7--

Students

95--

[Number

of

respondents:

Educators

=

20,

Students

=

14)

Table

24:

Yes

respmse

to

the

need

for breadth

in

aspects

of

drawing

ability

and

tuition for

students

Need

for

broad

range of

drawing

ability

Need

for

broad

range

of

drawing

experience

Need

for broad

range

of

appreciation

Educators

12

20

20

Students

11

13

11

[Number

of respondents:

Educators

=

20,

students

=

14]

When

asked

if

they

thought

that

graphic

design

students

should

have

specific drawing tuition for the drawing

skills

needed

for

-

231

-

Page 245: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 245/320

professional

practice

as

graphic

designers,

19

of

the

educators

thought

that

they

should.

They

linked

the

acquisition

of specific

skills

with

the

capacity

to

gain employment,

to

develop

designerly

capacities, and

to

support efficient working practices.

12

of

the

students also

thought

such

a provision

important.

Table

25:

Purpose

for drawing

tuition

ranked

first

Educators

Students Designers

Artistic

and

97

18

creative

Skills

needed

for

professional

practice

37

13

Appreciation

and

understanding

4-7

All

of equal

4-

12

importance

[Number

of

respondents:

Educators

=

20,

students

=

14,

designers

=

50]

In

spite

of

this

apparent

carinitment

to

developing

drawing

ability as

a

preparation

for

practice, as

indicated

in

Table

25

above, when

respondents

were asked

to

give

a

rank

ordering of

the

relative

importance

of

the

provision

of

drawing

tuition

for

artistic

and

creative

development,

for

development

of

the

skills needed

in

professional

practice and

for

the

development

of

the

appreciation and

understanding

of

drawing,

9

educators,

7

students

and

18

designers

cited

artistic

and creative

development

as

being

most

importance.

only

3

educators,

7

students

and

13

designers

thought

the

specific

needs

of professional

practice

were

the

most

important

requirements

for

the

development

of

drawing

ability.

In

spite

of

rating

the

importance

of a

broad

appreciation

of

drawing to

graphic

designers

more

highly

than

drawing

ability

itself (see

Table

12(a)),

only

7

designers

ranked

the

provision

of

drawing

tuition

to

develop

this

sort

of

appreciation

and

understanding

first.

It

is

also

interesting

to

note

that

none

of

the

students

thought

that

provision

to

develop

-

232

-

Page 246: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 246/320

appreciation

and

understanding

was

important.

4

educators

and

12

designers

made a

particular

point of

stating

that

they

felt

all

three

of

these

types

of

drawing

ability

were

of

equal

importance.

The

replies

given

when

the

respondents

were

asked

to

rank order

the

importance

of provision

for

specific

tuition

for

various

subjects,

including

drawing,

are

given

below

in

Table 26.

Although the

numbers

of

respondents are

small and

are not

representative

of graphic

design

educators

as a whole,

they do

indicate

a polarisation

of emphasis

in

respect

of

typography

on

the

one

hand

and

drawing

on

the

other,

(this

mirrors

same of

the

attitudes

expressed

during

the

visits

and

interviews

that

are

discussed

later

in

Section

6.4).

Table

26:

iticn

for

subject

ranked

most

important

Educators

Students

Typography 82

Photography

--

Technology 13

Business

-2

studies

Drawing

87

Nil

response

3-

[Number

of respondents:

Educators

=

20,

students

=

14]

6.3.2

Stint

views cn

their

vim

devejormmt

of

drawing

ah{1i

ý

The

student respondents were

asked

if

they

thought that

their

drawing

ability

had

improved

while

on

the

course

and

if their

present

level

of

drawing

ability was adequate.

The

replies,

which

are

set

out

in

Table

27,

show

that

less

than 50

thought

that

their

drawing

ability

had

improved

on

the

course and

over

50

though

that

their

present

level

of

ability

was inadequate.

-

233

-

Page 247: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 247/320

The

replies

in

Table

27

also

show

that

only

4

students

said

they

would

like

more

help

to

acquire

the

ability

to

appreciate and

judge

drawings,

7

thought

that they

were

already receiving sufficient

help.

However,

10

said

that

they

would

like

even

more

assistance

in

understanding

the

ways

drawing

is

used

in

the

graphic

design

process,

thereby

indicating that

their

project

work was not giving

than

sufficient

help in

this

respect.

3

did

not

want

additional

help.

Table

27:

Stunts

views

oa

the

level

t

of

their

drawing

ability

and

the

need

for

further

drawing

tuition

Ability

improved

on

course

Present level

of ability

adequate

Need help

to

appreciate

and

judge

drawings

Need help to

understand

use

for

designing

Yes

644

10

No

3873

Don t

5231

know

[Number

of

respondents =

14]

When

asked

to

go

through their folder

of

work

for

Final Assessment

and

describe

their

opinion of

their

use

of

drawing in

the

development

and

presentation

of

the

design,

a group of

7

third

year

graphic

design

students

fron

Manchester

Polytechnic described

themselves

as either

totally

satisfied

or

satisfied

with

their

use

of

drawing

in

between 5

and

7 pieces

out

of

9. The

reasons

they

gave

for being

satisfied

were generally

that

it

looks

the

way

imagined

or

it

represents

the

idea

well

and

the

reasons

for

being

dissatisfied

were

that

the

design

did

not

look

the

way

they

wanted

it

to,

or

a

lack

of

finish

or presentation

technique

had

let

the

idea

down .

These

findings

show

that

although

the

students

were

concerned

about

the

development

of

practical

drawing

abilities,

namely

about

their

ability

to use drawing in all the

stages

of

the design

process,

they

-

234

-

Page 248: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 248/320

were

not

so aware

of

the

importance

of

their

development

of

the

abilities

of

judgement

and understanding

of

drawing.

This

may

indicate

that

they

were

not

fully

aware

of

the

role

of

judgement

as

part

of a

designer s

capacity

to

catmission, expecting to

have

to

continue

to

rely

on

their

own

drawing

ability

for

presentation

and

production purposes

when

working

in

professional

practice.

6.3.3

The

o ni sation

and

c xcrhict

of

drawing

t

uitim

Here

findings

are given

on

the

way

drawing

tuition

is

organised

on

the

curriculum

of

those

courses

fron

which

questionnaires

were

returned.

Also

given are

findings

about

how

and

by

wham

drawing

tuition

is

conducted.

In

the

postal

questionnaire,

educators

were

asked

detailed

questions about

the

planning

of

drawing

tuition

that

were

not

included

in

either

the

questionnaire

for

the

students

or

the

interview

structure

for

the

designers.

Hence,

the findings

presented

in

this

sub-section are only

based

on

data

fron

the

postal

questionnaire.

All

20

educators

indicated

that

their

courses

made

specific

arrangements

for

the

planning

of

drawing

tuition

in

the

curriculum.

11

respondents

indicated

that different

arrangements were

made

for

illustration

students

than

for

graphic

design

students.

This

was

generally

found

to

mean

that

drawing

tuition

provision

in

the

early

stages

of

the

course,

particularly

in

the first

year,

and

sometimes

in

the

second year,

was

mandatory

for

both

illustration

and

design

students,

but

that

although

additional

drawing

tuition

was

organised

for illustrators in

the

second

and

the

third

year,

it

was

only

on

offer

to

graphic

design

students

if

they

themselves

thought

they

needed

it.

When

asked who was

responsible

for

the

planning

and

conduct

of

drawing

tuition

on

their

courses,

the

educators

gave a

wide

range

of

responses.

Table

28

indicates

the

frequency

with

which

specific

individuals

or groups were

identified

as

responsible

for

the

planning

of

drawing

tuition

and

for

the

conduct

of

drawing

tuition.

-

235

-

Page 249: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 249/320

Table

28:

Those

responsible

for

the

planning

and

conduct

of

drawirxg

tuition

Planning

Conducting

Head

of

Department 4

1

Course

Carirnittee

10

-

Head

of

School

3 1

or

Area

Year

Tutor

9

8

Specialist

Drawing

9

15

Tutor

Staff

from

other

3 4

Departments

[Number

of

respondents

=

20,

several

responding

in

more

than

one

category.

]

It

is

interesting

to

note

that

15

out of

20

respondents

indicated

that

a specialist

drawing

tutor

had

responsibility

for

conducting

drawing

tuition. In

addition

to the 4

educators

who

indicated that

staff

from

other

departments

had

this

responsibility,

8 indicated

that the

specialist

drawing

tutor

was

either

an

illustration

or

a

fine

art

tutor.

Therefore,

on over

50

of

courses

staff

who were

not

graphic

designers

had

some

of

the

responsibility

for

conducting

drawing

tuition.

A

number

of

respondents

indicated

that

although

certain

members

of

staff

had

particular

responsibility,

the

majority of

staff

took

a share

in

the

conduct

of

drawing

tuition

at

some point

during

the

course.

When

asked about

the

specific

arrangements

made

for

drawing

tuition

for

each

year

of

the

course,

all

20

respondents

indicated

that

mandatory

drawing

classes were

organised

for

first

year

design

students.

19

respondents stated

that

classes

were also

organised

for

second

year students,

although

in

many

of

these

cases

the

classes,

although

mandatory

for

illustration

students,

were optional

for design

students.

7

respondents

indicated

that

classes

were

organised

for

-

236

-

Page 250: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 250/320

third

year students

but in

all

cases

these

were

optional

for

design

students.

At

the

same

time,

most respondents

indicated

that

third

year

design

students

received

instruction

on

drawing

through

projects

and seminars.

It

was

found

that

first

year

student

drawing

tuition

was

time-tabled

for

periods

between 1

and

2

days

per

week and

for

second

year

students

the

time-tabled

hours

were slightly

less but

again

tended

to

be

somewhere

between 1

and

2 days. When

classes

were

scheduled

for

third

year

they

tended to

be for

either

a

half day

or a

full day

in

duration.

Table

29.

sets

out

these figures.

However,

as stated

above,

these

figures

represent arrangements made

for

courses,

the

attendance

of

design

students

being

optional

in

score

cases.

)

Table

29:

Sch

il

i

*g of

drawing

tuition in

1st, 2nd

and

3rd

Years

of courses

Courses

making

Less

than Two

days

specific

two

days

per

week

arrangements

per

week

or

more

1st Year 20 9 11

2nd Year

19

11

8

3rd Year

77-

Number

of respondents =

20]

6.3.4 Mettnds

of

teaching

drawing

and

the

content

of

drawing

class

opinions

on

various methods

of

conducting

drawing

tuition

were

elicited

fran

respondents

in

all

three

groups

and

the

findings

are

given

below,

together

with

the

views

expressed on

the

appropriate

content

of

drawing

classes.

13

of

the

educators

indicated

that

information

relating

to

drawing

was

conveyed

via

lecture

programmes,

although

in

the

majority

of

cases

12)

the

respondents

implied

that this

type

of

information

was

-

237

-

Page 251: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 251/320

actually

provided

by

History

of

Art

or

Critical

Studies

departments.

only

3

of

the

students

thought

that information

relating

to

drawing

should

be

given via

lectures,

12

of

the

respondents

in

this

group

expressing

the

view

that

they

generally

found

lectures

boring

or

preferred

other methods

of

teaching

which

involved

that

in

practical

work.

According to

19

of

the

educators,

critique

of

drawing

was

given

in

the

teaching

programme,

but

in fact

most

of

these

respondents

indicated

that

it

was at

times

of

assessment

and

during

the

evaluation

of

design

projects

when most

critique

of

student

drawings

took

place,

since

there

was

little

opportunity

for

such

teaching

at

other

times.

8

of

the

students

indicated

that

they

thought

that

critique

of

drawing

should

be

given

in

the

teaching

programme.

Table

30

sets

out

educators responses when

asked

about

the

methods

of

drawing

tuition

provided on

their

courses,

along

with

the

views

of students

and

designers

on which of

the

methods

should

be

provided.

Table

30:

Yes

response

given

when

questioned

on what

methods

of

teaching

and

learning

about

drawing

are

or should

be

used

Educators

Students

Designers

Information

in

lectures

13

3

NA*

Critique

of

student

drawing

19

8

NA

Encouragement

of

individual

drawing

style

10

4

15

Keeping

sketch

books

19

13

40

Copying

drawings

87

29

[Number

of respondents:

Educators

=

20,

students

=

14, designers

=

50]

*NA

denotes

data

was not

elicited on

this

topic

fran

the particular

respondent group.

-

238

-

Page 252: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 252/320

As

can

be

seen

from

Table

30,

opinion

was

divided

aircng educators

about

whether

students

should

be

encouraged

to

develop

an

individual

style

of

drawing,

whereas only

4

of

the

students and

15

of

the

designers

thought

that

they

should.

Almost

all

of

the

educators replied

that

their

students are encouraged

to

keep

sketch

books,

while

13

students

and

40

designers,

a

considerable

majority

in

both

cases,

indicated

that

they

thought

that

students

should

be

encouraged

to

keep

sketch

books,

although

in

fact

when

most

of

the

respondents

elaborated

on what

they

meant

by

keeping

sketch

books,

it

became

evident

that it

was

'notebooks'

rather

than

sketch

books

in

most

instances.

These

notebooks

were

described

as

being

'a

repository

of

ideas'

or

a

'collection

of

found

material',

invariably

containing

a

rather

small

amount of sketches

from

observation.

As

the

respondents

indicated,

design

students

frequently

prefer

to

collect

visual reference material

and

record

their

ideas

rather

than

make

sketches.

Sane

specific

ccmments

made

by

educators

in

this

context

were

that

students

are

'encouraged

to

keep

sketch

books

as a visual

diary',

sketch

books

are

'a

repository

of

the

individual's

thoughts

and

ideas'

and

sketch

books

'provide

notes and

inspiration

for

work

in

the

future'. Although

most

of

these

respondents

encourage

the

keeping

of

sketch

books,

very

few

indicated

that

they

were

included

in

assessment

or

that

any guidance

was

provided

on

how

they

should

be

kept.

Less

than

half

of

the

educators

thought

that

students

should

be

encouraged

to

copy

drawings

as

a way

of

learning

about

drawing,

whereas

50

or

more

of

students

and

designers

thought

they

should.

Indeed

several educators

expressed

considerable

antagonisn

to

the idea

of

copying.

As

one

respondent

canted

'I

believe

there

is

more

value

in

drawing

from

life,

more

spontaneity,

understanding

of

form,

etc.

To

work

from

someone else's

drawing

is

to

be

influenced

by

style

and

convention

and

may

lead

to

a

weak

interpretation

of

superficial

quality.

'

One

of

the

students

described

the

practice

as

likely

to

'breed

bad

habits'.

However,

several

other respondents

did

believe

-

239

-

Page 253: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 253/320

copying

was

'a

good

means

of

learning',

although

the

word

'emulating'

was

suggested

as

perhaps

a

better

word.

The

generally

prevailing

view

may

be

sunned

up

by

an answer

given

by

one educator,

'I

have

mixed

views

on

the

educational

benefits

of

this

as a

learning

strategy; at

present

I

prefer

to

use

the

limited

time

available

for

other

approaches

to

drawing.

'

3

of

the

students

stated

that

they

had

found

copying

a

useful way of

learning.

As

indicated

in

Table

31,

the

majority

of educators

confirmed

that

their

students

are

taught

to

understand

drawing

in

historical,

cultural

and

stylistic

contexts,

although

12

of

these

same

respondents

pointed

out

that,

to

a

large

extent, such

responsibilities

were

met

by

staff

in

either

the History

of

Art

or

Critical Studies

departh

nts

.

When

describing

the

methods

that

they themselves

used

when

endeavouring

to

develop

this

kind

of understanding

in

students,

they

emphasised

seminars

linked

to

particular

projects and

individual

tutorials.

It

was only

in

the

case

of understanding stylistic

contexts

that

over

50

of

the

students

thought

it

essential

they

were

given

help,

again

giving

scone

indication

of a

lack

of

realisation

of

the

importance

of a

broad

appreciation

and

understanding of

drawing.

Table

31:

'Yes',

response

to the

questim

is

or should

help

be

given

in

developing

U

erstancu.

ng

of

drawings

Educators

Students

In

historical

contexts

In cultural

contexts

In

stylistic

contexts

18

3

17

5

17

9

[Number

of respondents:

Educators

=

20,

students

=

14]

All

the

respondents

in

the

educator

and

student

groups

stated

that

they

thought

that

students should

be

encouraged

to

develop

the

ability

to

judge

the

appropriateness

of

drawing

for

a

particular

job (see

-

240

-

Page 254: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 254/320

Table

32).

All

the

educators and

13

of

the

students

thought

students

should

be

encouraged

to

acquire

the

ability

to judge

whether

drawings

were ccmunicating

the

necessary

information.

However,

whereas

19

educators

confinned

that

the

students were

encouraged

to

acquire

the

ability

to

judge

drawings

to

see

if

they

were

skilfully

produced,

only

9

of

the

students

felt

this

was

necessary.

Both

groups of

respondents

described

a

wide

range

of

suitable

teaching

methods

to

develop

such

understanding

(ie

the

ability

to

judge

drawings),

including

lectures,

seminars,

visits

to

exhibitions

and

the

evaluation

of

design

projects.

Table

32:

Yes

xespmse

given

when asked

the

questicn

are or should

students

be

encouraged

to

acquire

the

ability

to

judge

drawings

Educators

Students

Appropriateness

for

a

job 20 14

Camunicating

necessary

information

Skilfully

produced

20

13

19

9

[Number

of respondents:

Educators

=

20,

students

=

14]

Table

33

shows

the

frequency

of

a

yes

response when

educators,

students

and

designers

were

asked whether

(educators)

or

should

(students

and

designers)

drawing

tuition

be

given

to

develop

specific

skills

and abilities.

Included in

this list

are

certain

specific

types

of

drawing

ability

identified

as

important

in

the

investigation

of

the

use

of

drawing

in

the

graphic

design

process

(for

example

tracing

and

handling

spirit

markers )

that

several

educators

indicated

were not specifically

developed

through

tutorial

assistance.

Perhaps

not surprisingly,

a

majority

of

the

educators

indicated

that

students

were not

specifically

taught

to

use

an

air-brush

(this

is

a

highly

specialised

technique).

-

241

-

Page 255: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 255/320

Table

33:

Yes

response when

questicned

whether

{

tim

In

or

should

be

given

to

develop

specific

skills/ablities*

Educators Students Designers

Analytical

skills

20

8

45

Perceptual

skills

20

9

36

Visualising

skills

20

14

45

Presentation

skills

19

14

43

Manipulative

skills

19

10

46

Spatial

skills

-

2D 19

10

47

Spatial

skills

-

3D

16

8

29

Media

handling

skills

19

12

36

Skill

in

handling

19

14

26

specialist media

Skill

in

handling

12

11

32

spirit

markers

Skill

in handling

16

12

30

drawing

equipment

Skill

in

handling

8

13

8

airbrush

Skill

in

tracing

9

13

31

Calligraphic

skills

5

8

17

Creative

cropping

12

13

25

of

imagery

Creative

use

of

16

8

24

collage

[Number

of respondents:

Educators

=

20,

students

=

14,

and

designers

=

*Educators

responding

Yes

-

drawing

tuition

given

to

develop

these

skills

and

students

responding

Yes

-

drawing

tuition

should

be

given

to

develop

these

skills

and

abi

lities

and

designers

responding

Yes- important

a graphic

designer

has

these drawing skills and

abilities

-

242

-

Page 256: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 256/320

When

educators

were

asked

in

what

form drawing

provision was

arranged,

18 indicated

that

separate

content-specific

classes were

organised,

17

that individual tuition was arranged as necessary, and all 20

indicated

that

it

was

incorporated

into

relevant

design

projects.

Sane

of

these

respondents

also confirmed

that

lectures,

demonstrations

conducted

by

professionals

and

specialists, and seminars

linked

to the

themes

of

design

projects,

were

also

favoured

means

of

presenting

information

about

drawing

and

discussing

the

development

of

drawing

ability.

In

Table

34

This

data is

contrasted

with

the

students

responses

to

the

question

on

how

drawing

tuition

should

be

arranged.

Table

34:

Yes

response when

questioned

cn

how drawing

tuiti,

an

is

or

should

be

arranged

Educators

Students

Separate

content-

18

11

specific

classes

Individual

tuition

17

9

as necessary

Incorporation

into

design

projects

20

13

[Number

of

respondents:

Educators

=

20

and students

=

14,

some

responding

in

several

categories]

Table

35

shows

the

Yes

responses

given

by

educators

when

asked

if

they organised particular types of content-specific classes. This

data

is

contrasted

with

the

Yes

responses

given

by

the

students

and

designers

when

asked

whether

such

various

types

of content-specific

classes

should

be

organised.

it

is

particularly

interesting

to

note

the

difference

between

educators

and

designers

in

the

value

they

accorded

to

classes

about

media

handling,

perspective

and

brainstorming

techniques.

-

243

-

Page 257: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 257/320

Table

35:

'Yes'

response

when questioned

whether

specific

classes

are

or should

be

organised

Educators

Students

Designers

Life

classes

17

6

37

Drawing

from

natural

form 15

10 34

Sketching

visits

16

6 38

Exploration

of

media

12

9

44

Perspective

10 11 44

Handling

drawing

instnnents

9

13 36

Letterform

17

14

41

Indication

and

rendering

13

13 39

Brainstorming

and

idea

generation

techniques

79

45

[Number

of

respondents:

Educators

=

20,

students

=

14,

and

designers

=

50]

Life

classes

and

sketching

visits

were valued

by

approximately

75

of

the

educators

and

designers but

by less

than

50

of

the

students.

Educators

cited

'training

for

the

eye,

hand

skills

and

observation,

'

as part

of

the

rationale

for

teaching

drawing

from

observation.

Other

descriptions

given

include 'to

encourage

observation

and

under-

standing.

Detail

and

truth

are

found

in

drawing.

'

'Drawing

can

be

selective,

unlike

the

camera',

'the

study

of

the

human

form',

'looking

/thinking',

'practising

graphic

designers

should

be

visually

sensitive

people

and

drawing

is

a

sure way

to

developing

this

quality',

'drawing

represents

the

most

direct

visual

response

to

the

world

and

is

a

basis

for

any

means of

visual

thinking

or

expression',

'to

encourage

[students]

to

become

visually

aware

of

what

goes

on around

than'.

-

244

-

Page 258: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 258/320

Only

one educator

volunteered

the

use

of

drawing

fron

observation as

a

form

of

'memory

training',

saying

that

it

'helps

to develop

a

visual

repertoire'.

5

educators

provided

views

indicating

that

they

thought

the

understanding

of

drawing

systems was particularly

important

to

graphic

designers,

saying

that.

'design

students

should

be

given an

extra

diet

of geometric

construction

drawing', 'many

techniques....

can

be

taught

and

usually greatly

extend

students

natural

ability',

'perspective is

taught

but

not

as

a

pragmatic

set

of

principles',

'familiarity

with established

drawing

conventions

is

essential

-

orthographic,

isanetric,

etc',

'it

is important

to

help

students

to

develop the

ability

of encoding

and

decoding

from

and

into

established

conventions'.

Specific

drawing

systems used

for

animation

techniques

and

for

producing

story-boards

were

also

mentioned

by

3

educators.

10

of

the

educators

and

8

of

the

students

expressed

the

belief

that

the

new

and current

developments

in

technology

will

affect

the

required

drawing

abilities

of graphic

designers.

Although

many

educators

felt

that

computers,

for

example, were

only another

tool

and

that

drawing

ability

was

a very

fundamental

skill,

a

number

also

felt

that

specific

sorts of

manipulative

ability

needed

to

be

developed

to

handle

certain

types

of

technology, for

example

'computer

graphics

generation'.

When

asked

if they thought

that

there

will

have

to

be

provision

of

drawing

tuition

on

Graphic

Design

courses

to

accarmodate

the

effects

of

new

technology

14

educators,

8

students

and

23

designers

said

there

would.

Several

educators

particularly

stressed

that

it

was

important

to

provide

'hands

on'

experience

by building

such

activity

into

the

curriculum

in

order

to

prepare

students

for

professional

practice

in

the

future.

They

specified

that

students

needed

both

to

develop

their

own

manipulative

skills

and

to

]now

sufficient

about

the

technique

to

be

able

to

direct

specialists

in

these

production

methods.

-

245

-

Page 259: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 259/320

6.4

Discussion

of

issues

raised

i

A

series

of

focused

interviews

with

individuals

who

were

either

concerned

with, or

had

considerable

knowledge

of

design

education,

allowed

for

some

of

the

major

issues

raised

during

the

research

programme

to

be discussed in

more

depth.

These individuals

included

graphic

design

educators,

educators

from

other

design disciplines,

acknowledged

experts

in

drawing

and

design

studies

and a small

group

of

students.

These

respondents

are

listed

in

Appendix II

and

Appendix

III.

)

The

period

of

the

research,

which

extended

over

approximately

four

years,

was one of

flux

for

graphic

design

education.

Many

of

the

courses

that

were

described

by

the

educator

respondents

in

the

interviews

and postal questionnaire

were

found

to

be

undergoing

changes

or

revision

prompted

either

by

developments

within

the

particular

college or

by

external

pressures.

Courses

were

found

to

be

subject

to

various

pressures

fran

Goverment

and

CNAA

to

introduce

or

to

increase

emphasis

on particular

subjects,

for

example

information

technology, the

use

of computers, and

business

or

marketing

studies.

The time

allocated

to

drawing

studies

was

in

many

instances

under

threat

because

of

the

need

to

provide more

space

on

the

timetable

for

these

subjects,

and

5

of

the

members

of staff

interviewed,

who were responsible

for

the

conduct

of

drawing

tuition,

expressed

concern

that

it

was

being

squeezed

out

of

the

curriculum.

During

the

interviews

at

BA

graphic

design

courses,

9

out

of

16

educators

expressed

a

personal

view

that,

the

treatment

of

the

subject

of

drawing

was an area

of

conflict

amongst

staff,

and

that there

was

rarely

any

general agreement

about

how

it

should

be dealt

with

in

the

curriculum.

In

response

to

the

questionnaire,

educators

fran

four

courses

had

specifically

mentioned

that

a

revision

of

the

way

they

were

dealing

with

drawing

was

under

review

and

two

of

these

courses

were

visited.

Although

it

was

found

that

some

constructive

discussions

were

taking

place

on

these

particular

courses,

the

discussions

nevertheless

tended

to

be daninated

by

a polarisation

of

-

246

-

Page 260: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 260/320

established

attitudes.

There

appeared

to

be

no

ccrm=

agreement

on

the

purpose

of

drawing

tuition

on

which

to

base

proposals,

and rather

conflicting

views

about

the

importance

and

the

treatment

of

drawing

tuition

were

held.

In

general

terms,

different

opinions

were

found

to

be

held

by

the

graphic

design

staff,

on

the

one

hand,

and

by

the

illustration

and

fine

art staff

teaching

on

design

courses,

on

the

other.

Their

views

may

broadly be

said

to

polarise

between

the

claim

that

drawing

ability

should

be

developed

specifically

as

an

aid

to

professional

practice

and

the

claim

that

its development

is

primarily

important

as a means

of self-expression

for

students.

Saue

educators

voiced

an antipathy

towards fine

art,

while

sane

openly

described

their

course

as

being

fine

art orientated .

During

the

interviews,

several

of

the

respondents

said

that

they

themselves

had

received

what

they

termed

a

traditional

art

school

education ,

during

which

they

had

mainly

concentrated

on

the

practice

of

drawing

in

various ways.

They

described

a

belief

that

drawing

was

a good

basis

for design

education.

However,

there

were

3

notable

educators

who

expressed

considerable

antagonism

towards

drawing

tuition,

associating

it

with

fine

art

based

approaches

the

influence

of

which

they

said

they

had

resisted

when

establishing

graphic

design

courses

in

the

early

1960s.

Although

it

was

clear,

both

from

the

interviews

and

discussions

with

educators

and students,

and

from

the

observations

conducted

during

the

visits

to BA

courses,

that

drawing

tuition

was

conducted

with

enthusiasm

and

that

imaginative

approaches

were

pursued,

it

was

found

that

the

majority

of

time

given

to

content-specific

classes

was

devoted to

life

drawing.

The

development

of various

practical

and

manipulative abilities also

received

substantial

encouragement

on all

the

courses

visited,

both

during

design

projects

and

through

short

courses.

Although the

keeping

of sketch

books

and

notebooks

was

encouraged,

and

the

importance

of

this

method

of

developing

visual

literacy

was

generally acknowledged

by

the

educators

interviewed

(as

it

had

been

by

19

of

the

respondents to

the

postal questionnaire),

-

247

-

Page 261: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 261/320

there

was

no evidence

that

students were

given

tuition

to

help

that

develop

effective

methods of

keeping

sketch

books

and

notebooks, and

only

2

of

the

respondents

described

including

them in

assessment.

Students

were

encouraged

to

judge

the

quality

of

their

own

and

each

others

drawings,

generally

in

sessions

organised

for

the

critique

of

work

at

the

conclusion of

design

or

drawing

projects.

Hd6mver,

there

was

little

evidence of systematic

methods

being

applied

whereby

the

broader

abilities

of

the

appreciation

of

drawn

imagery

and

its

appropriate

use

in

context

would

be

developed.

In

short,

the

provision

was

found

to

be

vigorous,

but

biased

towards

the

development

of

practical

and observational

abilities,

with

little

specific

regard

given

to

the

development

of cognitive

drawing

abilities.

A

preference

towards

a systematic

approach

to the

planning

of

drawing

tuition

and

the

development

of

drawing

abilities

was

expressed

by

several

of

those

interviewed

who

were

not

directly

concerned with

graphic

design

education.

The

provision

of

tuition

for

the

teaching

of specific

skills and

drawing

conventions

was

considered

to

be

important

by

9

out of

11

of

these

respondents,

learning

the

scales

as

3

respondents

described it.

But,

equally,

the

importance

of giving

students clear instruction on the role that drawing can play in a

designer s

work

was also

emphasised.

Drawing

should

be

taught by

explaining

not only

how but

also

why as

one

respondent

said.

It

was

interesting

to

note

that

these

11

respondents

who,

while

not

directly

involved in

teaching

on

graphic

design

courses,

were

aware

of

the

problems

involved in

planning

and

conducting

drawing

tuition

at

BA

level,

favoured

approaches

that

were

in

score

respects

different

than

those that most of the educator respondents described

as

being

currently

in

operation.

Drawing fran

observation,

particularly

in

formal

content-specific

life

classes,

was

not

accorded

the

same

importance

by

these

respondents

as

it

apparently

is

on

BA

courses

(see

Table

35).

They

all

indicated

that

other

forms

of

tuition

were

equally,

if

not

more

important.

It

was

found

that

5

of

the

graphic

design

educators

interviewed

during

visits

to

colleges

taught

life

drawing

as

part

of

their

responsibilities.

When

asked

to

give

their

views on the relevance of the study

of

life drawing to

graphic

248

Page 262: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 262/320

designers,

they

made

a strong

case

for

its benefits

as

a

disciplined

way

of

training

observation and

hand-eye

co-ordination.

However,

the

specialist

life

drawing

tutor included

in

the interview

programme,

expressed concern

about

the

level

of

achievement

that

graphic

design

students

generally reach

in life

drawing,

saying

that,

in his

experience,

the

activity

was

so very

different

from

their

normal

working practice, with

the

emphasis

on

observation,

the

change

in

scale of working,

even

the

change

in

position

of

working

(standing

at

an

easel),

being

very

difficult

for

them to

adjust

to.

All

of

these

respondents

stressed

the

importance

of

helping

students

to

develop

visual

literacy

and

the

ability

to

understand

drawings

in

context and in particular, 8 of them

put

great

emphasis

on

the

training

of visual memory,

5

specifically

associating

this

development

and

training

with

the

use

of

copying

as

a

learning

method.

The

findings

about

this

aspect

of

provision

on

the

courses

visited

has

been

described

above,

and while

it is

clear

that

the

educator

respondents

to

the

questionnaire

acknowledged

the

importance

of

the

development

of

various

types

of visual

literacy

(see

Table

31),

they

gave

no clear

indication

of consistent

approaches

to

the

development

of these abilities in ways that were thoroughly integrated

with

design

tuition.

The

ways

in

which

courses

represent

their

approach

to

drawing

tuition

in

their

prospectuses

was

also

analysed.

At the

time

of

analysis,

15

prospectuses

out of

the

20

respondent

courses

were

available.

Only

9

courses

mentioned

drawing

in

the

prospectus,

although

in

sane

instances

other

terms,

for

example

manipulative

skills

or

craft

skills ,

were clearly intended to

represent

drawing

skills.

When

drawing

tuition

for design

students

was

mentioned,

it

was

invariably

in

association

with

the

early

introductory

stages

of

the

course

and

was only

specifically

mentioned

in

association

with

illustration

for

later

stages.

Only

in

one

prospectus

was

a

picture

of

a

drawing

class

produced

and

this

was of

a

traditional

life

class.

Finally,

during

the

interviews,

one of

the issues

central

to

the

formulation

of

this

research

progranwe

was

highlighted

by

student

-

249

-

Page 263: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 263/320

responses

indicating

that

the

acquisition

of

drawing

ability

was

an

area

of concern

for

them.

Over

half

of

the

students

interviewed

in-

depth

and many of

those

with

whom

brief

discussions

were

possible

during

visits

to

courses

indicated

that

on

occasions

their

limitations as draughtsmen and carmen not only restricted what they

could

achieve

in

terms

of

design

solutions

but

also restricted

what

they

tried to

achieve.

Similarly

several

educators

described

the

effects

that

inadequate

drawing

ability could

be

seen

to

have

on

students.

In

addition

to

the

problems

associated with

the

developnent

and presentation of

design

solutions

that

students

with

limited

drawing

ability

were

found

to

suffer

inhibition

and a

general

lack

of

confidence

when

exploring

ideas

were

also

described.

-

250

-

Page 264: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 264/320

Chapter

7

Disc

ussixon,

Dociclusions

and

Suggesticns

for

FU

uze

Work

7.1

Introduction

In Chapter

2

it

was

pointed

out

that,

prior

to

this

study,

very

little

systematic

evaluation of

the

use

of

drawing

in

the

graphic

design

process

has been

conducted.

Similarly,

the

basis

on

which

the

provision

of

drawing

tuition

has

been

determined

in higher

education

has

never

been

systematically

defined

with

specific

regard

to

the

needs of graphic

designers.

The

detailed findings

made

in

this

present

study are

given

in

Chapters

4,5

and

6

above and,

in

broad

terms,

they fully

confinn

both

the

importance

of

the

use

of

drawing

in

the

conduct

of

the

graphic

design

process

and

the

importance

to

graphic

designers

of

the

develognent

of

appropriate

drawing

abilities.

Additionally,

attention

has been

given

to

various

aspects

of

the

current

provision

of

drawing

tuition

on

graphic design courses.

In

this

chapter,

the

implications

of

the

research

findings

are

discussed

in

more

detail

and

the

effectiveness

of

the

research

methods

adopted

are considered.

The

nature

of

the

graphic

design

process

is

re-examined

and

a

theoretical

model

based

on

the

findings

is

discussed.

Some

important

conclusions

on

the

use

of

drawing

in

this

process

are

then

presented.

Various issues

concerning

the

current

provision

of

drawing

tuition

on

BA Graphic

Design

courses

are

also

discussed

in

relation

to the

conclusions

drawn

on

the

the

required

drawing

abilities of graphic

designers,

based

on

the

overall

conclusions

reached some

recommendations

for

improvements

in

curriculum

development

are

made.

Finally,

some

ideas for

future

work

on

the

broad

range

of

topics

covered

by

this

study

are

given.

7.2 : nature of the graphic design process

As

stated

earlier,

the

major

emphasis

of

the

numerous

investigations

-

251

-

Page 265: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 265/320

into

the

nature of

the

design

process

has

tended

to

be

concentrated

on

disciplines

other

than

graphic

design.

By

focusing

on

an

exploration

of

the

role

of

drawing in

the

work of

the

graphic

designer,

it

has

been possible not only to examine the role of drawing as an intrinsic

element

in

the

development

of

the

creative

process,

but

also

to

gain

insight

into

the

nature of

that

process

itself.

In

Chapter

2,

various

theoretical

models

for

design

processes were

discussed.

Although the

current

study

has

shown

that

the

graphic

design

process

contains procedures of

analysis,

synthesis

and

evaluation,

these

do

not

in

themselves

represent

discrete

stages

as

implied by

sane

of

the

aforementioned

theoretical

models.

Indeed,

it

was

clear

that

it is

often

difficult

to

separate

the

perfoanance

of

individual

procedures.

For

example,

when

evaluation

was

observed,

it

was

invariably

accanpanied

by

revision .

It

was

also

found

that

these

procedures

were repeated

throughout the

graphic

design

process.

For

example,

evaluation

was

demonstrably

taking

place

fran

the

earliest

stages

of

the

develognent

of

a

design

solution.

Nevertheless,

it

may

be

said

that

there is

a

broadly

predictable

pattern

of

predominating

procedures.

For

example,

it has

been

found

that

synthesis/development

generally

occurs

before

evaluation/

revision .

It

is

also

very

clear

that

a

designers

attention

tends

to

concentrate

on a particular

range

of

procedures

at any given

time.

It

may,

therefore,

be

said

that

rather

than

stages

there

are phases

in

the

graphic

design

process reflecting

the

conduct

of

a range

of

associated procedures.

Moreover,

when analytical

procedures

specifically

were

investigated,

the

analysis/synthesis/evaluation

model

was

found

to

be

unsatisfactory

as

an

overall

representation

of

the

graphic

design

process.

The

analysis

of a

design

problem

can

be

seen

to

begin

at

the

briefing.

(Detailed

descriptions

of

briefing

procedures

have been

given

in

Chapter

4,

Section

4.2.1.

)

During

the

briefing

sessions

designers

were sometimes observed to conduct an irrrr diate analysis of the design

problem.

They

asked

questions;

they

made

notes,

both

in

words

and

images,

for

both

immediate

and

later

reference;

and

they

sketched

-

252

-

Page 266: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 266/320

examples

of

possible solutions,

or

'solution

types'

(Hillier

et

al,

1972),

based

on

their

experience.

These

sketches

were

produced,

albeit

schematically,

both

for

their

own use

and,

in

score

instances,

to

check

the

client's

meaning

and

intention,

ie

Do

you

mean

like

that?

In

two

ways

these

observations

may

be

said

to favour

the

application

of

the

'conjecture-analysis'

model

proposed

by

Hillier

et al

(1972).

They

indicate that

designing

begins

before

any

systematic

analysis

can

have

taken

place and

they

show

that

some

designers

develop

their

understanding

of

the

problem

by

analysing

and

evaluating

solution

types.

These

findings

have

important

implications

for

the

development

of

a

representative

theoretical

model

of

the

graphic

design

process.

Although

it

was observed

that

the

majority of

creative

design

activity

takes

place

in

the

studio, after

the

individual

or

design

team

have

received

the

brief,

the

fact

that

designerly

activity

can

be

seen

to

occur

before

this

point means

that

the

briefing

and

any

other

preparatory procedures must be included in the model. Moreover, in

sage

instances,

designers

make

innovative

developnents

during

procedures

carried out

specifically

to

control

production.

Production

procedures

should,

therefore,

also

be

included.

Thus,

the

teens

'Preparation'

and

'Production'

have

been

adopted

to

describe

the

phases

during

which

these

particular

activities

occur and

the

teen

'Main

Creative

Phase'

has been

adopted

to

describe

the

phase

when

the

majority

of

creative activity occurs.

Therefore,

the

graphic

design

process

can

be

said

to

be

made

up

of

a

series

of

phases,

in

each of which

certain

procedures

predominate

and

by

means

of which

the

designer

makes

progressively

more

clearly

defined

conjectures about

appropriate

solution

types,

while

rejecting

inappropriate

ones.

Findings

also

indicate

that

designers

appear

to

be

stimulated

fran

an

early

stage

into

a

particular approach

to

the

solution of

a

graphic

design

problem.

Darke's

(1979)

description

of

design

as

a

process

of

-

253

-

Page 267: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 267/320

 variety

reduction , with

potential

solutions

being

reduced

by

external constraints and

the

designer s

own cognitive

structures,

is

expanded upon

by her

proposition

that

a

primary

generator ,

ie

an

idea

or

even

a

group of

related

concepts , will

form

a starting point

for

the

designer,

a

way

into

the

problem ,

and a

means

of

beginning

the

process of variety reduction.

Hence,

this

elaboration

of

Hillier s

model

to

one

of generator-conjecture-analysis

would

appear

to

be

appropriate

to the

graphic

design

process.

The

proposed

model

of

the

graphic

design

process

as

a

series

of

procedures

broadly, but

not

exclusively,

occurring

within

specific

phases, provides a basis for a system of categorisation of the

observed

designerly

tasks

and attendant

drawing

activity.

That

is

to

say,

it

was

found

that

within

each

phase

designerly

tasks

are

perfonr

d

to

carry out

those

attendant

procedures,

and

many

of

these

tasks

are

conducted

through the

use

of

drawing.

Each

such

task

has

its

purpose

and so

there

may

be

said

to

be

a

range

of

tasks,

with

certain

tasks

predominating

during

any particular

procedure

and phase.

The

relationship

of phases, procedures

and

tasks

may

be

represented

by

the following schema.

Task

Procedure

Task

Phase

Task

Procedure

Task

Thus,

the

method adopted of

asking

graphic

designers

to

describe

their

use

of

drawing

during

the

conduct

of various

tasks,

and

of

observing

and

analysing

such

drawing,

has

proved

effective

for

the

elicitation

of

information that

both

represents

designerly

activity

naturalistically

and,

at

the

sane

time,

permits

the

systematic

presentation

of

findings.

The

system

of categorisation

outlined

above

has been the

basis

of

the

Taxonomy described

in

Chapter

5

and

set

out

in

Table

17.

-

254

-

Page 268: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 268/320

7.3

¶I1

role of

drawing in

the

graphic

design

process

By

investigating

the

role of

drawing

in

the

working

practices

of

graphic

designers

this

study

has

clearly

demonstrated

that

drawing

is

an

intrinsic

procedural

device

assisting

the designer

to

conduct

many

of

the tasks

they

regularly perform.

Moreover it

is

also

clear

that

its

use

is

highly

complex and requires

the

development

of

both

intellectual

and

manipulative

skills

in

order

to

maximise

its

effectiveness.

The

cognitive

abilities

required

for

the

understanding

and

appreciation

of

drawn

imagery

and

for

performing

and

directing

drawing

activity

in

ways

most

appropriate

to

specific

circumstances

have been shaven to be equally important if not more important than

the

practical abilities

required

in

the

actual

production

of

drawings.

In

addition

it

has

been

found

that the importance

of

drawing is

not

just in

the

performance of

designerly

activities

but

in

the types

of

caranunication

that

can

be

conducted

thereby

and

in

the

development

and expression

of

the

visual

literacy

that

it

supports.

It

has

also

been

shown

that

it is important

to

apply

evaluative

criteria

for

designerly drawings that take account of this particular range of

uses.

By

observing

drawing

activity

and

discussing

with

designers

their

drawing

experiences

it has been

possible

to

confirm

both

the

essential

and

specific

nature

of

the

role

of

drawing

in

many

aspects

of

the

development

of

solutions

for

graphic

design

problems

and

the

essential

support

it

gives

to

many

designers

in

the

performance

of

their

complex

duties.

Graphic

designers

have been

found

to

use

drawing

strategically

adapting

the

way

they

draw

to

meet

the

requirements

of

the

particular

working

context.

Indeed

it

has

been found

that

designers

in

all

the

major

orientations

of

the

graphic

design

profession

make

use

of

drawing

albeit

to

different

extents

depending

on

the

particular

nature

of

the

type

of

job

on which

they

are

engaged

on

the type

of

organisation

for

which

they

work

on

their

role

in the

design

team

and

on their individual predilections and ability. Although not all the

designers

in

the

study

found drawing

essential

in

every

aspect

of

their

work

all

found

it

at

least

useful

in

sane

aspects

and

most

-

255

-

Page 269: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 269/320

respondents

described

it

as essential

for

several

key

procedures.

(Figure

42

shows

the

preponderance

of

use

that

designers

described.

)

Therefore,

the

study

has demonstrated

the

importance

of

the

use

of

drawing

to the

graphic

design

profession

over

the

broad

range

of

activities

perfonned and

within

the

particularities

of

these

activities.

As

stated

in

Chapter

2

(Section

2.2),

the

responsibilities

of some

senior

graphic

designers

can

include

the

management

of

design

projects

and

involve the

direction

of other

members

of

the

design

team.

It

has

been

found

that

the

use

of

drawing

is

important

in

the

conduct

of

these

responsibilities

in

ways not

hitherto

clearly

defined.

Black

(1983) has described

the

need

for

designers

to

establish

a

basis

for

understanding

and co-operation

so

that designerly

thinking

can

permeate

business.

It

has

been

observed

that

graphic

designers

use

drawing

to

communicate

in

this

essentially

designerly

way with

clients,

marketing

personnel

and

account

executives,

other

members

of

the

design

team

and specialists responsible

for

aspects

of production.

Drawing can, in fact be seen as part of the language through which

designers

conduct

various

aspects

of

business,

over and

above

its

use

in

purely

creative

terms.

That

is to

say,

respondents

have

described

themselves

as

interacting

with

the

client,

through

the

use

of

drawing,

to

query

information

given

during

briefing

sessions,

to

demonstrate

both

the

advantages

or

the

disadvantages

of proposed

solutions,

to

convince, even

to

educate

the client so as to enable them to see the

advantages

of proposed

solutions

and,

when necessary,

to

use

drawing

to

such

an

effect

that

a

client

can

be

persuaded

to

accept

the

designer s

preferred

approach.

-

256

-

Page 270: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 270/320

OOM

(n

N0-0h0

vi

Imt

cV

Cr7

W

cd

0

I

rAd

Cd

U

A

I)

c

ý

lit

*q

MMNN

V-4

-

eo

W

A

1V3

a

Üý

c

0

a

a

ýW

u

10

h

.ýý

euo

h

M

ß

eo

ý

eo

ý

g

-

257

-

Page 271: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 271/320

Similarly,

drawing

has been found

to

be

an

essential

form

of

communication

between

members

of

the

design

team.

Senior

designers

draw

as part of

the

process of passing

to

junior designers

both

the

form

of

design

solutions

in

various

stages

of

development

and

instructions

for further

development.

Again, drawing

is

an

essential

car

onent

for

directing

and

instructing

members

of

what

may

be

tensed

the

extended

design

team .

As

explained

in

Chapter 2

(Section

2.2),

the

use of certain

types

of

drawings,

namely

specifications ,

etc,

has

already

been

well

documented

but

this

study

has

provided

additional

data

on

the

ways

drawing

is

used

to

communicate

in

a

flexible

and

interactive

way

when

a

designer

is

controlling

production

procedures

through

commissioning

or passing on

instructions

to

specialists.

In

terms

of managerial

practice,

it

has been

found

that

the

proper

use

of

drawing

can

determine

not only

the

quality

of

the

design

solutions

produced

by

the

design

team

but

the

efficiency

and cost-effectiveness

of

their

production.

By

using

drawing

in

appropriate

ways,

the

design

team

can

control

the

organisation

and

timing

of a

job

and

avoid

ineffective and therefore time-wasting approaches to design solutions.

In

other

words, solutions

can

be

evaluated

by

means of

drawings before

wasteful

investment

has been

made

in

time-consuming

production

procedures.

However,

it

is

not only

in

the

conduct

of

managerial

tasks

that

the

importance

of

the

use

of

drawing has been

demonstrated.

Its

use

in

the

support

of creative

effort

has

also

been

fully

confirmed.

It

has

been

found to be

essential

to the

way

in

which

both

the design

team

and

individual

designers

stimulate

and

develop

creative

responses

and

to

the

development

of

empathy

between

members

of

the

design

team.

Drawing

has

been

observed

to

be

a

vehicle

for

creative

interchange

in

group

sessions,

a means

whereby

the

members

of

the

design

team

both

share

and

stimulate

ideas.

Moreover,

the

one

to

one

interchange

of

ideas

by

designers

regularly

observed

during

the

study

is

frequently

accompanied

by

the

use

of

drawing

and,

again,

the

majority

of

respondents

in

the

study

described

drawing

as

essential

in

their

own

-

258

-

Page 272: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 272/320

individual

exploration

of

ideas.

In

fact,

the

importance

of

the

use of

drawing

in fostering

creative

thinking

is

clearly

demonstrated

by

the

findings

of

the

study.

For

example,

respondents

have

described

employing

drawing

as a

type

of

brainstorming

technique,

whereby

they

can

list

ideas

visually,

or

through

a

canbination

of written

notes

and

drawn

images,

maintaining

a

degree

of critical

evaluation alongside

spontaneous

ideation.

Again,

drawing

is

used

for

the

rapid

firing

of

ideas

and

for

the

essential

evaluation

of

ideas

initially

produced

in

a way

that is

wild

and

free

as

proposed

by

Broadbent

(1973).

The importance

of

the

activity

of

drawing in

developing

stored

analogy

(op.

cit.

)

or visual

memory,

has

also

been

confirmed.

It

was

also

found

that

graphic

designers

exhibited

a reluctance

to impose

any sort

of

judgmental

criteria

on

their

initial

uses of

drawing

in

a

job,

thereby

implicitly

fostering

a

non-judgmental

climate

to

support

creative

thinking.

Designers

have

been found

to

use

drawing

in

ways

which

range

fran

that

described

by

Kirby Lockhard

(1982)

and

Lloyd

Jones

(1984)

as

an

essentially modelling medium, right through to a use which is highly

representational

of proposed

design

solutions.

Drawing

is

the

chosen

problem-solving

language for

a great

many

varied

tasks for

graphic

designers.

Not

only

is it

the

language

of modelling

(Cross [N]

1982),

it

is

also

in

many respects

the

chosen

foam

of

canmnication

about

the

visual

nature

of

design

solutions.

However,

although

the

importance

of

the

use

of

drawing

to

graphic

designers has been

clearly

demonstrated by this

study,

there

were

at

the

same

time

many

indications

that

this

use

of

drawing

has

not

been

subject

to

any real

analysis

by

members

of

the

profession.

For

example,

it is

clear

that

graphic

designers

have

not

developed

systematic

terminology

to

describe

their

drawing

practices,

or

to

describe

the types

of

drawing

they

produce

for

many

of

the

procedures

of

the

graphic

design

process,

particularly

for

those

when

the

majority

of creative

thinking

occurs.

The

terns

rough

is

generally

applied

to

describe

a wide

range

of

types

of

drawing

without

differentiation. Moreover,

a

large

proportion

of

respondents

stated

-

259

-

Page 273: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 273/320

they

had

a rather

confused

attitude as

to

what

constituted

real

drawing,

indicating that

they

had

not,

in

their

own

minds,

clarified

the

particular characteristics

of

designerly

drawing

usage.

It

was

found that, to

some

extent,

unexplored

assumptions

that drawing,

or at

least

real

drawing,

can only

be

the

result

of

artistic

production,

influenced

the

attitudes

of

same members

of

all

three

of

the

main

respondent

groups

in

the

study

(ie

designers,

educators

and

students).

7.4

¶I1

range

and

develppment

of

the

requited

drawing

abilities

As

stated

above,

the

wide range

of

use

that

graphic

designers

make

of

drawing

requires

them

to

develop

a correspondingly

broad

range of

drawing

abilities.

These

abilities will

extend

from

very

specific

technical

canpetencies

to

broadly-based

intellectual

skills.

Not

only

was

the

importance

of

practical

abilities

confirmed

in

this

study

but,

in

addition,

it

was

found

that

a

high

proportion

of

designers

thought

that

developing

the

cognitive

abilities

of

judgement

and understanding

of

the

effectiveness

of

drawings

was of

considerable

importance.

Again

the

importance

of

developing

visual

literacy,

and

of

visual

manory linked to the capacity to use drawing effectively, was also

described

by

many

designers.

It

was

clear

fron

the

findings

presented

in

Chapter 5

that, in

most

cases,

graphic

designers

develop

many

of

these

essential

drawing

abilities

after

leaving

college.

It

was

also

apparent

that

graphic

design

students

do

not consistently

demonstrate

sufficient

caitrol

over

the

use of

drawing in

the

graphic

design

process and

that

they

are

not

properly

prepared

for

practice

in terms

of

the

develognent

of

the

required

drawing

abilities.

Considerable

differences

of

opinion

were

expressed

by

educators

about

the

relative

values

of professionally

and

artistically

biased

approaches

to

the

development

of

drawing

abilities,

and

similarly

evaluative

criteria appropriate

to designerly

drawing

usage

had

not

been

consistently

established.

It

was

found

that

the

nature of

drawing

tuition

was a

source of

contention

or

confusion

on

acme

courses.

Although

it

is

clear

that

in

recent

years staff

teams

have

-

260

-

Page 274: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 274/320

revised

their

provision

of several

key

subjects,

for

example

business

studies,

the

influence

of

rather

inflexible

attitudes

to

the

nature

of

drawing tuition

was still

often apparent.

In

addition,

evidence

of

a

lack

of

integration

of

drawing

tuition

with

the

main

design

curriculum was revealed

by

the

study.

In

some

courses,

tuition

for

the

development

of

various

aspects

of visual

literacy,

especially

in

historical

and cultural

aspects,

was

to

a

large

extent

conducted

by

staff

fron

other

departments,

for

example

the

Art

History

or

Critical Studies

Departments.

Again, in

some

courses,

responsibility

for

conducting

content-specific

drawing

classes was

delegated

to

non

design

staff,

for

example an

illustration

tutor,

or

a

tutor

fran

the Fine Art

Department.

It

would

appear,

therefore,

that

in

some

instances,

the

fostering

of

the

intellectual

underpinning

of

draughtsmanship

and

the

development

of

practical

abilities

has

been

split

from

the

main provision

of

design

tuition.

There

was

also

very

little

evidence

of

planning

for

the

continuous

development

of

drawing

abilities

for

student

designers

over

the

three

years

of

a

degree

course,

such

that

these

abilities

may

keep

pace

with

developing designerly ability, although most courses made special

provision

in

this

respect

for

illustration

students.

Although many

respondents

frcen

the

educational

sector

expressed

an

understanding

and appreciation

of

the importance

of

drawing

to

graphic

designers,

there

were

found

to

be

few,

if

any,

established

teaching

methods

specifically

formulated

for

the

systematic

development

of

the

drawing

abilities

required

for

professional

practice.

The

view

held

by

many

educators

was

that

students

will

develop these

abilities

through

working

on

design

projects,

reflecting

to

some

extent

the

apprentice-like

system

described by

Cross

[N]

1982),

and while

it

was

clear

that

many

of

the

specific

drawing

abilities

mentioned

above

are

indeed

learned

fran

design

projects,

it is

also

clear

that

because

many

other

issues

also

need consideration

by

students

during

these

projects

the

development

of

drawing

abilities

inevitably

takes

second

place.

Since

the

required

drawing

abilities

are

so

varied

in

nature,

if

-

261

-

Page 275: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 275/320

students

are

to

acquire

a

broadly-based

ccupetency,

developing

both

practical

and cognitive

abilities,

they

need

opportunity

to

concentrate

on

learning

how

to

use

drawing

in

a

flexible

and

adaptable

way,

and

time to

develop

the

associated

practical

or

put

dawn

skills.

Sane

respondents

mentioned

more

systematic

approaches

to

teaching

various conventions,

etc,

but

the

study

found

no

evidence

of

a

generalised,

systematic

range

of established

techniques

for

teaching

designerly

drawing

abilities

to

graphic

designers

to

carpare

with

those

established

for

other

design

disciplines.

Therefore,

there

would appear

to

be

three

major

factors

adversely

affecting

the

appropriate

development

of

drawing

tuition

for

graphic

design

students:

1) The

lack

of

a clear

philosophical

basis

from

which

the

general

principles

and

broad

aims of

the

planning

and

conduct

of

drawing

tuition

on

courses

can

be

planned

and

the development

of student

drawing

abilities

be

evaluated.

2) The failure of courses to develop appropriate teaching

strategies

for

maintaining

a

fully

integrated

provision,

so

that

the

development

of

intellectual

or cognitive

drawing

abilities,

practical

drawing

abilities,

and

designerly

abilities

are

developed

holistically

over

the

three

years

of a course.

3)

The

lack

of a

systematic

formulation

of

methods within

graphic

design

education

for

teaching

the

specific

range

of

drawing

abilities

that

graphic

designers

require.

Thus,

paradoxically,

although

there

was

general

agreement

and

a

high

level

of

understanding

about

the importance

of

drawing

in

the

work

of

graphic

designers,

the

development

of

specifically

designerly

drawing

abilities

was

not consistently considered

when

planning

the

content

and conduct

of

drawing

tuition.

Although

the

importance

of

drawing

ability

to

graphic

designers

was

generally

acknowledged,

the

provision

for

its

development

was

found

to

be

piecemeal

and

partial.

-

262

-

Page 276: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 276/320

The

effects of

this

may

well

be

to

inhibit

the

students

capacity

to

appreciate

the

car

lex

nature of

designerly

drawing

activity.

Part

of

the

reason

for

this

would seem

to

be

that,

prior

to this

study,

the

use of

drawing by

graphic

designers

has

never

been

systematically

analysed

and

characterised as a

basis

for

the

development

of

drawing

provision.

Hitherto, the

importance

of

both

developing

a wide range

of specific abilities,

while,

at

the

same

time,

maintaining

a clear

sense of

the

association of

the

intellectual

and manipulative

aspects

of

drawing

usage

may

not

have been fully

appreciated.

The

findings

of

this

study,

therefore,

can

form

a

basis

for

the

development

of

a

more

systematic

provision.

7.5

Reocýmoesýdatiýans

or

airriailim planning

with

regard

to

drawing

tuition

It

would

be

inappropriate to

make

very

specific

reccanendations

about

drawing

tuition,

methodology or

the

content of

drawing

classes

on

BA

graphic

design

courses.

Indeed,

it

has

never

been

the

intention

of

this

study

to

proscribe,

but

rather

to

provide

a

basis for

the

re-

evaluation of the provision of drawing tuition in degree level graphic

design

education.

In Section

7.4,

three

major

factors

were

identified

as adversely

affecting

the

appropriate

provision

of

drawing

tuition

for

graphic

design

students.

While

it

cannot

be

claimed

that

these

factors

affect all

BA

graphic

design

courses

equally,

it

would

appear

that

their

influence

is

sufficiently

widespread

to

make

them

a

necessary

subject of

careful

consideration.

Therefore,

in

this

section,

recommendations

are

made

for

improvements in

curriculum

planning

taking

into

account

both

these factors

and

the

general

findings

of

the

study.

The

research

has

shown

that

graphic

designers

are required

to

develop

specific,

but

nonetheless very

wide-ranging

cognitive and practical

drawing

abilities.

Given

that

the

provision of

drawing

tuition has

the

general aim of

enabling

students

to

use

drawing

effectively,

if

the full range of these required drawing abilities is to be developed

consistently,

fundamental

revision

will

need

to

take

place.

-

263

-

Page 277: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 277/320

Firstly, the

confusion

caused

by

the

contradictory

attitudes

currently

influencing

some educators

must

be

resolved.

The

study

has,

in

fact,

confirmed

both

the

importance

of a

pragmatic

approach

to

drawing

tuition,

linking its

provision

closely

to

the

needs

of

working

designers,

and

the

importance

of encouraging

students

to

develop

an

individualistic,

even

personal

approach

to the

use

of

drawing.

However,

what

is

of

particular

significance,

is

that

it

has

shown

that

neither

of

these

approaches

is

sufficient

alone.

It

has

been

demonstrated

that

graphic

designers

must

develop

the

specific abilities

needed

for

the

performance of

particular

tasks,

for

example, the production of drawings for client presentation or

for

commissioning

a specialist.

However,

the

capacity

to

use

drawing

in

a

flexible,

adaptable

way,

has

been

shown

to

require

the

developnent

of

an

individualistic

approach

that

is

responsive

to

circumstances.

If

students

are

to

learn

to

use

drawing

not only

appropriately

but

also

strategically,

it

must

become

for

them

a

problem-solving

language

in

which

they

are

fully

articulate

and

that they

can

use with

confidence

and

fluidity.

Drawing

tuition,

therefore,

needs

to

encorrass

both

the

pragmatism of appropriateness to specific aspects of professional work

and

the

development

of

adaptability

in

use, such

that

students can

express

themselves

effectively

according

to

the

requirements

of

particular

circumstances.

It

is important that

evaluative

criteria are

established

that

take

designerly

practice

into

account, such

that

both the

appropriate

and

the

strategic

use of

drawing

are acknowledged

and

encouraged.

It

is

also

important that

a

distinction

is

made

between

the

type

of

individualism that

is

appropriate

for

a

graphic

designer

and

the

type

that

is

appropriate

for

a

fine

artist.

The

establishment of

these

criteria

would provide

a

basis

for

staff

teams

to

agree appropriate

levels

of

drawing

ability

in

students selected

onto courses and

for

remedial

tuition

when required.

Therefore, in tezms of the development of a relevant philosophical

basis fron

which

the

general

and

specific aims

of

drawing

tuition

may

be

developed, it

is

recam

ended

that

the two

aspects

that

make

up

-

264

-

Page 278: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 278/320

designerly drawing

ability,

namely pragmatism

and

individualism,

are

fully

recognised

by

all

the

educators

involved,

and

that

they

are

given equal

encouragement.

The

need

to

get all educators

involved in

decisions

about

establishing

aims

in

this

way

leads

naturally

to

the

next reca

-endation.

As

stated above, graphic

designers

are required

to

develop

both

practical

and cognitive

drawing

abilities.

Moreover,

their

use of

drawing

requires

the

cwbination

of

intellectual

and manipulative

abilities.

Therefore,

the

study

of

drawing

needs

to

be

holistic

and

to

be

planned

taking

into

account

both

its

intellectual

and

practical

aspects. In order to achieve this unity, all educators on the

teaching

team

need

to

be

aware

of

the

contribution

that their

individual

input

can

make

to

the

general

development

of

student

drawing

ability.

Further,

it is

reconnended

that

on all graphic

design

courses,

especially

those

where

the teaching team

includes

staff

from

disciplines

other

than

graphic

design,

special efforts

need

to

be

made

to ensure that not only is a balanced and holistic provision

maintained,

giving

emphasis

to

the

development

of

both

cognitive and

manipulative

abilities,

but

also

that

special efforts

need

to

be

made

to

ensure

that

students

became fully

aware

of

the

relationship

between

intellectual

and manipulative abilities.

While

the

academics

from

disciplines

outside

graphic

design

may well

be

sufficiently

adaptable

to

integrate

designerly

thinking

into

their

teaching

methods,

the

philosophical

basis

for

such an

integration

needs

to

be defined

in

considerable

detail by

design

staff

if

a

fully

integrated

curriculum

is

to

be developed.

This

recamiendation

of a

holistic

provision

would

seem

to

lend

support

to

the

established practice of

developing

drawing

abilities

during

the

operation

of

design

projects.

Indeed,

it

must

be

said

that

this

practice

provides a useful

way

of

helping

students

to

gain experience

of the use of drawing in the graphic design process. However, the

limitations

must also

be

acknowledged.

Drawing

abilities are

far

too

complex

to

be

taught through

this

method

alone,

and

moreover,

because

-

265

-

Page 279: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 279/320

of

the

use of

this

apprentice-like

system

there

has been

a

failure

to

develop

more systematic

methods

of

drawing

tuition.

As Cross

[N]

(1982)

suggests,

it

is

not sufficient

for

educators

to

simply

emulate

designerly practice. It is necessary for them to analyse this

practice, characterise

its

requirements

in

terms

of

the

development

of

general

and

specific

abilities,

and

then

develop

systematic

methods

of

fostering

those

abilities.

There

would

appear

to

be

a strong

case

for

the

introduction

of methods

of

teaching

many of

the

practical

aspects of

drawing

ability,

for

example media

handling

techniques,

in

ways

that

are

less

ad

hoc

than

those currently adopted, thereby ensuring that all graphic design

students are given

the

opportunity

of acquiring

these

practical

abilities.

Moreover,

it

is

recommended

that

the

potential

for

teaching

cognitive

abilities

through

systematic,

generalised

methods

should also

be

explored.

For

example

the

ability

to

memorise and

the

ability

to

recall

visual

imagery

form

an

essential

part

of

the

cognitive skills of a

graphic

designer,

and

yet

it

has

been

found

that

very

little

specific

attention

is

given

to the

development

of

these

abilities

on

the

majority

of courses

investigated

in

the

study.

The

development

of

a

theoretical

framework

linking

drawing

usage with

required

drawing

abilities,

such

as

is

given

in the

taxonomy

in

Table

17,

provides a

basis

from

which

these

methods

of

tuition

may

be

planned.

The

present

study

has

confirmed

the

fundamental

importance

of

the

use

of

drawing in

the

work of graphic

designers

and,

thereby,

the

importance

of

fostering the

development

of

the

required

drawing

abilities on

BA

level

graphic

design

courses.

Drawing

ability

in its

various

forms

has

been

found

to

assist

designers

not only

in

their

executive

tasks,

but

also

in

organisational

and

managerial

tasks,

and

to

play

a

part

in

the

development

of other

designerly

abilities

like

the

control of

ccuputer-generated

imagery. Therefore,

a

final

important

recxaanendation

is

that

the

place

of

drawing

tuition

is

secured on the curriculum of graphic design courses and that the

introduction

or extension

of

provision

for

other subjects

is

not

allowed

to

obscure

its

significance.

-

266

-

Page 280: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 280/320

7.6

i

am

for

future

wank

The

methods

of research

adopted

have

proved effective

in

meeting

the

original objectives

of

the

study.

The

canbination

of eliciting

information

and

opinions

about

designerly

practice

from

a

broadly

representative

sample

of working

designers,

and

validating

and

extending

the

findings

thus

provided

by

a sustained study

of

designerly

practice

in

one

design

consultancy,

has

allowed

drawing

usage

to

be

characterised

in

considerable

detail.

The

canbination

of

a postal

questionnaire

and

a series of visits

to BA Graphic

Design

courses

has

also

allowed

a

sufficiently

representative

view

of

the

provision of

drawing

tuition

on

these

courses

to

be

achieved

to

allow

the

findings

about

practice

to

be discussed

in

relation

to

educational

provision.

However,

the

scope

of

the

study

has

been

very

broad

and

while achieving

its

initial

aims,

it

has

posed many questions

and

has

identified

several

key

topics

worthy

of

further

study.

It

would

now

be

of considerable

value

to

explore sane of

the

more

important

findings

of

the

study

in

a way

that

allowed

a

more

quantitative evaluation. For example, the majority of respondents

oatments

about

their

use of

drawing in the

individual

development

of

their

own

drawing

abilities,

and

in their

development

of

visual

literacy

and

visual memory

were

volunteered responses.

These,

and

other such

responses

fran

the

study, could

provide

a series

of

checklists

in

a

subsequent

quantitative study

of a

statistically

significant

group

of such

respondents.

Conversely, the study has also identified several topics for research

that

would

benefit from

a

more

open-ended

and

heuristic

approach.

For

example,

an attempt

to

probe

the

various unexplored assumptions

about

the

relationship

of

drawing

to Fine

Art

that

have

been found

to

influence

the

evaluative

criteria applied

by

respondents,

both to

their

awn

drawing

activity

and

to

that

of

others,

would

benefit

fran

such

an

approach.

Similarly,

a

study

of

the

residual

influence

of

the

Basic

Design

movements

of

the

1960s,

and of

the

Sumnerson

and

Coldstream Reports

(as

discussed

in chapter

2,

Section

2.6)

on

the

-

267

-

Page 281: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 281/320

planning

of

drawing

tuition

for designers

would

require a

flexible

and

reactive

methodology.

Indeed,

as

the

study progressed

it

has bec

ar

e

clear

that, to

score

extent,

it

has

been

about

the

interactions

of

canplex caranunities, with drawing acting as part of the carmunication

system

and

thereby

facilitating

these

interactions.

It

would

be

very

interesting

to

extend

this

anthropological

approach and

focus

attention

on

the

design

ccrrrr nities

themselves.

The

lack

of systematic

methods

for

developing

designerly

drawing

abilities

has been identified.

A

study

of

the

development

of

such

methods

would prove an

interesting

avenue

of

research.

Sane

of

the

work already done on re-evaluating historical approaches to this

problem

has been

discussed in

Chapter

2,

and a

study of

the

potential

re-introduction of

score of

these

methods

in

a

way

that

is

acceptable

to

contemporary

graphic

design

students

may also prove

interesting.

Indeed,

sane

research

evaluating

the

methods currently

being borrowed

from

other

disciplines

and eventually

leading

to

the

design

of

custanised

methods

for

graphic

designers,

will

inevitably

be

required

if

courses

are

to

establish

a

designerly

approach

to

drawing

studies.

As

a

post-script,

it is

worth noting

that,

in

the

opinion

of many

designers,

the

use of canputers

and other

technical

drawing

devices

is

not

likely

to

supplant

the

use of

drawing

or

the

need

for

the

developtent

of

drawing

ability

in

general.

Moreover,

respondents

indicated that the

need

to

be

able

to

draw

was still

itrortant

in

order to use equipment creatively and effectively. The ways

in

which

the

role of

drawing

and

the

development

of

drawing

skills

can

keep

pace

with

rapid

technological

change

would

also

be

a subject worthy

of

detailed

investigation.

Similarly,

the

importance

of

the

use

of

drawing in

the

performance

of

managerial responsibilities

has

also

been

high-lighted by

the

current

study.

Further

research could

lead

to

a

more

detailed

analysis

of

this

use

and

to the

integration

of

relevant

drawing

tuition

into

the

design

management

elements

of

degree

courses.

The

study

of

drawing

activity

has

proved

an

effective

vehicle

for

-

268

-

Page 282: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 282/320

gaining

insights into two

distinct

but

related

environments,

namely

the

commercial and

the

educational

sectors.

It

has

been

possible

to

study aspects of

design

procedure

ranging

from

the

introspective

concerns of individual designers to the responsibilities of designer

managers

in

their

direction

of

the team

and

control of

production.

Similarly,

in

the

educational

environment,

respondents

comments on

the

organisation

and

conduct of

drawing

tuition

on

BA Graphic

Design

courses

have

provided

important

data

in

that

it

appears

that the

drawing

abilities

required

in

the

commercial sector

are not

being

fully

met

by

current

educational

provision.

-

269

-

Page 283: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 283/320

ADAMS,

J.

L.

(1980).

Conceptual

Blockbusting (2nd

Edit).

New

York

and

London: W.W. Norton

Co.

ALLISON,

B.

(1982).

Identifying

the

Core

in

Art

and

Design

J.

A. D. E.

(Journal

of

Art

and

Design

Education) 1,1,59-66

ARCHER,

B.

(1979).

Design

as a

Discipline Design Studies

1,

July,

17-20

ARCHER,

B.

(1980).

The Mind's Eye

Designer

Jan

8-9

ARNHEIM,

R.

(1970).

Visual

Thinking London: Faber Faber

ASHWIN,

C.

(1975).

Art Education

Documents

Policies

1768-1975

London:

Society

for

Research

into

Higher Education

ASHWIN,

C.

(1979).

The Ingredients

of

Style

in

Contemporary

Illustration. Information

Design

Journal,

1,51-67

ASHWIN,

C.

(1981)

[a].

Drawing

and

Education

in

German-Speakin

Europe:

1800-1900 U

,

1I Research

Press. Michigan:

Ann Arbour

ASHWIN,

C.

(1981)

[b].

Pestalozzi

and

the

Origin

of

Pedagogical

Drawing. British Journal of Educational Studies 29,2, June,

138-151

ASHWIN,

C.

(1982).

Encyclopaedia

of

Drawing.

London:

Batsford

ASHWIN,

C.

(1983).

History

of

Graphic

Design

and

Can

nication

London: Pembridge Press

ASBWIN,

C.

(1984).

The Concept

of

Design

Education Young Blood,

Britain's Design

Schools

Today

and

Tomorrow

Ed.

K. Baynes.

London:

into

Industry

Ltd

Association

with

Lund

Humphries. 82-89

ATrFIELD,

J.

(1984).

Design

for

Learning

Times

Higher

Educational

Supplement

10.8.84.,

13

BAILEY, G. H.

(1982).

Drawing

and

the Drawing Activity:

A

Phencmological

Investigation

Unpub

Diss.,

Inst.

o

Ed. Univ.

o

London

BALLINGER,

R.

A.

(1956).

Layout

and

Graphic

Design New

York:

Van

Nostrand

Reinhold

BARKER, S. (1959). Advertising Layout and Art Direction New York,

Toronto,

London

:

McGraw-Hill

-

270

-

Page 284: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 284/320

BAYNES,

K.

and

PUGH,

F.

(1981).

The

Art

of

the

Engineer

Guildford:

Letterworth Press

BAYNES,

K.

(1984)

[a].

Encyclopedia.

Unpublished

article.

RCA

BAYNES,

K.

(1984)

[b].

A Draft

Education Policy

Designer.

Dec,

17-19

BEITI'EL,

K. R.

(1970).

Sketches

towards

a

Psychology

of

Learning

in

Art. G.

Pappas

(Ed. )

Concepts

in

Art Education. London:

The

Maanillan

Company.

1

156

BEITiI

L, K. R.

(1972).

Mind

and

Context

in the

Art

of

Drawing

New

York: Holt Rinehart

Winston

Inc.

BELL,

Q.

(1963).

The Schools

of

Design,

London: Routledge

Kegan

Paul

BERGER,

J.

(1979)

(Reissue

of

work

published

by

Methusen

1960)

Pernanent

Red

London:

Writers

and

Readers Publishing

Cooperative

BLACK,

M.

(1983)

(Ed.

A.

Blake)

The

Black

Papers

on

Design.

oxford:

Pergamon

Press

BLAKE,

V.

(1951)

The Art

and

Craft

of

Drawing.

New

York: Dover

Publications

Inc.

(unabridged

reissue

of-at

Edit,

pub

Oxford

University Press

1926)

BOOKER,

P.

J.

(1979)

A

History

of

Engineerin

Drawin

Lorndon:

Northgate

Publishing

(amended

reprint

1979)

BOUCHTOND.

(1986)

Visual Literacy:

Implications

for

Cultural

Understanding

Throughout Education

J. A.

D.

E.

5,125-142

BRAIDWOOD,S.

(1987)

A Slogan

in

Search

of

a

Meaning Design July

463,44

BRIDGEWATER, P.

(1987)

An

Introduction

to

Graphic

Design,

Hertfordshire: Apple Press

BRO, L.

(1978)

Drawing:

A

Studio

Guide. New

York:

W.W. Norton

Co

BROADBENT,G.

(1973)

Design

in

Architecture.

London, New

York,

Sydney, Toronto:

John

Wi

ey

Sons

BROWN,

B.

(1979)

The

Graphics Triangle

Infoznation

Design

Journal

1,123-134

CABIBI, J. F. J.

(1973)

copy

Preparation

for Printing

New York:

McGraw

Hill

CAMP, J.

(1981)

Draw:

Haw

to

Master the

Art.

London:

Andre

Deutsch

CARLINE,

R.

(1975)

Draw

they

must.

London:

Edward

Arnold

-

271

-

Page 285: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 285/320

CATIERSON-SMITH,

R.

(1922)

Drawing

from

Memory

and

Mind

Picturing

London:

Pitman

and

Sons

CHING, F. D. K.

(1979)

Architecture Form, Space and

Order,

New

York: Van

Nostrand

Reinhold

COHEN,

L.

and

MANICN,

L.

(1985) (2nd

Edit.

)

Research

Methods

in

Education.

London:

Croan

Helm

COLDS

EAM,

W.

(1960)

First

Report

of

the National

Advisory

Council

on

Art

EducationWilliam

Co

ýCbaixman)

COLLINS,

T.

(1987).

Before

the

vanishing

point:

Sane

perspectives

on

teaching

art

history

to

studio practitioners

J. A.

D.

E.

6,1

67-83

CNAA/Dept

Trade

Industry/Design

Council

(1984).

Managing

Design

CRAIG,

J.

(1974)

Production

for

the Graphic

Design

er

London:

Pitman

CROSS,

A.

(1983)

The

Educational

Background

to

the

Bauhaus

Design

Studies

4,1

Jan,

43-52

CROSS,

A.

(1984)

Towards

and

Understanding

of

the

Intrinsic

Values

of

Design

Education

Design Studies

5,1

Jan,

31-39

CROSS,

A.

(1986)

Design

Intelligence:

The Use

of

Codes

and

Language

Systems

in

Design

Design

Studies

7,1

Jan,

14-19

CROSS,

N.

(1982)

Designerly

Ways

of

Knowing,

Design

Studies

3,4

Oct,

221-227

CROSS,

N.

(1984)

(Ed.

)

Develo

ments

in Design

Methodology.

Chichester,

New

York:

Jo Wiley

and

Sons

CRCME,

N.,

LASEAU,

P.

(1984)

Visual

Notes

for

Architects

and

Designers

New

York:

Van

NostýRein

Id

(ROY,

P.

(1972)

2nd

Ed.

(1st

1968)

.

Grp

hic

Design

Reproduction

Techniques.

London, New York:

Focal

Press

DAILEY,

T.

(1980) (Ed.

)

Illustration

and

Design.

Oxford:

Phaidon

DARKS,

J.

(1979)

The

Primary

Generator

and

the Design

Process

Design

Studies

1,1,36-44

DAVIS R.

R. J.

TALBOT

(1987)

Experiencing

Ideas:

Identity,

Insight

and

the

Image

Design

Studies

8.1

Jan,

17-25

De

BONO,

E.

(1973)

Lateral

Thinking

New

York:

Harper Colophon

De

SAUSMAREZ,

M.

(1964)

Basic

Design:

The

Dynamics

of

Visual Fönn.

London: Studio

Vista

-

272

-

Page 286: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 286/320

t

DOMAHNE,

B.

(1978)

The Language

of

Layout New Jersey:

Prentice-

Hall

DOMDIS, D. A. (1973) A Primer of Visual Liters

.

Massachusetts and

London: The

MIT Press

DREW

&

HARRISON

(1988)

Past

and

Present

London:

South

Bank Centre

EDWARDS. B.

(1982)

Drawing

on

the

Right

Side

of

the

Brain

London: Souvenir

Press

FARR, M.

(1966)

Design Management. London:

Hodder

&

Stoughton

FINK, F.

(1973)

The

Zen

of

Seeing:

Seeing/Drawing

as

Meditation

London

&

New

York

:

Wi1ýewood.

House

GAMES,A.

(1960)

Over My

Shoulder.

London:

Studio Books

GARDNER,

H.

(1985)

Frames

of

Mind.

London:

Paladin

GARLAND,K.

(1966)

Graphics

Handbook London:

Studio

Vista

GARLAND, K.

(1979)

Some

general characteristics

present

in

diagrams denoting

activity,

event and relationship

InfoYmation

Design Journal

1,1

15-22

GErxINGS, F. (1969) Techniques of Drawing London: Studio Vista

GOLDSMITH,

E.

(1980)

Car

rehensibility

of

Illustration

-

an

analytical

model

Information

Design

Journal

1,204-213

GOLDSTEIN,

N.

(1977)

The Art

of

Responsive Drawing. New

York:

Practice-Hall

GOODMAN,

.

(1976)

Languages

of

Art

-

An

Symbols Indianapo-

is:

Hac

ett

-PEbII

flach

to

a

pof

GORE, P.

(1986)

The

business

of

design

management

Design Studies

7,2 April 106-110

GOSLETr, D.

(1978)

(2nd

revised ed.

)

The Professional

Practice

of

Design. London: Batsford

C IWANS,

A.

(1971)

The

Unchanging

Arts.

Philadelphia

&

New

York:

J. B. Lippincott

GRAY, D. W.

S.

(1973)

Between

Structure

and

Content

and

Beyond

Readings

in

Art

&

Design

Education

:2

(Ed.

D.

Warren Piper)

London: Davis-Poynter

108-116

GUYATr, R.

(1977)

Head,

Heart

and

Hand

RCA

Papers

No.

2

2-5

HMAERSLEY,

M.

&

ATKINSON,

P.

(1983)

Ethnography:

Principles

in

Practice London:

Tavistock

Publicatiin-s

273

Page 287: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 287/320

f

z'

HILLIER,

B.,

MUSGROVE,

.

O'SULLIVAN,

P

(1972)

Devel

it

in

Design Methods

(Ed.

Nigel

Cross)

Chichester New

York:

Join

Wiley

5-2 44-

IJFMAN, A. (1973) (3rd Ed. ) Graphic Design Manual: Principles in

Practice

London:

Academy E

ditr

ions

HOGARTH,P.

(1974)

Creative

Ink

Drawing

London: Pitman,

New York:

Watson Guptil

HUDSON, T.

(1987)

Current

issues

in

art

and

design

education:

art,

science

and

technology;

some

initiatives

for

change

J.

A. D. E.

6,3 281-283

HUGHES,

D.

(1989)

Opinion

Creative Review April,

4

I

PIER,

H.

(1968)

Drawing:

History

Technique London:

Thames

and

Hudson

JANKEL, A.

MORTON,

R.

(1984)

Creative

Caruter Graphics

Cambridge:

Cambridge

University

Press

JONES,

J. C.

(1977)

How

my

thoughts

about

design

methods

have

changed

during

the

years

Develognents

in

Design

Methodol

(Ed.

N. Cross)

Chichester

New

York: John

Wiley. 330-335

JONES,

J. C.

(1979)

Designing

Designing

Design

Studies

1,1

July

'JONES,

J. C.

(1980)

Design

Methods

New York:

John Wiley

KE4NITZER,

R.

B.

(1983)

Rendering

with markers

New York:

Watson-

Guptill

Publications

KENNAWAY,A.

Designer Trouble

(1988)

Times

Higher

Educational

Supplement

8.1.88.

KIRBY-LOCKARD,

W.

(1982)

Design

Drawing

(Rev.

Ed.

)

New York:

Van

Nostrand Reinhold

KNELT_ER,

G.

F.

(1965)

The Art

Science

of

Creativity

USA:

Hold,

Reinhart Winston

Imo,

S.

(1984)

Drawing: Technique

and

Purpose.

Lo-dm:

Trefoil

Books

LA

SEAU, P.

(1975)

Graphic Problem

Solving

for

Architects

and

Builders.

New YorPuublishing

LASEAU,

P.

(1980)

Graphic

Thinking

for

Architects

and

Designers.

New

York

:

Van

Nostrand

Rein

iolct

LAWSQN,B.

R.

(1979)

Cognitive

Strategies

in Architectural

Design.

In Cross, N.

(Ed.

) (1984)

Develo_Fmnýts

in

Design Methodology.

Chichester, New

York:

John

Wiley

sons,

ý92O

Page 288: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 288/320

U

LAWSON,

B. R.

(1983)

Haw

Designers

Think. London

:

The

Architectural

Press

LEWIS,

J.

(1978)

Typography

Design

and

Practice. London:

Barrie

Jenkins

LLOYD-JONES,

P.

(1984)

Drawing

for

Designing.

Leonardo

17,4

268-

276

NACDONALD,

S.

(1970)

The History

and

Philosophy

of

Art

Education.

London:

University

Press

NACDJNALD,

S.

(1973)

(Ed. )

David

Warren Piper.

Articidal

Tendencies

Readings

in

Art

Design Education:

2.

After

Coldstream.

London:

Davis-Poynter

-99

MACDONALD,

S.

(1984)

NSAE

Design,

and

Art

and

Design Education.

J.

A. D.

E.

3.3,357-360

MCKIM, R.

(1980)

Experiences

in

Visual

Thinkin

Monterey, California:

Brooks-Cole

Publishing

Co.

MAGEE, K.

(1987)

The

Elicitation

of

Knowledge

from

Designers

Design Studies

8,2

April,

62-69

MAIER, M.

(1977)

Basic

Principles

of

Design

Vol

1

and

11.

New

York: Van

Nostrand-Reinh

Sch

MATTHIAS, F.

OGNJENOVIC,

D.

Power

Play

Creative

Review

May,

51-53

MEGERT, P.

(1984)

Graphic

Design

Education

at

Ohio

State

University. IDEA

(Pub.

Japan)

5th

May,

96-115

MENDEICWITZ, D.

M.

(1967)

Drawing

New

York: Holt, Rinehart

Winston

NORGAN,J. WELTON,

P.

(1987)

See

What

I

Mean:

An

Introduction to

Visual Ccrrnunication. London: Arno

MULtERN, J.

(1988)

Presentation Techniques

for

the

Graphic Artist.

Oxford:

Phaidon

MULVEY, F.

(1969)

Graphic

Perception

of

Space. London:

Studio

Vista

NIOOLAIDES, K.

(1972)

The Natural

Way

to

Draw

Iondon:

Andre Deutsch

OLINS,

W.

(1985)

Design

and

the Organisation

Designer

February

15-19

OLIVER,

R.

S.

(1979)

The

Sketch

New York:

Van

Nostrand Reinhold

OSBORN,

A.

(1963)

Applied

imagination

Rev.

Ed. New

York:

Charles

Scribner Sons

Page 289: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 289/320

T

PEAR,

G.

(1984)

Courses

in

Art

and

Design Young

Blood

Britain's

Design

Schools

Today

and

Tcmorraw Ed K.

Baynes

London: Design into Industry Lt In Association with Lund

Humphries.

30-38

PORTER, T., GOOtf

N, S.

(1982)

Manual

of

Graphic

Techniques

London:

The

Architectural

Press

PROBYN,

P.

(1970)

The Complete

Drawing

Book. London: Studio

Vista

PROCTOR, N.

(1984)

Art

as

Graphicacy

in

the

Carron

Curriculum

J.

A. D. E.

3,1

RAND,

P.

(1985)

A Designer's

Art Newhaven,

London:

Yale

University Press

RAWLINSON, J. G.

(1981)

Creative Thinking

Brainstorming.

Westmead: Gower

Publishing

RAWSON,

P.

(1969)

Drawing.

New York:

Oxford

Univ. Press

RAWSON,

P.

(1983)

The Art

of

Drawing.

London, Signey:

Macdonald

RAWSON..

P.

(1987)

Creative

Design

-A

New Look

at

Design

Principles. London: Macdonald

RAYNES,

J.

(1982)

Step-by-Step

Guide

to

Drawing

London:

Hamlyn

Publishing Group

RICKARDS,

T.

(1980)

Designing

for

Creativity:

a state

of

the

art

review

Design Studies

1,5

July,

262-271

RICKARDS, T.

(1985)

Stimulating

Innovation London: Frances Printer

ROGERS, C. R.

(1970)

Towards

a

Theory

of

Creativity Creativity

(Ed. )

Vernon,

P. E. Harxrndsworth:

Penguin

Books.

137-151

SAMUELS, M. N (1975) Seeing with the mind's ew New York,

Toronto: Randan

House

SAXION,

C.

(1982)

(Ed. )

Art

School

London:

QED

Publishing:

Maanillan

SIIPSON,

I.

(1987)

Drawing:

Seeing

and

Observation. London:

A B

Black

SLESS,

D.

(1979)

Image

design

and

modification:

an experimental

project

in

transforming

Information

Design

Journal

1,2 74-80

SMITH,

B.

(1979)

Design

history

and

the

visual

language

of

design.

Information

Design

Journal

1,23-32

STEERS,

J.

(1987)

Resistance

and

Freedom

to

Fly Journal

of

Art

and

Design

Education 6,2

13-26

Page 290: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 290/320

STEVENSON,M.

(1983)

Problems

of

Assessment

and

Examination

in

Art

Education J. A.

D. E.

2,3,297-317

STRAND, R.

(1984)

The Art Schools'

Progress Young Blood,

Britain's

Design Schools Today and Tomorrow Ed K. Baynes. Loondon:

De

is

intIndustry

Ltd

in

Association

with

Lund

Hlrrhries.

72-79

STRAND,

R.

(1987)

A Good Deal

of

Freedom.

London:

CNAA

STRAUSS, W.

FIIJiER, T.

(1987)

(Ed. )

Drawings

Defined New York:

Abarin Books

SUN

RSON,

J.

(1964)

First

Report

of

the National Council

for

Diplomas

in

Art

and

-Des

gn

J-

n

Sif

erson

(Chairman)

SWIFT, J. (1983) The Role of Drawing and Memory Drawing in English

Art Education

Unpu

.

Diss.

Birmingham Polytechnic

SWIFT,

J.

(1988)

Birmingham

and

its

Art School:

Changing

views

1800-1921

J.

A. D. E.

7,1,5-29

TAYLOR,

B.

(1987)

Art

history in

the

classroan:

a

plan

for

realism

J. A.

D. E.

6,2,189-202

THISTLEWOOD,D.

(1982)

Process-daninance: Development

Drawing in

Adolescent

Creativity

J. A. D.

E.

1,2,251-268

ZCMCIK,

A.

M.

(1982)

Design

and

the

University:

the

pragmatic

and

the

pure

Information

Design Journal

3,1 59-66

MPALIAN,

A.

(1980)

The

Management

of

Design

Projects.

Imo:

Associated

Business

Press

`

TOPALIAN, A.

(1984)

Developing

2,

_

Corporate

ýpproach

to

Design

Management

.

Paper

present

to

the

is

vettF

Demos

gn

Management

Symposium,

Munich,

June

1984

TOVEY, M.

(1989)

Drawing

and

CAD

in

Industrial

Design

Design

Studies 10,1 Jan, 24-39

TUCKMAN,

B. W.

(1972)

Conducting Educational

Research

New

York:

Harcourt

Brace Jovanovi

Inc.

TWYFORD,

.

(1981)

Graphic

Camnication

London:

Batsfozxi

VAN

SC[RS,

P.

(1984)

Drawing

and

Cognition.

Cambridge:

Cambridge University

Press

VEL

RDE, G.

(1983)

Should

Design Cut

Loose?

Designer

Oct.

5-9

WATROUS,

J.

(1975)

The

Craft

of

Old

Master

Drawings London:

The

University

of

Wisconsin

ress

-

277

-

Page 291: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 291/320

WASHBURN, D. K.

(1983)

Structure

and

Cognition

in

Art

(Ed).

Cambridge,

New York:

Cambridge

University

Press

WIRTH, K.

(1976)

Drawing:

A

Creative Process

Zurich: ABC

Verlag

WRIGHT,

L.

(1983)

Perspective

in

Perspective.

London: Routledge

Kegan

Paul

YECMANS, M. R.

(1984)

Art

Design:

Interdependent

Interrelated

J. A. D.

E.

3,3

Paper

as

Presidential

Address

NSAE.

361-366

-

278

-

Page 292: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 292/320

APPENDIX

I a)

Interview

Structure

for

Use

with

Practising

Graphic

Designers

Name: Date:

Current

post:

No.

of

years

in

Graphics Industry:

Previous experience:

Training:

Nature

of contact

with

Graphic Design

students:

Section

1

Drawing

Ability)

1.

The

questions

in

this

section are

about

the

importance

of

drawing

ability

to

graphic

designers

2. How

do

you

rate

the

importance

of

drawing

ability

to

practising

graphic

designers?

Essential

Useful Irrelevant

Detrimental

3.

Please

say

why

4.

How

do

you

define

drawing

ability?

5.

How

important

is it for

a

graphic

designers to

have

a

broad

appreciation of

drawing

in

general?

Essential

Useful

Irrelevant

Detrimental

-1-

Page 293: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 293/320

Section II

(Use

of

drawing

in

all stages

of

design

process)

1.

The

questions

in

this

section

are about

the

use

of

drawing in

the

graphic

design

process

Briefing

2.

Do

you use

drawing

during

a

briefing

with

a client or

an

art

director?

Yes

[]

No

[]

Don t

)mow

[]

Please

explain:

3. Do you use drawing in the collection of reference material?

Yes

[]No[]

Don t

knc

[]

Design Process

4.

Do

you use

drawing in

the

analysis stages of a

design

problem?

Yes

[]

No

[]

Don t

}mow

[]

5.

Do

you use

drawing

in

the

synthesis of

ideas?

Yes

[]

No

[]

Don t

know []

6.

Do

you

use

drawing

in

the

appraisal and

testing

of solutions?

Yes

[]

No

[]

Don t

}mow []

Presentati

m

7.

Do

you use

drawing

to

present

idea

stages

to

others?

Yes

[]

No

[]

Don t

know []

8. Do

you use

drawing

to

present

finished

solutions

to

others?

Yes

[]

No

[]

Don t

know

[]

9.

Do

you

use

drawing

to

progress

solutions

to

print?

Yes

[]

No

[]

Don t

know []

-2-

Page 294: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 294/320

Elements

of

design

10.

Do

you use

drawing

when

planning grid

structures

and

layout?

Yes []

No

[]

Don

t

know []

11.

Do

you use

drawing

when

designing

the typographic

aspects

of

a

design?

Yes

[]

No

[]

Don t

}avow

[]

12.

Do

you use

drawing

when

designing

letterforms

and

logos?

Yes

[]

No

[]

Don t

know

[]

13.

Do

you use

drawing

when

designing

3d

structures,

e.

g.

packs?

Yes

[]

No

[]

Don t

know

[]

14.

Is

there

any

other

use of

drawing

you

would

like

to

describe?

15.

How

important

is it

to

be

able

to judge

the

drawing

ability

of

specialist

image

makers?

Essential

Useful

Irrelevant

Detrimental

16.

Do

you use

drawing

to

brief

specialists?

Yes

[]No[]

Don t

knc

[]

Please

explain

-3-

Page 295: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 295/320

Section

III

(Required

Drawing

Abilities)

1.

The

questions

in

this

section

are

about

the

drawing

ability

that

graphic

designers

require

2.

How

important

is

it

that

a

graphic

designer has

the

ability

to

conceptualise

a visual

image,

and

then

conmunicate

an

accurate

description

of

that

image

through

the

use

of

words?

Essential

Useful

Irrelevant

Detrimental

3.

Would

you

consider

that

a

drawing

ability?

Yes

[]

NO [] Don t }avow []

4.

Do

you

think

it important

a graphic

designer has

the

following

drawing

abilities:

-

(Please

say

if

you

think

any

of

them

are not

drawing

abilities

-

N. A.

)

a)

Theoretical

appreciation of

appropriate

use

of

drawing

in

cultural/historical

context

.............

Yes

[]

No

[]N.

A.

[]

b)

Appropriate

use of style

................

Yes

[]

No

[

]

N.

A.

[]

c)

Ability

to

adapt

found imagery

..........

Yes

[ ]

No

[ ]

N.

A.

[]

d)

The

ability

to

draw

appropriately

from

observation

.............................

Yes

[

]

No

[ ]

N.

A.

[]

e)

The

ability

to

draw

appropriately

for

analysis

................................

Yes

[

]

No

[ ]

N.

A.

[]

f)

The

ability

to

draw

appropriately

for

brainstorming

(to

promote

ideas)

........

Yes

[ ]

No

[ ]

N.

A.

[]

g)

The

ability

to

draw

appropriately

to

organise

ideas

..........................

Yes

[ ]

No

[

]

N.

A.

[]

h)

The

ability

to

draw

appropriately

to

visualise

ideas

.........................

Yes

[]

No

[]N.

A.

[]

i)

Sensitivity

to

2D

spatial

organisation

..

Yes

[]

No

[]N.

A.

[]

j)

Sensitivity

to

3D

spatial

organisation

..

Yes

[]

No

[]N.

A.

[]

k)

Dexterity

and manual control

............

Yes

[]

No

[]N.

A.

[]

1)

Ability

to

draw

appropriately

to

present work

............................

Yes

[]

No

[]N.

A.

[]

-4-

Page 296: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 296/320

m)

Ability

to

draw

from

memory

.............

Yes

[ ]

No

[]N.

A.

[]

n)

Ability

to

draw

quickly

.... .............

Yes

[ ]

No

[]N.

A.

[]

5.

Do

you

think

it important

that

a

graphic

designer

has

the

following drawing

skills

Please

say

if

you

think

any

are

not

drawing

skills

-

N. A.

)

a)

Skill

in

handling

a range

of media

......

Yes

[]

No

[]

N.

A.

[ ]

b)

Creative

use of collage

.................

Yes

[]

No

[]

N.

A.

[

]

c)

Calligraphic

skills

.....................

Yes

[]

No

[]

N. A.

[

]

d)

Skill

in

handling

specialist

graphics

materials

...............................

Yes

[]

No

[]

N. A.

[

]

e)

Skill

in

handling

spirit

markers

........

Yes

[]

No

[]

N.

A.

[

]

f)

Skill

in

handling

professional

drawing

aids/equipment

..........................

Yes

[]

No

[]

N.

A.

[

]

g)

Skill

in

airbrush

techniques

............

Yes

[]

No

[]

N. A.

[ ]

h)

Skill

in

handling drawing

instruments

...

Yes

[]

No

[]

N.

A.

[

]

i)

Skill

in

tracing

........................

Yes

[]

No

[]

N.

A.

[ ]

j)

Creative

cropping

of

imagery

............

Yes

[]

No

[]

N.

A.

[

]

6.

In

what

ways

does

a

lack

of

drawing

ability

disadvantage

a

graphic

designer?

Lack

of

confidence

[]

Limits

ideas

[]

Makes

working

slow

[]

Makes

presentation

inadequate

[]

Produces

sloppy

art work

[]

7.

What

criteria

do

you use

in

assessing

drawing

ability?

-5-

Page 297: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 297/320

Ttf

1.

Haw

should

drawing

be

taught

to

B.

A. Graphic

Design

students?

2.

Do

you

think that

Graphic

Design

students

generally

demonstrate

adequate

drawing

ability?

Yes

[]

No

[]

Don t Know

[]

3.

Do

you

think that

Graphic

Design

students

demonstrate

adequate

awareness of

the

appropriate

application

of

drawing in

the

design

process?

Yes

[]

No

[]

Don t Know

[]

4.

What

drawing

abilities

have

you

found

it

most

difficult

to

acquire?

5.

How

did

you

learn

the

visualising

and presentation

techniques

that

you

employ?

(teach)

6.

Should

students

be

encouraged

to

draw

from

memory?

Yes

[]No[]

Don t

Kn

z[]

7.

Should

students

be

encouraged

to

develop

an

individual

style

of

drawing?

Yes

[]

No

[]

Don t

Know

[]

B.

Should

students

be

encouraged

to

keep

sketch

books?

Yes [] No [) Don t Know []

9.

Should

students

be

encouraged

to

copy

drawings

as

a way

of

learning

about

drawing?

Yes

[]

No

[]

Don t Know

[]

10.

Do

you

think

there

will

have

to

be

provision

of

dsrawing

tuition

on

Graphic Design

courses

to

accommodate

the

effects of

new

developments

in technology?

Yes

[]

No

[]

Don t Know

[]

-6-

Page 298: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 298/320

11.

Please

rate

in

order

of

importance

the

provision

of specific

tuition

for

the

following:

-

(Number

1-3,

with

most

important

marked

1)

a) Drawing for broad artistic and creative developnent

......

[ J

b)

Drawing

skills needed

for

professional

practice

..........

[

c)

A

broad

appreciation

and

understanding

of

drawing

........

[

12.

Should

regular

content-specific

drawing

classes

be

organised

as

indicated:

a)

Life

classes

.................................

Yes

[]

No

[

]

b)

Drawing

from

natural

f

on n

....................

Yes

[]

No

[ ]

c)

Sketching

visits

.........

....................

Yes

[

]

No

[

]

d)

Exploration

of

media

..... ....................

Yes

[

]

No

[

]

e)

Perspective

..............

....................

Yes

[ ]

No

[

]

f)

Handling technical

drawing

instruments

.......

Yes

[ ]

No

[ ]

g) Letterforxn ................................... Yes

[ ]

No

[

]

h)

Indication

(Rendering

of

type,

photography etc.

)

............................

Yes

[]

No

[]

i)

Doodling / Brainstorming

(Free

play

in drawing

to

pranpt

ideas)

.......

Yes

[]

No

[]

J)

Any

other

...................................................

.0.0.. 0.. 4.0.....................

0..... 0... 0...

0.... 000.0...

0

-7-

Page 299: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 299/320

APPENDIX1(b)

Quest.

ionnnire

into

t:

)tf

attitude,

to

:

sr.

l

I

he prciviclon

of

drýzwln

tititjon

on

Grnplilc

m

rinin

coursca

Pamela

H. Schenk-

Senior

Lecturer

Department

of

Communication Arts

and

Design

Manchester Polytechnic

Please

provide

brief background details:

-

I

Number

of

years

in

teaching:

Number

of years

full

time

in Graphics

Industry:

Number

of years

freelance

work while

teaching

Name:

College:

Date:

Yost

held:

Section

I

1)

How do

you rate

the

importance

of

drawing

ability*

to

practising;

graphic

designers.

(*I

an using

the

term

drawing

ability

to

mean

any,. and every

drawing

skill,

both

in

practice and

in

appreciation and

understanding)

Please

ring

appropriate

word

Essential

Useful

Irrelevant

Detrimental

Please

briefly

say

why:

2)

How

do

you

rate

the

importance

of

drawing

ability

in

the

students

you

select

for

the

course?

Essential

Useful

Please

briefly

say

why:

Irrelevant

Detrimental

-8-

Page 300: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 300/320

3)

Do

you

think

that

Graphic

Design

students

need

to

acquire a

broader

range of

drawing

abilities

than

other

art

and

design

students?

Please

tick

appropriate

box:

Yes

()

No

()

Please

briefly

say

why:

4)

Do

you

think

that

Graphic

Design

students

should

be

given

a

broad

range

of

drawing

experience?

Please

briefly

say

why:

Yes(

I

No(

5)

Do

you

think

that

Graphic

Design

students should

have

specific

drawing

tuition

for

the

drawing

skills

needed

for

professional

practice

as

graphic

designers?

Yes

()

No

(I

Please

briefly

say

why:

6)

Do

you

think

it

is

important

that

Graphic

Design

students

develop

a

broad

appreciation *

of

drawing?

(*By

appreciation

I

mean

the

ability

to

understand

and

judge

the

purpose and

quality

of

drawings)

Yes

(j

No

(I

Please

briefly

say

why:

7)

Please

rate

in

order

of

importance

the

provision

of

specific

tuition

for

the

following:

-

(Number

1-3,

with

most

important

marked

1)

a)

Drawing

for broad

artistic

and

creative

development..........

(

I

b)

Drawing

skills

needed

for

professional

practice..

............

(

c)

A

broad

appreciation

and

understanding

of

drawing............

(

I

Page 301: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 301/320

8)

Please

rank

in

order

of

importance

the

provision

of

Specific

tuition

for

the

fo1loving:

-

(Number

1-5,

with

most

important

marked

1)

a)

Typography

............................................

......

(

I

b) Photography

..................................................

( J

c)

Technology

related

to

the

Graphics Industry

..................

(

J

..............................

(

)

Business

studies

...............

e)

Drawing

................

.......

..........

... (

J

Section

II

9)

Do

you

make

specific

arrangements

for drawing

tuition

in

curriculum

planning?

Yes

(]

No

(]

10) Do

you

make

a

separate

arrangement

for

drawing

tuition

for

specialist

graphic

design

students

from

that

made

for

specialist

illustration

students?

Yes II No (I

11) Which

member

of

staff

is

responsible

for

the

planning

of

the

provision

of

drawing

tuition

to

Graphic

Design

students.

(If

more

than

one

person please

indicate)

Head

of

Dept

(j

Course

Committee

()

Course Leader

(j

Headof School or Area () Year Tutor () Specialist Drawing Tutor ()

Other

[)

(please

give

details)

.............................

None

12) Which

members of

staff are responsible

for

conducting

drawing

tuition

to

Graphic

Design

students?

Head

of

Dept.

(j

Course Leader

(j

Head

of

School

or

Area

()

Year Tutor

(j

Specialist

Drawing

Tutor

IJ

Staff

from

other

Dept.

[

j

(please

give

details

......................

(

Other

(j

(please

give

details)

..............................

None

(I

Page 302: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 302/320

13)

Do

you

make

specific

arrangements

for

drawing

tuition

for:

1st

year

Yes

()

No

[

2nd

year

Yes

(j

No

(j

3rd

year

Yes

[]

No

(j

If

'Yes'

to

any please

give

brief details

,

is

ty

ear.........

.

..

....

. .. ...

. .

2nd

year

...........................................

..

. .

.......

......................:.........................

rd

year

...........

14) If

yes

to

any

in

'13)'

what

amount

devoted

to

drawing

tuition?

(Please

indic

is

most

appropriate

to

your

timetable)

1st

year per

week

(hrs)

[j

or

2nd year per week (hrs) [) or

3rd

year per week

(hrs)

[)

or

of

time

(approximately)

is

,

ate

by 'week'

or

by

'term'

as

per

term

(days)

per term (days) (j

per

term

(days)

(I

Section III

15)

Do

you

give

information

relating

to

drawing

by

means

of

a

lecture

programme?

Yes

()

No

()

16)

Do

you

include

critique

of

drawings

in

the teaching

programme?

Yes

()

No

(l

Page 303: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 303/320

17)

Is

help

given

to

students

to

enable

them

to

understand

drawing

in

the

following

contexts:

-

Historically Yes

(j

No

Culturally

Yes

(I

No

(j

Stylistically

Yes

(j

No

(j

If

Yes

to

any please

say

what

teaching

methods you

use:

18) Are

students

encouraged

to

acquire

the

abilities

to

judge drawings

to

see

if

they

are: -

Appropriate

for

a particular

job

Yes

(j

No

(I

Communicating

the

necessary

information

Yes

(j

No

(j

Skillfully

produced

Yes

(j

No

(j

If

Yes

to

any please

say what

teaching

methods

you

use:

19)

Are

students

encouraged

to

develop

an

individual

style

of

drawing?

Yes

()

No

(j

Please

briefly

say

why:

20) Are students encouraged to keep sketch books?

Yes

(j

No()

Please

briefly

say

why:

21)

Are

students encouraged

to

copy

drawings

as

a way of

learning

about

drawing?

Yes

(j

No

(J

Please

briefly

say why:

12

Page 304: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 304/320

22)

Is

drawing

tuition

given

to

aid

the

dcvelopmennt

of

any

of

thcsc

specific skills:

-

a)

Analytical

skills

.........................

Yes

j

No

j

b)

Perceptual

skills

.........................

Yes

)

No

)

c)

Visualising

skills

........................

Yes

)

No

)

d)

Presentation

skills

.......................

Yes

)

No

)

e)

Manipulative

skills

.......................

Yes

[)

No

)

f)

Skills

in

spatial organisation,

2D........

Yes

)

No

[)

g)

Skills

in

spatial organisation,

3D........

Yes

[)

No

[j

h)

Skill

in

handling

a range of media.......

Yes

)

No

j

i)

Skill

in

handling

specialist

graphics

materials

.................................

Yes

)

No

[j

j)

Skill

in

handling

spirit

markers

..........

Yes No

k)

Skill

in

handling

profesional

drawing

aids/equipment

....................

Yes

j

No

j

1)

Skill

in

airbrush

techniques

..............

Yes

j

No

[)

m)

Skill

in handling drawing instruments..... Yes ) No [)

n)

Skill

in

tracing

..........................

Yes

j

No

)

o)

Calligraphic

skills

.......................

Yes

[j

No

)

p)

Creative

cropping

of

imagery

..............

Yes

tj

No

[)

q)

Creative

use

of collage

...................

Yes

[j

No

[)

r)

Any

others

.......................................

.........

...

..................................................

.........

..................... .......................

.................

0

23)

How

do

you generally arrange

the

provision

of

tuition

for

specific

drawing

skills?

a)

Separate

content-specific

classes

..............

Yes

j

No

j

b) Individual student tuition as necessary ........ Yes No

c)

Incorporation into

relevant

design

projects....

Yes

)

No

d)

Any

other

Please

give

brief

details)..

*......................

-

13

-

Page 305: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 305/320

24)

Do

you organise

rrLttlar

content-specific

drawing

CIaSSCC

ns

indicated:

a)

Life

classes

............................

Yes

(j

No

(j

b)

Drawing

from

natural

form................

Yes

No

c)

Sketching

visits

..........................

Yes

()

No

(j

d)

Exploration

of

media

......................

Yes

(J

No

e)

Perspective

...............................

Yes

()

No

(j

f)

Handling

technical

drawing

instruments

....

Yes

No

g)

Letterform

................................

Yes

()

No

(j

h)

Indication

(Rendering

of

type,

photography etc. )

.........................

Yes () No (j

i)

Doodling / Brainstorming

(Free

play

in

drawing

to

prompt

ideas)....

Yes

(j

No

J)

Any

other

.....................................................

............

000..

000..

.. 0.........

........ 0000.....

0.0.0.....

0

Section IV

25)

Do

you

think the

current

developments

in

technology

will

affect

the

drawing

abilities

required

of graphic

designers?

Yes

(j

No

t

Please

briefly

say

why:

11

0

26)

Do

you

think

there

will

have

to

be

changes

in

the

current

provision

of

drawing

tuition

on

Graphic

Design

courses

to

accommodate

the

effects of

new

developments in

technology?

Yes

(j

too(j

Please

briefly

say why:

Please

use

the

back

of

this

sheet

to

include

any

additional

information

that

you

feel is

relevant

to

any portion

of

the

Questionnaire

and

has been

overlooked

by

the writer.

Page 306: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 306/320

APPENDIX

(c)

Ouc::

tionnaire

for

C:

;

iphic

Ueniy;

n

Stuclciitr.

nbouut

the

proviUioil

of

drawing

tuition

on

Graphic

benign

courscu

Plcase

provide

brief

background

deLails:

-

Name:

Date:

College:

Year:

Previous

Art

Education

............................................

Work in

Graphics

Industry

..........................................

Please

answer

the

following

questions

without

discussing

them

with

other

students.

(I

am

interested

in

your

own opinions)

Section I

1)

How

do

you

rate

the

importance

of

drawing

ability*

to

practising

graphic

designers.

(*I

am

using

the

term

drawing

ability

to

mean

any,

and

every

drawing

skill,

both

in

practice

and

in

appreciation

and

understanding)

Please

ring

appropriate

word

Essential Useful

Irrelevant

Detrimental

Please

briefly

say

why:

2)

How do

you

rate

the

importance

of

drawing

ability

in

students

taken

on

to

a

Graphic

Design

course?

Essential

Useful

Please

briefly

say

why:

Irrelevant

Detrimental

Page 307: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 307/320

3)

Do

you

think that

Graphic

Ucsig;

n rtudcnts

need

to

ncquirc a

broader

range

of

drawing

abilities

than

other

art

and

design

students?

Please

tick

appropriate

box:

Please

briefly

say why:

Yes

I)

No

(

4)

Do

you

think

that

Graphic

Design

students

should

be

given

a

broad

range of

drawing

experience?

Yes

(J

No

Please

briefly

say why:

5)

Do

you

think

that

Graphic

Design

students

should

have

specific

drawing

tuition

for

the

drawing

skills

needed

for

professional

practice

as

graphic

designers?

Yes

()

No

Please

briefly

say

why:

6)

Do

you

think

it is

important

that

Graphic

Design

students

develop

a

broad

appreciation *

of

drawing?

(*By

appreciation

I

mean

the

ability

to

understand

and

judge

the

purpose

and

quality of

drawings)

Yes

(I

No

(

Please

briefly

say

why:

7)

Please

rate

in

order

of

importance

the

provision

of specific

tuition

for

the

following:

-

(Number

1-3,

with

most

important

marked

1)

a.

Drawing for broad

artistic

and creative

developdent..........

()

b)

Drawing

skills

needed

for

professional

practice

..............

(

)

c)

A

broad

appreciation and

understanding

of

drawing............

( I

Page 308: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 308/320

8)

Please

rank

in

order

of

importance

the

provision

of specific

tuition

for

the

following:

-

(Number

1-S,

with

most

important

marked

I)

a)

Typography

...................................................

t

i

b)

Photography

..................................................

I

c)

Technology

related

to

the

Graphics

Industry

..................

f )

d)

Business

studies

.............................................

f

e)

Drawing

............

.

ý

,

Section II

9)

Do

you

think

information

relating

to

drawing

should

be

given

by

means of

a

lecture

programme?

Yes(] No(I

Please

briefly

say

why:

10)

Do

you

think

critique

of

drawings

should

be

given

in

the

teaching

programme?

Yes

(j

No

()

Please

briefly

say why:

11)

Do

you

think

help

should

be

given

to

students to

enable

them to

understand

drawing

in

the

following

contexts:

-

Historically

Culturally

Stylistically

Yes

(j

No

(j

Yes(I

No(J

Yes

(1

No(

I

If

'Yes'

to

any

please

say

what

teaching

methods

you

think

should

be

used:

Page 309: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 309/320

12)

Should

students

be

encouraged

to

acquire

the

abilities

to

jud

C

drawings

to

see

if

they are:

-

Appropriate

for

a particular

job

Yes

No

Communicating

the

necessary

information

Yes

(j

No

(j

Skillfully

produced

Yes No

If

Yes

to

any please

say what

teaching

methods

you

think

should

be

used:

13)

Do

you

think

students

should

be

encouraged

to

develop

an

individual

style

of

drawing?

Yes

(j

No

(J

Please

briefly

say

why:

0

14)

Do

you

think

students

should

be

encouraged

to

keep

sketch

books?

Yes

(J

No

(j

Please

briefly

say

why:

15)

Do

you

think

students should

be

encouraged

to

copy

drawings

as

a way

of

learning

about

drawing?

Yes

II

No

II

Please

briefly

say

why:

16)

how do

you

think

the

provision

of

tuition

for

specific

drawing

skills

should

be

arranged?

a)

Separate

content-specific

classes

..............

Yes

()

No

b)

Individual

student

tuition

as

necessary........

Yes

()

No

c)

Incorporation

into

relevant

design

projects....

Yes

(j

No

d)

Any

other

(Please

give

brief

details)

.........................

Page 310: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 310/320

17)

Do

you

think that tuition

should

he

};

i

vrn

10

dcvc

]op

the

fol

lov

in};

aspects of

drawing

ability?

a)

Theoretical

appreciation

of

appropriate

eise

of

drawing

in

cul

tural/historical

context

.....................

Yes

No

D.

F;.

(

b) Appropriate use of style ................... Yes (J No (jD. K. (

c)

Ability

to

adapt

found

imagery

creatively..

Yes

(j

No

(JD.

K.

(

d)

Using

drawing

well

in

observation

..........

Yes

(j

No

(JD.

K.

(

e)

Using

drawing

well

in

analysis

.............

Yes

(j

No

(JD.

K.

(

f)

Using

drawing

well

for brainstorming

.......

Yes

()

No

(jD.

K.

(

(to

prompt

ideas)

g)

Using

drawing

well

to

organi_e

ideas.......

Yes

(j

No

(jD.

K.

(

)

h) Using drawing

well

to

visualise

ideas......

Yes

(J

No

(JD.

K.

(

J

i)

Sensitivity

to

2D

spatial organisation.....

Yes

()

No

(ID.

K.

(

j)

Sensitivity

to

3D

spatial organisation.....

Yes

(J

No

(jD.

K.

(

j

k)

Dexterity

and manual

control

...............

Yes

(j

No

(

J

D. K.

(

j

1)

Ability

to

present

work appropriately......

Yes

(j

No

(

j

D. K.

(

j

M)

Any

others

.....................................

...............

18)

Do

you

think that tuition

should

be

given

to

develop

the

following

specific

drawing

skills?

a)

Skill

in

handling

a

range of

media.......

Yes

( J

No

(J

D. K.

(

J

b)

Creative

use of collage

...................

Yes

(

J

No

(j

D. K.

(

c)

Calligraphic

skills

.......................

Yes

( I

No

(J

D. K.

(

j

d) Skill in handling specialist graphics

materials

.................................

Yes

No

(J

D.

K.

(

)

e)

Skill in handling

spirit

markers..........

Yes

( J

No

(J

D.

K.

( )

f)

Skill

in

handling

profesional

drawing

aids/equipment

....................

Yes

(

j

No

(j

D. K.

(

j

g)

Skill in

airbrush techniques

..............

Yes

(

j

No

(j

D.

K.

( I

h)

Skill in

handling

drawing

instruements.....

Yes

(

j

No

()

D.

K (

j

i) Skill in tracing

..........................

Yes

( j

No

(j

D.

K. ( j

j)

Creative

cropping

of

imagery

..............

Yes

(

j

No

D.

K.

( j

k)

Any

others

......................................

.........

Page 311: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 311/320

19)

Do

you

think

regular

content-specific

drawing

classes

should

be

organised as

indicated:

a)

Life

classes

... . .....

..

..

.. . .

.....

Yes

(]

.

No

(I

b) Drawing from

natural

form

................

Yes (] No (j

c)

Sketching

visits

..........................

Yes

(]

No

(j

d)

Exploration

of media

......................

Ycs

(j

No

(]

c)

Perspective

...............................

Yes

(]

No

(]

f)

Handling

technical

drawing

instruments....

Yes

(j

No

(]

g)

Letterform

................................

Yes

(]

No

(]

h)

Indication

(Rendering

of

type,

photography

etc.

)

.........................

Yes

(j

No

(]

i)

'Doodling'/'Brainstorming'

(Free

play

in

drawing

to

prompt

ideas)

....

Yes

No

J)

Any

other

.................................

....................

0.0.00.0000040..

00009.000...

000000.0 .SIS0.000000000.0.0000000.

Section

III

20)

Do

you

think

the

current

developments

in

technology

will

affect

the

drawing

abilities

required

of graphic

designers?

Please

briefly

say

why:

Yes

()

No

21)

Do

you

think

there

will

have

to

be

changes

in

the

current

provision of

drawing

tuition

on

Graphic

Design

courses

to

accommodate

the

effects

of

new

developments

in

technology?

Please briefly

say

why:

Yes

()

No

()

Page 312: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 312/320

Section

IV

22) Do

you

think

your

drawing

ability

has

improved

while

you

have

been

on

the

course?

Yes

j

No

)

Dont

know

j

Please

briefly

say

why:

23)

Do

you

think

your present

level

of

drawing

ability

is

adequate?

Yes

[)

No

)

Dont know

)

Please

briefly

say why:

24)

Would

you

have

liked

more

help

more

help

to

acquire

the

ability

to

generally

appreciate

and

judge

drawings?

Yes

[j

No

j

Dont

know

j

Please

briefly

say

why:

25)

Would

you

have liked

more

help

to

understand

the

ways

drawing

is

used

in

all

the

stages

of

the

design

process

from briefing

to

artwork?

Yes

I

No

[I

Dont

know

I

Please

briefly

say

why:

ý.

Please

use

the

back

of

this

sheet

to

include

any

additional

information

that

you

feel

is

relevant

to

any

portion of

the

Questionnaire

and

has

been

overlooked

by

the

writer.

Please return completed forms to: -

Pamela M.

Schenk

-

Senior

Lecturer

Department

of

Communication

Arts

and

Design

Manchester

Polytechnic

-

21

-

Page 313: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 313/320

APPENDIX

I d)

Questionnaire for

Graphic

Design students

to

be

conducted

with

Final

Version

of

Fo

er

Name:

Year:

Date:

How do you feel about your use of drawing in each job as we go

through

the

folder?

Name

job

and ring

appropriate

words)

Job

1

............................................................

Totally

Satisfied

Dissatisfied

Totally

satisfied

dissatisfied

job

2

..... ...................

...................... ..............

Totally

Satisfied

Dissatisfied

Totally

satisfied

dissatisfied

Job

3

..... ...................

......................

..............

Totally Satisfied

Dissatisfied

Totally

satisfied

dissatisfied

job

4

..... ...................

......................

..............

Totally

Satisfied Dissatisfied

Totally

satisfied

dissatisfied

Job

5

........................

......................

..............

Totally

Satisfied Dissatisfied

Totally

satisfied

dissatisfied

Job

6

...... ..................

......................

..............

Totally Satisfied

Dissatisfied

Totally

satisfied

dissatisfied

Job

7

........................ ...................... ..............

Totally

Satisfied

Dissatisfied

Totally

satisfied

dissatisfied

Job

8

........................

......................

..............

Totally

Satisfied

Dissatisfied

Totally

satisfied

dissatisfied

Job

9

......

..................

......................

..............

Totally Satisfied Dissatisfied Totally

satisfied

dissatisfied

-

22

-

Page 314: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 314/320

APPENDIX

II:

Main

Respondent

Groups

a)

Practising

Graphic

Designers

50

repondents

for

the

structured

interview

Design

Respondents

Post

Held

Design

Organisation

Periodr l

Valerie

Allan

Creative

Director

Wolfe

Olins

Neville

Brody

Art

Editor/Designer

The

Face/City

Limits

Jacquie

Calvert

Design

Co-ordinator

W.

H. Smiths

David

Case

Art

Editor

Which

Ben Casey

Creative

Director

The

Chase

Jerry

Cinamon

Art

Editor

Penguin

Books

Tony

Cobb

Group

Art

Director

Mitchell

Beazley

Ruth

Coney

Studio

Manager

Royds

Advertising

Agency

Richard

Cottingham Graphics

Officer

V A

Museum

Clive

Crook Creative

Director

Elle

Glenn Ford Publicity Officer CHIC

Nancy

Fowler

Partner/Designer

Shirtsleeves

Ken

Garland

Designer

Ken

Garland

Associates

Malcolm

Garrett

Design

Director Assorted

Images

David

Gentleman

Designer/Illustrator

Freelance

James Gracie

Partner/Designer

Da

Gama

Ian Grindle

Creative

Director

Minale

Tattersfield

Robin

Hall

Senior

Designer

CYB

Roger

Harris

Senior

Designer

CYB

Dorothy

Harrison

Assistant

Designer

Vogue

Peter

Heatherington

Design

Co-ordinator

Open

University

F.

H. K.

Henrion

Design Director

Henrion Design

David

Hillman

Art

Editor/Partner

Pentagram

Stuart

Hodges

Design

Director

Allied

International

Nonnan

Jones Creative

Services

Manager

Readers

Digest

Andrew

Kay Art

Editor

Collins

Stephen

Kent Art

Editor

Penguin

Books

Roger

Lewis

Designer

Imagine

John

Lloyd

Design

Director

Lloyd

Northover

Graham

McCullen Designer

BBC

TV

London

Lynn

McPeake Partner

Buxton,

Wall

McPeake

Michael

Martin

Graphics

Officer

V A Museum

Vernon

Oakley

Design

Director

Vernon

Oakley

Associates

Ian Pape Senior Designer ThumbDesign Partnership

Stephen

Raw Designer

Letterforms

Carolyn

Reed Senior

Designer

Smith

and

Milton

Angela

Reeves Design

Co-ordinator

The

Post Office

Peter

Saville

Designer

Peter

Saville

Associates

Simon Scott-Taylor Designer

Fitch

Terry Speake

Senior

Graphic

Designer

BBC

TV Manchester

Helen

Stringer Senior

Designer

Allied

International

David

Stuart

Partner

The

Partners

Brian

Thanas

Art

Editor

The

Radio

Times

Richard

Tilley

Design

Director

CYB

Glenn Tutssel Creative Director Michael Peters

Giles

Velarde

Exhibitions

Officer

Geological

Museum

-

23

-

Page 315: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 315/320

Richard

Ward

Senior

Designer

CYB

Brian

Webb

Design

Director

Trickett

Webb

Richard

Williams

Group

Head

-

Packaging

Allied

International

Geoffrey

Winston

Senior

Designer

Thumb

Design

Partnership

20

Respondents

for

the

focused

interview

progranne

Jan Adams

Steven

Appleby

Steve

Bateman

John

Brown

Heike

Dahne

Carole

Davids

Steve

Davies

David

Elan

Graham

Elliot

Alan

Jenkinson

Mick

Matenczuk

David

Mathews

Sandie Palmer

Bill

Petite

Kevin

Preston

Geoff

Snell

Liz

Stonehewer

Mitch

Walker

Damien

Wayling

Elizabeth

Wheeldon

Designer

Designer

Visualiser

Designer

Junior

Designer

Junior

Designer

Designer

Art

Director

Designer

Typographer

Junior

Designer

Visualiser

Designer

Art Director

Art Director

Junior

Designer

Visualiser

Art Director

Designer

Junior

Designer

CYB

Assorted

Images

Royds

CYB

CYB

Royds

CYB

Floyds

Freelance

Royds

CYB

Royds

CYB

Royds

Royds

CYB

Royds

Royrls

Assorted

Images

Allied

International

b)

Graphic Design

Educators

20

respondents

to the

postal

questionnaire

Educator

Post

Held

college

Laszlo

Acs Senior

Lecturer

Exeter College

of

Art

Terry

Aston Lecturer

University

of

Ulster

Bill

Barr

Head

of

Department

Duncan

of

Jordanstone

Stuart

Barrie Senior

Lecturer

Edinburgh

College

of

Art

Peter

Bailey

Senior

Lecturer

Liverpool

Polytechnic

David

Buss

Course

Director

Birmingham

Polytechnic

Derek

Cousins Head

of

Department

Middlesex

Polytechnic

Terry

Dowling

Prinicpal

Lecturer Newcastle

upon

Tyne Poly

John

Hartshorn

Senior

Lecturer

North

Staffordshire

Poly

Michael

Healey

Head

of

Department

Glasgow

School

of

Art

John

Hodkinson

Senior

Lecturer

Lancashire

Polytechnic

Terry

Ilott

Senior

Lecturer Gwent

College

of

H. E

Peter

Lipscanbe

Course

Director

Harrow

College

of

HE

John

Longworth

Senior

Lecturer Hurnberside

College

of

H.

E

John Lord

Course

Leader Brighton

Polytechnic

Geoff Oakley

Senior

Lecturer

Wolverhampton

Polytechnic

A. F. Richards

Principal

Lecturer

Leicester

Polytechnic

Cal

Swann

Head

of

Department St.

Martin's

School

of

Art

Andy Vargo Head

of

Department Norwich School of Art

Andrew

Wright

Principal

Lecturer

Manchester

Polytechnic

-

24

-

Page 316: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 316/320

16

Respondents

Interviewed

at

BA Centres

Peter

Atherton

Director

of

Phase

Exeter

College

of

A D

one

Studies

Nick

Biddulph

Senior

Lecturer

Central

School

of

A D

Tony

Clayden

Head

of

Department

Exeter

College

of

A D

Derek Cousins

Head

of

Department

Middlesex

Polytechnic

George

Hollingworth

Course

Leader

Lancashire

Polytechnic

Sebastion

Knight

Senior

Lecturer

Exeter

College

of

A D

Photography

John

Laing

Head

of

Department

Central

School

of

A D

Alan Livingstone Head

of

Department Lancashire Polytechnic

Anne

Magill

Visiting

Lecturer

St.

Martin's

School

of

Art

Bob

Rankin

Senior

Lecturer

3D

Graphics

Middlesex

Polytechnic

Muriel

Sharp

Lecturer

Lancashire

Polytechnic

Edith Southwell Lecturer in Exeter College of A D

Illustration

Cal

Swann

Head

of

Department

St.

Martin's School

of

Art

John

Vince

Principal Lecturer

Canputer

Studies

Middlesex

Polytechnic

George

Webb

Senior Lecturer

Exeter

College

of

A D

in

Typography

Andrew

Wittle

Senior Lecturer

St.

Martin's

School

of

Art

-

25

-

Page 317: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 317/320

c

Graphic

Design

Students

14

Respondents

to

the

Administered

Questionnaire

about

the

Provision

of

Drawing

Tuition

Ian Chatterton

Sarah

Jackson

Sarah

Godwin

Deborah

Pike

Carole

Goldstone

Roy

Prescott

Philip

Ellis

Tracey

Smith

Christopher

Hester

Anna

Sutton

Kate

Holliday

Ian

Swift

Satish

Ladd

Mark

Zimnerli

7 Respondents

to

the Questionnaire

about

the

Final

Version

of

their

Folder

Sally

Marshal

Rachel

Quesnel

James

Westwater

Elizabeth Wheeldon

Amanda

Davies

Louise

Shaw

Philip

Keane

5

Respondents for

the

Programme

of

Focused

Interviews

Graham

Elliot

David

Craw

Paul

Kearton

Jackie

Martin

Janette

Ralph

-

26

-

Page 318: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 318/320

APPENDIX

III:

Individuals

Interviewed

or

Consulted

Name

Post

Held

Dr

Clive

Ashwin

Assistant

Dean

Faculty

of

Art

and

Design

Frank

De

Bose

Head

of

Visual

Carniunications

John

Eggleston

Professor

Dept.

of

Education

Jon Frisker

marketing

Director

Fiona

Gilmore

Marketing

Director

Dr

D

Jeremiah

Head

of

Department

Dept.

of

History

of

Art

and

Design

Establish

nt

Middlesex

Polytechnic

Art

Institute

of

Chicago

University

of

Warwick

CYB

Design

Consultancy

Michael

Peters PLC

Manchester

Polytechnic

Susan

Lambert

Assistant

Keeper

Victoria

of

drawings

and

Albert

Museum

Michael

I

an

Professor

University

Dept.

of

Typography

of

Reading

and

Graphic

Communication

Liz

Wrenn

Account

Director

CYB

Design

Consultancy

Design

Educators, Faculty

of

Art

and

Design,

Manchester

Polytechnic

Name Post

Held Department

Nigel

Barron

Head

of

Department

Camrounication

Arts

and

Design

John

Doyle

Senior Lecturer

Three

DiiTensional

Design

Roger

Godfrey

Senior

Lecturer

Visual

Studies

Cameron Maclean

Course

Leader

Visual

Studies

Roy

Roache

Senior

Lecturer

Graphics

Technology

Derek

Schofield

Senior

Lecturer

ammication

Arts

and Design

Graham

Worth

Lecturer

Textiles

Fashion

-

27

-

Page 319: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 319/320

Individuals

Consulted

on

the Conduct

of

the Study

Dr

Clive

Ashwin

Tony

Clayden

Tony

Connolly

Prof.

J.

Eggleston

Ken

Pearson

Dr Mantz

York

Assistant

Dean

Faculty

of

A D

Head

of

Department

Chairman

of

the

Graphic Design

Panel

Department

of

Education

Senior Lecturer

Assistant

Rector

Middlesex

Polytechnic

Exeter College of A D

CNAA

University

of

Warwick

Dept.

of

Graphics

Technology

Manchester

Polytechnic

Liverpool

Polytechnic

_28_

Page 320: Thesis Schenk

7/17/2019 Thesis Schenk

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-schenk 320/320